TVP Operations Manual D Rev 0

TRAVEL SERVICE POLSKA SP. Z O O.

Egz. Nr ____

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA Company Operations Manual

Dział D – Szkolenia Part D – Training

Dokument nr. TVP-OM-D-001

WARSZAWA Wydanie 1 X/2011

Strona/ Page COV -1/2

TRAVEL SERVICE POLSKA SP. Z O O. Zatwierdzenie przez ULC / Approved by Polish CAA Na podstawie § 32 ust. 2 rozporządzenia Ministra Infrastruktury z dnia 6 maja 2003 r. w sprawie certyfikacji działalności w lotnictwie cywilnym (Dz. U. Nr 146, poz. 1421) oraz wymagań EU-OPS 1.1040(b) i JAR-OPS 3.1040(b) stanowiących załącznik do rozporządzenia Ministra Infrastruktury z dnia 5 listopada 2004r. w sprawie bezpieczeństwa eksploatacji statków powietrznych (Dz. U. Nr 262, poz. 2609):

Z A T W I E R D Z A M / APPROVED

PISMO Nr

UZGODNIENIA WEWNĘTRZNE. INTERNAL ARRANGEMENTS

Z DNIA

FUNKCJA POSITION

NAZWISKO NAME

DATA DATE

PODPIS SIGNATURE

Przygotował Prepared by Sprawdził Checked by

Kierownik Jakości Quality manager

Zaakceptował Accepted by

Kierownik nominowany ds. szkolenia Crew training postholder

Instrukcja Operacyjna została wprowadzona do użytku służbowego Zarządzeniem Prezesa. The Company operations manual has introduced to the official use by direction of the President.

PISMO Nr

Z DNIA

Opracowanie na podstawie materiałów Travel Service a.s. oraz własnych: CATCONSULTING KAROL RYMSZEWICZ® © Copyright © Travel Service Polska Sp. z o.o. Kopiowanie instrukcji bez zgody jest zabronione. Copying of the manual without permission is prohibited. © All Rights Reserved

Strona/ Page COV -2/2

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL D.0 D.0.1

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE

PAŹ/OCT-2011

ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

ADMINISTROWANIE I KONTROLA INSTRUKCJI OPERACYJNEJ Lista kontrolna zgodności z wymaganiami przepisów OPS 1

0 0.1- 1/2

ADMINISTRATION AND CONTROL OF OPERATIONS MANUAL Check List of requirements of OPS 1 regulations

. L.p. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26.

OPS 1. 005d 025 155 200 205 225c)4) 370 450 Dod. 1 do 450 943 945 Dod.1 do 945 950 955 965 Dod.1 do 965 968 Dod. 1 do 968 975 985 1005 Dod. 1 do 1005 Dod. 2 do 1005 Dod.3 do 1005 1010 Dod. 1 do 1010

Zagadnienie Zatwierdzanie STD Wspólny język Przechowywanie dokumentów Instrukcja operacyjna Kwalifikacje personelu operacyjnego Minima lotnisk-kwalifikacje załogi Symulowanie sytuacji nienormalnych AWO kwalifikacje załogi AWO szkolenie I kwalifikacje załogi CRM piloci Szkolenie przejściowe piloci Szkolenie przejściowe u operatora Szkolenie w różnicach I zapoznawcze Nominacja na dowódcę Szkolenie i sprawdziany okresowe Szkolenie i sprawdziany okresowe Kwalifikacje do lotów z każdego stanowiska Kwalifikacje do lotów z każdego stanowiska Kwalifikacje w zakresie tras I lotnisk Rejestry szkolenia Szkolenie podstawowe w zakresie bezpieczeństwa - CC Szkolenie podstawowe w zakresie bezpieczeństwa - CC CRM Szkolenie medyczne i pierwszej pomocy Szkolenie przejściowe i w różnicach Szkolenie przejściowe i w różnicach

Odniesienie w OM-D D.3 str. PRO1-12/12; D.1str. INTRO 2/2 D.2.1.1 str. CRM-9/18 (porozumiewanie się …) D.4.2 str. DOC-2/2 D.1 str. INTRO-1/1 D.1 str. INTRO-1/1 D.2.2.9 str. LVTO D.3.1.3 str. PRO1-3/12; D.1 str. NTRO-2/2 D.2.2.9 str. LVTO j/w D.2.1.1 str. CRM 1-18 D.2.1.2 str. CON-1-4 j/w D.2.1.3 str. DIF- 1-2 D.2.1.4 str. PIC 1/2 D.2.1.5 str. REC 1-6 j/w D.2.1.6 str. EPS 1-2 j/w D.2.1.7 str. RTE 1-2 D.4.1 str. DOC 1-2 D.2.2.1 str. CAB/1 j/w D.2.2.8 str. CAB/8 D.2.2.7 str. CAB/7 D.2.2.2 str.CAB/2 j/w

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL L.p. 27. 28. 29. 30. 31. 32. 33. 34. 35. 36. 37. 38. 39. 40. 41. 42.

OPS 1. Dod. 2 do 1010 Dod.3 do 1010 1012 1015 Dod. 1 do 1015 Dod. 2 do 1015 Dod.3 do 1015 1020 Dod. 1 do 1020 1035 1040 1045 1065 Dod. 1 do 1065 1220 1240

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

Zagadnienie CRM Szkolenie medyczne i pierwszej pomocy Loty zapoznawcze Szkolenie okresowe Szkolenie okresowe CRM Szkolenie medyczne i pierwszej pomocy Szkolenie wznawiające Szkolenie wznawiające Rejestry szkolenia Instrukcja operacyjna - ogólne Instrukcja operacyjna – struktura i zawartość Okresy przechowywania dokumentów Okresy przechowywania dokumentów Programy szkoleniowe DG Programy szkoleniowe SEC

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 0.1- 2/2

Odniesienie w OM-D D.2.2.8 str. CAB/8 D.2.2.7 str. CAB/7 D.2.2.3 str. CAB/3 D.2.2.4 str. CAB/4 j/w D.2.2.8 str. CAB/8 D.2.2.7 str. CAB/7 D.2.2.5 str.CAB/5 j/w D.4.1 str. DOC 1-2 D.1 str. INTRO-1 D.0.4 TOC D.4.1 str. DOC 1-2 j/w D.2.3.1 str. DGR D.2.3.2 str. SEC

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 0.2- 1/2

D.0.2. KARTA ZATWIERDZEŃ ZMIAN PRZEZ ULC / REVISION’S APPROVAL BY CAA Amendment No. 1 to Travel Service Polska Sp. z o.o. Operations Manual is Zmiana Nr 1 do Instrukcji Operacyjnej Travel Service Polska Sp. z o.o. jest Approved by President of Civil Aviation Office Zatwierdzona przez Prezesa Urzędu Lotnictwa Cywilnego Accepted Zaakceptowana CAO Letter dated Pismo ULC ___________________ z dnia ______________ ______________________________ (signature of the authorized person) Amendment No. 2 to Travel Service Polska Sp. z o.o. Operations Manual is Zmiana Nr 2 do Instrukcji Operacyjnej Travel Service Polska Sp. z o.o. jest Approved by President of Civil Aviation Office Zatwierdzona przez Prezesa Urzędu Lotnictwa Cywilnego Accepted Zaakceptowana CAO Letter dated Pismo ULC ___________________ z dnia ______________ ______________________________ (signature of the authorized person) Amendment No. 3 to Travel Service Polska Sp. z o.o. Operations Manual is Zmiana Nr 3 do Instrukcji Operacyjnej Travel Service Polska Sp. z o.o. jest Approved by President of Civil Aviation Office Zatwierdzona przez Prezesa Urzędu Lotnictwa Cywilnego Accepted Zaakceptowana CAO Letter dated Pismo ULC ___________________ z dnia ______________ ______________________________ (signature of the authorized person) Amendment No. 4 to Travel Service Polska Sp. z o.o. Operations Manual is Zmiana Nr 4 do Instrukcji Operacyjnej Travel Service Polska Sp. z o.o. jest Approved by President of Civil Aviation Office Zatwierdzona przez Prezesa Urzędu Lotnictwa Cywilnego Accepted Zaakceptowana CAO Letter dated Pismo ULC ___________________ z dnia ______________ ______________________________ (signature of the authorized person)

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 0.2- 2/2

Amendment No. 5 to Travel Service Polska Sp. z o.o. Operations Manual is Zmiana Nr 5 do Instrukcji Operacyjnej Travel Service Polska Sp. z o.o. jest Approved by President of Civil Aviation Office Zatwierdzona przez Prezesa Urzędu Lotnictwa Cywilnego Accepted Zaakceptowana CAO Letter dated Pismo ULC ___________________ z dnia ______________ ______________________________ (signature of the authorized person) Amendment No. 6 to Travel Service Polska Sp. z o.o. Operations Manual is Zmiana Nr 6 do Instrukcji Operacyjnej Travel Service Polska Sp. z o.o. jest Approved by President of Civil Aviation Office Zatwierdzona przez Prezesa Urzędu Lotnictwa Cywilnego Accepted Zaakceptowana CAO Letter dated Pismo ULC ___________________ z dnia ______________ ______________________________ (signature of the authorized person) Amendment No. 7 to Travel Service Polska Sp. z o.o. Operations Manual is Zmiana Nr 7 do Instrukcji Operacyjnej Travel Service Polska Sp. z o.o. jest Approved by President of Civil Aviation Office Zatwierdzona przez Prezesa Urzędu Lotnictwa Cywilnego Accepted Zaakceptowana CAO Letter dated Pismo ULC ___________________ z dnia ______________ ______________________________ (signature of the authorized person) Amendment No. 8 to Travel Service Polska Sp. z o.o. Operations Manual is Zmiana Nr 8 do Instrukcji Operacyjnej Travel Service Polska Sp. z o.o. jest Approved by President of Civil Aviation Office Zatwierdzona przez Prezesa Urzędu Lotnictwa Cywilnego Accepted Zaakceptowana CAO Letter dated Pismo ULC ___________________ z dnia ______________ ______________________________ (signature of the authorized person)

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

D.0.3

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE

PAŹ/OCT-2011

ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

KONTROLA WPROWADZONYCH ZMIAN RECORD OF REVISIONS

0 0.3- 1/2

Nr egzemplarza 0 N of the Copy

_____

Sprawdzono zgodność ze spisem stron nr Checked with list of effective pages No NR ZMIANY I DATA WYDANIA REVISION NO & DATE OF ISSUE

________

__________________ ___________ Nazwisko i podpis sprawdzającego Name and sign of checker

NAZWISKO I PODPIS WPROWADZAJĄCEGO ZMIANĘ DO TEGO EGZ. NAME AND SIGN PERSON WHO ENTER REVISION INTO THIS MANUAL

___ / _____ / _____ Data sprawdzenia Date of checking DATA WPROWADZENIA ZMIANY DATE OF ENTERING REVISION

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

NR ZMIANY I DATA WYDANIA REVISION NO & DATE OF ISSUE

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

NAZWISKO I PODPIS WPROWADZAJACEGO ZMIANĘ DO TEGO EGZ. NAME AND SIGN PERSON WHO ENTER REVISION INTO THIS MANUAL

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 0.3- 2/2

DATA WPROWADZENIA ZMIANY DATE OF ENTERING REVISION

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

D.0 D.0.4

PART

ADMINISTROWANIE I KONTROLA INSTRUKCJI OPERACYJNEJ WYKAZ REJESTROWANYCH KOPII INSTRUKCJI LIST OF REGISTER COPY OF MANUAL

NR KOPII COPY Nº

D

CZĘŚĆ

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

UŻYTKOWNIK USER

PRINTED COPIES

02

Kierownik Operacji Lotniczych i Szkolenia Załóg Flight Operations and Crew Training Manager ULC LOL-1 CAO Flight Operations (LOL-1) Department WERSJA ELEKTRONICZNA (PDF) ELECTRONIC (PDF) VERSION Kierownik Jakości Quality Manager Kierownik Zarządzania Ciągłą Zdatnoscią do Lotu Continuing Airworthiness Manager

E1

0 0.4-- 1/2

ADMINISTRATION AND CONTROL OF OPERATIONS MANUAL Część D Part D

EGZEMPLARZE DRUKOWANE

01

PAŹ/OCT-2011

Kierownik Operacji Naziemnych Ground Operations Manager Wszyscy piloci i personel operacyjny All pilots and operations staff ULC LOL-1 CAO Flight Operations (LOL-1) Department

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

MIEJSCE CELOWO POZOSTAWIONE PUSTE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 0.4-- 2/2

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL D.0 D.0.5

PART

ADMINISTROWANIE I KONTROLA INSTRUKCJI OPERACYJNEJ

Rev

Date

ZATWIERDZENIE APPROVAL COV1 - 1/2 COV1 - 2/2

0 0

OCT 2011 OCT 2011

ROZDZIAŁ CHAPTER 0 0.1-1/2 0.1-2/2

0 0

OCT 2011 OCT 2011

0.2-1/2 0.2-2/2

0 0

OCT 2011 OCT 2011

0.3-1/2 0.3-2/2

0 0

OCT 2011 OCT 2011

0.4-1/2 0.4-2/2

0 0

OCT 2011 OCT 2011

0.5-1/4 0.5-2/4 0.5-3/4 0.5-4/4

0 0 0 0

OCT OCT OCT OCT

2011 2011 2011 2011

0.6-1/6 0.6-2/6 0.6-3/6 0.6-4/6 0.6-5/6 0.6-6/6

0 0 0 0 0 0

OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT

2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011

Page

DATA/DATE

PAŹ/OCT-2011

ZMIANA/REVISION

0

STRONA/PAGE

0.5- 1/4

ADMINISTRATION AND CONTROL OF OPERATIONS MANUAL

WYKAZ WAŻNYCH STRON

Page

D

CZĘŚĆ

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES Rev

Date

ROZDZIAŁ CHAPTER 1 2.1.1-1/18 2.1.1-2/18 2.1.1-3/18 2.1.1-4/18 2.1.1-5/18 2.1.1-6/18 2.1.1-7/18 2.1.1-8/18 2.1.1-9/18 2.1.1-10/18 2.1.1-11/18 2.1.1-12/18 2.1.1-13/18 2.1.1-14/18 2.1.1-15/18 2.1.1-16/18 2.1.1-17/18 2.1.1-18/18

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT

2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011

2.1.2-1/4 2.1.2-2/4 2.1.2-3/4 2.1.2-4/4

0 0 0 0

OCT OCT OCT OCT

2011 2011 2011 2011

2.1.3-1/2 2.1.3-2/2

0 0

OCT 2011 OCT 2011

2.1.4-1/2 2.1.4-2/2

0 0

OCT 2011 OCT 2011

2.1.5-1/6 2.1.5-2/6 2.1.5-3/6 2.1.5-4/6 2.1.5-5/6 2.1.5-6/6

0 0 0 0 0 0

OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT

2.1.6-1/2 2.1.6-2/2

0 0

OCT 2011 OCT 2011

2.1.7-1/2 2.1.7-2/2

0 0

OCT 2011 OCT 2011

2.1.8-1/2 2.1.8-2/2

0 0

OCT 2011 OCT 2011

2.1.9-1/6 2.1.9-2/6 2.1.9-3/6 2.1.9-4/6 2.1.9-5/6 2.1.9-6/6

0 0 0 0 0 0

OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT

2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011

2.2.1-1/6 2.2.1-2/6 2.2.1-3/6 2.2.1-4/6 2.2.1-5/6 2.2.1-6/6

0 0 0 0 0 0

OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT

2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011

2.2.2-1/6 2.2.2-2/6 2.2.2-3/6 2.2.2-4/6 2.2.2-5/6 2.2.2-6/6

0 0 0 0 0 0

OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT

2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011

2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011

Page

Rev

Date

2.2.3-1/2 2.2.3-2/2

0 0

OCT 2011 OCT 2011

2.2.4-1/4 2.2.4-2/4 2.2.4-3/4 2.2.4-4/4

0 0 0 0

OCT OCT OCT OCT

2.2.5-1/2 2.2.5-2/2

0 0

OCT 2011 OCT 2011

2.2.6-1/2 2.2.6-2/2

0 0

OCT 2011 OCT 2011

2.2.7-1/2 2.2.7-2/2

0 0

OCT 2011 OCT 2011

2.2.8-1/4 2.2.8-2/4 2.2.8-3/4 2.2.8-4/4

0 0 0 0

OCT OCT OCT OCT

2.2.9-1/2 2.2.9-2/2

0 0

OCT 2011 OCT 2011

2.3,1-1/2 2.3.1-2/2

0 0

OCT 2011 OCT 2011

2.3,2-1/6 2.3.2-2/6 2.3,2-3/6 2.3.2-4/6 2.3,2-5/6 2.3.2-6/6

0 0 0 0 0 0

OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT

2.4,0-1/2 2.4.0-2/2

0 0

OCT 2011 OCT 2011

2.4,1-1/8 2.4.1-2/8 2.4,1-3/8 2.4.1-4/8 2.4,1-5/8 2.4.1-6/8 2.4,1-7/8 2.4.1-8/8

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT

2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011

2.4,2-1/6 2.4.2-2/6 2.4,2-3/6 2.4.2-4/6 2.4,2-5/6 2.4.2-6/6

0 0 0 0 0 0

OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT

2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011

2011 2011 2011 2011

2011 2011 2011 2011

2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL Page

Rev

Date

ROZDZIAŁ CHAPTER 3

Page

CZĘŚĆ PART

Rev

D

Date

ROZDZIAŁ CHAPTER 4

3.1-1/14 3.1-2/14 3.1-3/14 3.1-4/14 3.1-5/14 3.1-6/14 3.1-7/14 3.1-8/14 3.1-9/14 3.1-10/14 3.1-11/14 3.1-12/14 3.1-13/14 3.1-14/14

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT

2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011

3.2-1/4 3.2-2/4 3.2-3/4 3.2-4/4

0 0 0 0

OCT OCT OCT OCT

2011 2011 2011 2011

3.3-1/2 3.3-2/4

0 0

OCT 2011 OCT 2011

Date

0

STRONA/PAGE Page

0.5- 2/4 Rev

Date

ROZDZIAŁ CHAPTER 5

0 0

OCT 2011 OCT 2011

5.0-1/2 5.0-2/2

0 0

OCT 2011 OCT 2011

4.2-1/2 4.2-2/2

0 0

OCT 2011 OCT 2011

5.1-1/2 5.1-2/2

0 0

OCT 2011 OCT 2011

5.2-1/2 5.2-2/2

0 0

OCT 2011 OCT 2011

5.3-1/2 5.3-2/2

0 0

OCT 2011 OCT 2011

5.4-1/2 5.4-2/2

0 0

OCT 2011 OCT 2011

5.5-1/14 5.5-2/14 5.5-3/14 5.5-4/14 5.5-5/14 5.5-6/14 5.5-7/14 5.5-8/14 5.5-9/14 5.5-10/14 5.5-11/14 5.5-12/14 5.5-13/14 5.5-14/14

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT

2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011

5.6-1/4 5.6-2/4 5.6-3/4 5.6-4/4

0 0 0 0

OCT OCT OCT OCT

2011 2011 2011 2011

5.7-1/16 5.7-2/16 5.7-3/16 5.7-4/16 5.7-5/16 5.7-6/16 5.7-7/16 5.7-8/16 5.7-9/16 5.7-10/16 5.7-11/16 5.7-12/16 5.7-13/16 5.7-14/16 5.7-15/16 5.7-16/16

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT

2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011

5.8-1/12 5.8-2/12 5.8-3/12 5.8-4/12 5.8-5/12 5.8-6/12 5.8-7/12 5.8-8/12 5.8-9/12 5.8-10/12 5.8-11/12 5.8-12/12

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT

2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011

Page

Rev

CELOWO POZOSTAWIONE PUSTE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

Rev

PAŹ/OCT-2011

ZMIANA/REVISION

4.1-1/2 4.1-2/2

CELOWO POZOSTAWIONE PUSTE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

Page

DATA/DATE

Page

Rev

Date

Date

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

5.9-1/2 5.9-2/2

0 0

OCT 2011 OCT 2011

5.10-1/2 5.10-2/2

0 0

OCT 2011 OCT 2011

5.11-1/6 5.11-2/6 5.11-3/6 5.11-4/6 5.11-5/6 5.11-6/6

0 0 0 0 0 0

OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT

2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011

5.12-1/8 5.12-2/8 5.12-3/8 5.12-4/8 5.12-5/8 5.12-6/8 5.12-7/8 5.12-8/8

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT

2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011

5.13-1/2 5.13-2/2

0 0

OCT 2011 OCT 2011

5.14-1/4 5.14-2/4 5.14-3/4 5.14-4/4

0 0 0 0

OCT OCT OCT OCT

2011 2011 2011 2011

CELOWO POZOSTAWIONE PUSTE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

Page

Rev

Date

D

CZĘŚĆ PART

ROZDZIAŁ CHAPTER 6 6.1-1/2 6.1-2/2

0 0

OCT 2011 OCT 2011

6.2-1/28 6.2-2/28 6.2-3/28 6.2-4/28 6.2-5/28 6.2-6/28 6.2-7/28 6.2-8/28 6.2-9/28 6.2-10/28 6.2-11/28 6.2-12/28 6.2-13/28 6.2-14/28 6.2-15/28 6.2-16/28 6.2-17/28 6.2-18/28 6.2-19/28 6.2-20/28 6.2-21/28 6.2-22/28 6.2-23/28 6.2-24/28 6.2-25/28 6.2-26/28 6.2-27/28 6.2-28/28

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT

2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011

6.3-1/28 6.3-2/28 6.3-3/28 6.3-4/28 6.3-5/28 6.3-6/28 6.3-7/28 6.3-8/28 6.3-9/28 6.3-10/28 6.3-11/28 6.3-12/28 6.3-13/28 6.3-14/28 6.3-15/28 6.3-16/28 6.3-17/28 6.3-18/28 6.3-19/28 6.3-20/28 6.3-21/28 6.3-22/28 6.3-23/28 6.3-24/28 6.3-25/28 6.3-26/28 6.3-27/28 6.3-28/28

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT

2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011

6.4-1/4 6.4-2/4 6.4-3/4 6.4-4/4

0 0 0 0

OCT OCT OCT OCT

2011 2011 2011 2011

Page

Rev

Date

DATA/DATE

PAŹ/OCT-2011

ZMIANA/REVISION

0

STRONA/PAGE

0.5- 3/4

6.5-1/20 6.5-2/20 6.5-3/20 6.5-4/20 6.5-5/20 6.5-6/20 6.5-7/20 6.5-8/20 6.5-9/20 6.5-10/20 6.5-11/20 6.5-12/20 6.5-13/20 6.5-14/20 6.5-15/20 6.5-16/20 6.5-17/20 6.5-18/20 6.5-19/20 6.5-20/20

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT

2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011

6.6-1/22 6.6-2/22 6.6-3/22 6.6-4/22 6.6-5/22 6.6-6/22 6.6-7/22 6.6-8/22 6.6-9/22 6.6-10/22 6.6-11/22 6.6-12/22 6.6-13/22 6.6-14/22 6.6-15/22 6.6-16/22 6.6-17/22 6.6-18/22 6.6-19/22 6.6-20/22 6.6-21/22 6.6-22/22

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT

2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011

6.7-1/8 6.7-2/8 6.7-3/8 6.7-4/8 6.7-5/8 6.7-6/8 6.7-7/8 6.7-8/8

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT

2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011

6.8-1/6 6.8-2/6 6.8-3/6 6.8-4/6 6.8-5/6 6.8-6/6

0 0 0 0 0 0

OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT

2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011

6.9-1/4 6.9-2/4 6.9-3/4 6.9-4/4

0 0 0 0

OCT OCT OCT OCT

2011 2011 2011 2011

Page

Rev

Date

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

6.10-1/54 6.10-2/54 6.10-3/54 6.10-4/54 6.10-5/54 6.10-6/54 6.10-7/54 6.10-8/54 6.10-9/54 6.10-10/54 6.10-11/54 6.10-12/54 6.10-13/54 6.10-14/54 6.10-15/54 6.10-16/54 6.10-17/54 6.10-18/54 6.10-19/54 6.10-20/54 6.10-21/54 6.10-22/54 6.10-23/54 6.10-24/54 6.10-25/54 6.10-26/54 6.10-27/54 6.10-28/54 6.10-29/54 6.10-30/54 6.10-31/54 6.10-32/54 6.10-33/54 6.10-34/54 6.10-35/54 6.10-36/54 6.10-37/54 6.10-38/54 6.10-39/54 6.10-40/54 6.10-41/54 6.10-42/54 6.10-43/54 6.10-44/54 6.10-45/54 6.10-46/54 6.10-47/54 6.10-48/54 6.10-49/54 6.10-50/54 6.10-51/54 6.10-52/54 6.10-53/54 6.10-54/54

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT

2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011

6.11-1/14 6.11-2/14 6.11-3/14 6.11-4/14 6.11-5/14 6.11-6/14 6.11-7/14 6.11-8/14 6.11-9/14 6.11-10/14 6.11-11/14 6.11-12/14 6.11-13/14 6.11-14/14

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT

2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011

6.11-1/98 6.11-2/98 6.11-3/98 6.11-4/98 6.11-5/98 6.11-6/98 6.11-7/98 6.11-8/98 6.11-9/98 6.11-10/98 6.11-11/98 6.11-12/98 6.11-13/98 6.11-14/98 6.11-15/98 6.11-16/98 6.11-17/98 6.11-18/98 6.11-19/98 6.11-20/98 6.11-21/98 6.11-22/98 6.11-23/98 6.11-24/98 6.11-25/98 6.11-26/98 6.11-27/98 6.11-28/98 6.11-29/98 6.11-30/98 6.11-31/98 6.11-32/98 6.11-33/98 6.11-34/98 6.11-35/98 6.11-36/98 6.11-37/98 6.11-38/98 6.11-39/98 6.11-40/98 6.11-41/98 6.11-42/98 6.11-43/98 6.11-44/98 6.11-45/98 6.11-46/98 6.11-47/98 6.11-48/98 6.11-49/98 6.11-50/98 6.11-51/98 6.11-52/98 6.11-53/98 6.11-54/98 6.11-55/98 6.11-56/98 6.11-57/98 6.11-58/98 6.11-59/98 6.11-60/98 6.11-61/98 6.11-62/98 6.11-63/98 6.11-64/98 6.11-65/98 6.11-66/98 6.11-67/98 6.11-68/98 6.11-69/98 6.11-70/98

CZĘŚĆ PART

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT

D 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011

DATA/DATE

PAŹ/OCT-2011

ZMIANA/REVISION

0

STRONA/PAGE

6.11-71/98 6.11-72/98 6.11-73/98 6.11-74/98 6.11-75/98 6.11-76/98 6.11-77/98 6.11-78/98 6.11-79/98 6.11-80/98 6.11-81/98 6.11-82/98 6.11-83/98 6.11-84/98 6.11-85/98 6.11-86/98 6.11-87/98 6.11-88/98 6.11-89/98 6.11-90/98 6.11-91/98 6.11-92/98 6.11-93/98 6.11-94/98 6.11-95/98 6.11-96/98 6.11-97/98 6.11-98/98

0.5- 4/4

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT OCT

2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011

CELOWO POZOSTAWIONE PUSTE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

D.0.6

D.0

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE STRONA/PAGE

SPIS TREŚCI

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Tom 1

Vol. 1

Administrowanie instrukcją

Administration of manual

Strona tytułowa.

Title Page.

Zatwierdzenie Instrukcji przez ULC.

OM approval by Polish CAA.

zgodności

PAŹ/OCT-2011

ZMIANA/REVISION

0 0.6- 1/6

D.0.1

Lista kontrolna wymaganiami. OPS 1.

D.0.2

Zatwierdzenie zmian

Approval of revisions

D.0.3

Karta kontrolna wprowadzonych zmian

Checklist of implemented revisions

D.0.4

Wykaz użytkowników

List of users

D.0.5

Wykaz obowiązujących stron

List of effecive pages

D.0.6.

Spis treści

Table of contents

D.1

Wstęp.

Introduction.

D.2

Programy szkoleń oraz sprawdzianów.

Training syllabi and checking programs.

D.2.1

Dla załogi lotniczej.

For flight crew.

D.2.1.1

Podstawowe szkolenie u operatora w Initial operator's crew resource manzarządzaniu zasobami załogi (CRM). agement (CRM) training.

D.2.1.2

Szkolenia przejściowe i sprawdziany.

D.2.1.3

Szkolenie w różnicach zapoznawcze.

D.2.1.4

Nominacja na dowódcę.

Nomination as commander.

D.2.1.5

Szkolenia i sprawdziany okresowe.

Recurrent training and checking.

D.2.1.6

Kwalifikacje pilota do wykonywania Pilot qualification to operate in either lotów z każdego stanowiska. Pilot's seat.

D.2.1.7

Kwalifikacje w zakresie tras i lotnisk.

D.2.1.8

Kwalifikacje w przedlotowych.

D.2.1.9

Kwalifikacje w zakresie LVTO.

LVTO competence qualification.

D.2.1.9.a

Wzór upoważnienia zakładowego pilota.

Specimen of company authorization for pilot.

i

z Check List of requirements of OPS 1 regulations.

Conversion training and checking.

szkolenie Differences training and familiarization Training.

Route and aerodrome competence qualification.

zakresie przeglądów Preflight inspection competence qualification.

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE

PAŹ/OCT-2011

ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

0 0.6- 2/6

D.2.2

Dla personelu pokładowego.

D.2.2.1

Szkolenie podstawowe bezpieczeństwa.

D.2.2.1.a

Wzór świadectwa dla personelu Specimen of Certificate of successful pokładowego o ukończeniu szkolenia completion of the Initial safety training podstawowego w zakresie for the cabin crew bezpieczeństwa

D.2.2.2

Szkolenie przejściowe i w różnicach.

Conversion and difference training.

D.2.2.3

Loty zapoznawcze.

Familiarization.

D.2.2.4

Szkolenie okresowe.

Recurrent training.

D.2.2.5

Szkolenie wznawiające.

Refresher training.

D.2.2.6

Sprawdziany.

Checking.

D.2.2.7

Szkolenie w zakresie zagadnień Medical aspects and first aid training. medycznych i pierwszej pomocy.

D.2.2.8

Szkolenie w zakresie CRM.

CRM training.

D.2.2.9

Konspekty do szkolenia.

Conspectus for training.

D.2.3

Dla personelu operacyjnego, łącznie z For operations personnel concerned, including crew members. członkami załogi.

D.2.3.1

Transport lotniczy niebezpiecznych.

D.2.3.2

Ochrona.

D.2.4

Dla personelu operacyjnego innego niż For operations personnel other than członkowie załogi (np. dyspozytorzy, crew members (e.g. dispatcher, hanpersonel obsługi itp.). dling personnel etc.).

D.2.4.0

Operacyjny personel naziemny.

Ground operations personnel.

D.2.4.1

Personel planujący operacje.

Personnel planning operations- dispatchers.

D.2.4.2

Personel nadzorujący operacje.

Personnel supervising operations- flight watch officers.

D.3

Procedury.

Procedures.

D.3.1

Procedury dotyczące sprawdzianów.

D.3.1.1

Informacje ogólne.

w

For cabin crew. zakresie Initial Safety training.

materiałów Transport of dangerous goods by air. Security.

szkoleń

i Procedures for training and checking. General information.

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE

PAŹ/OCT-2011

ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

0 0.6- 3/6

Procedures of determination of additional needs of recurrent and improving trainings connected with extension of operation activity.

D.3.1.2

Procedury określania dodatkowych potrzeb szkoleń okresowych i doskonalących związanych z rozszerzaniem działalności operacyjnej.

D.3.1.3

Symulowanie sytuacji awaryjnych i Simulation of emergency and abnormal nienormalnych. situations.

D.3.1.4

Obowiązki i odpowiedzialność Duties and responsibility of operator's personelu kierowniczego przewoźnika management for proper and punctual za właściwe, terminowe szkolenie training of their subordinated personnel. podległego mu personelu.

D.3.1.5

Zasady przechowywania, Rudiments of storage, securing and makzabezpieczenia i udostępniania danych ing accessible of personnel training data o szkoleniu personelu w poszczególnych in particular departments of carrier. komórkach organizacyjnych przewoźnika.

D.3.1.6

Dokumentowanie kwalifikacji Evidence of qualifications obtained beuzyskanych poza przedsiębiorstwem. yond operator.

D.3.1.7

Udostępnianie szkoleniowej.

D.3.1.8

Zasady współpracy personelu kierowniczego przewoźnika z ośrodkami szkoleniowymi, wynajętymi do prowadzenia szkolenia personelu.

Rudiments of cooperation between carrier’s management personnel and training centers hired to provide trainings for personnel.

D.3.1.9

Rozkład zajęć lekcyjnych. (przykład).

Lectures timetable. (example).

D.3.1.10

Rekomendowane wykładowej.

D.3.1.11

Konspekt do prowadzenia zajęć.

Syllabus (conspectus) to carry on lectures.

D.3.1.12

Zasady oceniania.

Rudiments of evaluation.

D.3.1.13

Lista instruktorów i egzaminatorów

List of instructors and examinators.

D.3.1.14

Lista zatwierdzonych szkolenia.

dokumentacji Making accessible of training documentation.

wyposażenie

sali Recommended classroom equipment.

ośrodków List of approved training centers.

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 0.6- 4/6

D.3.2

Procedury, jakie mają być Procedures to be applied in the event zastosowane, w razie gdy personel nie that personnel do not achieve or mainosiąga lub nie utrzymuje wymaganych tain the required standards. standardów.

D.3.2.1

Podczas szkolenia wstępnego - During initial, conversion training or in przejściowego w celu nabycia order to get defined certificates. określonych uprawnień.

D.3.2.2

Okresowe lub okolicznościowe Recurrent or occasional check or skills of sprawdzenia wiadomości i/lub licensed operations personnel. umiejętności licencjonowanego personelu operacyjny ego.

D.3.2.3

Okresowe lub okolicznościowe Recurrent or occasional check or skills of sprawdzenia wiadomości i/lub not licensed operations personnel. umiejętności nielicencjonowanego personelu operacyjnego.

D.3.3

Procedury zapewniające, by w lotach zarobkowego przewozu lotniczego nie były symulowane sytuacje nienormalne lub awaryjne wymagające zastosowania części lub wszystkich procedur nienormalnych lub awaryjnych oraz by w takich lotach nie miała miejsca symulacja IMC za pomocą środków technicznych.

D.4

Opis dokumentacji, jaka ma przechowywana i okresy przechowywania.

D.4.1

Opis dokumentacji.

Description of documentation to be stored.

D.4.2

Okres przechowywania.

Storage periods.

D.5

Wzory dokumentacji Formularze.

Specimens of documentation – Forms.

D.6

Załączniki –konspekty.

Attachments- conspectuses.

ATT/2

Szkolenie przejściowe.

Conversion course.

ATT/4

Szkolenie zapoznawcze.

Familiarization training.

ATT/5

Szkolenie w różnicach B737 NG & EFIS.

Difference training for B737 NG & EFIS.

Procedures to ensure that abnormal or emergency situations requiring the application of part or all of abnormal or emergency procedures and simulation of IMC by artificial means are not simulated during commercial air transportation flights.

być Description of documentation to be jej stored and storage periods.

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE

PAŹ/OCT-2011

ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

0 0.6- 5/6

ATT/6

Szkolenie w zakresie tras I lotnisk.

Route and Aerodrome competence training.

ATT/7

Szkolenie LVTO.

LVTO Training.

ATT/8

Szkolenie okresowe.

Recurrent training.

ATT/9

Sprawdzian okresowy.

Recurrent checking.

ATT/10

Scenariusze szkolenia okresowego.

Recurrent training scenario.

ATT/11

Ocenianie.

Grading.

Tom 2

Vol.2

Dział Chapter

Konspekty do Conspectuses Szkolenia personelu pokładowego. Cabin crew training. Wstęp.

Introduction.

Spis ważnych stron tomu 2.

List of effective pages of vol. 2.

Rejestr zmian w tomie 2.

Record of revision of vol. 2.

0

Spis treści tomu 2.

Contens of vol. 2.

1

Zagadnienia ogólne.

General topics.

2

Skróty.

Abbreviations.

3

Rodzaje szkoleń.

Types of trainings.

4

Kolejność szkoleń.

Training sequence.

5

Szkolenie podstawowe bezpieczeństwa.

6

Szkolenie przejściowe i w różnicach.

Conversion and differences training.

7

Szkolenie okresowe.

Recurrent training.

8

Szkolenie starszego członka personelu Senior Cabin Crew member training. pokładowego.

9

Szkolenie instruktora pokładowego.

personelu Instructor of Cabin Crew training.

10

Szkolenie egzaminatora pokładowego.

personelu Examinator of Cabin Crew training.

11

Szkolenie wznawiające

w

zakresie Initial safety training.

Refresher training.

of

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

w

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE

PAŹ/OCT-2011

ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

0 0.6- 6/6

A-II

Szkolenie podstawowe bezpieczeństwa.

zakresie Initial safety training.

A-III

Szkolenie przejściowe i w różnicach.

Conversion and differences training.

A-IV

Szkolenie okresowe.

Recurrent training.

A-V

Szkolenie starszego członka personelu Senior Cabin Crew member training. pokładowego.

A-VI

Szkolenie instruktora pokładowego.

personelu Instructor of Cabin Crew training.

A-VII

Szkolenie egzaminatora pokładowego.

personelu Examinator of Cabin Crew training.

A-VIII

Zapisy (karty) szkolenia i sprawdzianów. Records of Training and checking.

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 1- 1/2

D

SZKOLENIE

TRAINING

D.1

WSTĘP.

INTRODUCTION.

Częśc D opisuje zasady szkolenia i utrzymania wymaganych kwalifikacji przez licencjonowany personel lotniczy i personelu operacyjnego oraz nielicencjonowany personel administracyjnego uczestniczący w prowadzonych przez przedsiębiorstwo operacjach lotniczych.

This part describes training procedures and keeping required qualifications by licensed flight/ops personnel and unlicensed administrative personnel that taking a part in operator’s flight operations.

W tej części zawarte są szczegółowe zasady, metody i procedury związane z prowadzeniem okresowych i doskonalących szkoleń lotniczych personelu operacyjnego a także zasady i wymagania dla awansowania na dowódców i /lub przejścia na nowy typ statku powietrznego, prowadzenia okresowych kontroli wiadomości teoretycznych i umiejętności praktycznych personelu lotniczego, technicznego i operacyjnego w celu utrzymania posiadanych przez nich kwalifikacji na wymaganym poziomie.

This part enclose detailed rules, means and procedures related to periodical proficiency checks, quality improvement trainings of all flight and ops personnel, as well as all the requirements for promotions to a captain position and/or changing the current type of aircraft, time-totime checks of theoretical and practical knowledge of flight and ops personnel in order to keep the highest level of their effectiveness.

Instrukcja Szkolenia Personelu podzielona Personnel Training Manual is partitioned jest na 6 rozdziały: for 6 sections: ROZDZIAŁ 1 Opisuje ogólne zasady SECTION 1 Describes general rules of organizacyjne mające zastosowanie do applying to training all operational personnel of the Operator. szkolenia całego personelu operacyjnego. ROZDZIAŁ 2 Programy szkolenia.

SECTION 2 Syllabuses

ROZDZIAŁ 3 Procedury szkoleń i sprawdzianów w tym procedury w przypadku nieutrzymywania wymaganego poziomu wiedzy i umiejętności przez personel przedsiębiorstwa.

SECTION 3 Procedures of the training and checking including procedures in the event that personnel do not achieve or maintain the required standards.

ROZDZIAŁ 4 Zawiera opis dokumentacji, jaka Section 4 Contains description of documa być przechowywana i okresy jej mentation to be stored and storage periprzechowywania. ods. ROZDZIAŁ 5 Zawiera wzory formularzy.

Section 5 Contains the template of forms.

ROZDZIAŁ 6 Zawiera załączniki - konspekty Section 6 Contains attachments - sumszkoleń (tylko w języku angielskim) mary of the trainings (in English only) Ograniczenia

Limitations

Szkolenie i/lub sprawdziany pilotów i Training and/or checking for the pilots personelu pokładowego muszą być and cabin attendants shall be performed wykonywane przez zatwierdzone ośrodki by approved rating organizations TRTO,

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 1- 2/2

szkolenia lotniczego TRTO zakontraktowane contracted on base of the agreement. na podstawie umowy. Wszystkie urządzenia treningowe STD All STDs used for Training and/or checkstosowane do szkolenia lub sprawdzianów ing for the pilots shall be approved by pilotów muszą być zatwierdzone przez CAA. Władzę. Zabronione jest symulowanie w lotach zarobkowych symulowanie sytuacji nienormalnych lub awaryjnych lub wymagających częściowego zastosowania procedur nienormalnych lub awaryjnych oraz symulowanie lotów bez widoczności IMC.

Abnormal or emergency situation requiring the application of part or all abnormal or emergency procedures and simulation of IMC by artificial means shall not be simulated during air transportation flights.

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 2.1.1- 1/18

D.2

PROGRAMY SZKOLEŃ ORAZ SPRAWDZIANÓW.

TRAINING SYLLABI AND CHECKING PROGRAMS.

D.2. 1

ZAŁOGA LOTNICZA

FLIGHT CREW

D.2.1.1

PODSTAWOWE SZKOLENIE U OPERATORA W ZARZĄDZANIU ZASOBAMI ZAŁOGI (CRM)

INITIAL OPERATOR'S CREW RESOURCE MANAGEMENT (CRM) TRAINING

Operator zapewnia, by członek załogi lotniczej przeszedł podstawowe szkolenie w zarządzaniu zasobami załogi (CRM) (zarówno nowi pracownicy, jak i już zatrudnieni), jeśli nie odbył takiego szkolenia wcześniej. Nowi pracownicy odbywają podstawowe szkolenie CRM w ciągu pierwszego roku zatrudnienia u operatora.

When a flight crew member has not previously completed initial operator's crew resource management (CRM) training (either new employees or existing staff), then the operator shall ensure that the flight crew member completes an initial CRM training course. New employees shall complete initial operator's CRM training within their first year of joining an operator.

Jeśli członek załogi lotniczej nie przechodził wcześniej szkolenia w zakresie czynnika ludzkiego (human factors), odbywa on szkolenie teoretyczne oparte na programie odnoszącym się do możliwości i ograniczeń człowieka określonym dla licencji ATPL (patrz: wymogi stosowane do wydawania licencji członka załogi lotniczej) przed przystąpieniem do podstawowego szkolenia CRM lub wraz z podstawowym szkoleniem CRM.

If the flight crew member has not previously been trained in human factors then a theoretical course, based on the human performance and limitations programme for the ATPL (see the requirements applicable to the issue of flight crew licences) shall be completed before the initial operator's CRM training or combined with the initial operator's CRM training.

Podstawowe szkolenie CRM prowadzone jest przez co najmniej jednego możliwego do przyjęcia przez organ instruktora CRM, który może być wspomagany przez specjalistów z określonych dziedzin.

Initial CRM training shall be conducted by at least one CRM trainer acceptable to the Authority who may be assisted by experts in order to address specific areas.

Podstawowe szkolenie CRM prowadzone jest zgodnie ze szczegółowym zakresem szkolenia objętym instrukcją operacyjną.

Initial CRM training is conducted in accordance with a detailed course syllabus included in the operations manual.

Zasady ogólne.

General

Zarządzanie zasobami załogi (CRM) jest umiejętnością skutecznego wykorzystania wszelkich dostępnych w locie zasobów, w tym członków załogi, systemów i instalacji samolotu oraz informacji pomocnych w bezpiecznym i sprawnym przebiegu lotu.

Crew Resource Management (CRM) is the effective utilisation of all available resources (e.g. crew members, aeroplane systems, supporting facilities and persons) to achieve safe and efficient operation.

Zadaniem szkolenia CRM jest doskonalenie umiejętności komunikowania się i kierowania

The objective of CRM is to enhance the communication and management skills of the

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE

PAŹ/OCT-2011

ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

0 2.1.1- 2/18

członkami załogi, których to dotyczy. Szczególny nacisk powinien zostać położony na pozatechniczne aspekty możliwości załóg lotniczych.

flight crew member concerned. The emphasis is placed on the non-technical aspects of flight crew performance.

Szkolenie CRM powinno oddawać kulturę organizacyjną operatora i być prowadzone zarówno w formie zajęć o charakterze lekcyjnym, jak i ćwiczeń praktycznych, które obejmą przeglądowe grupowe dyskusje o zaistniałych wypadkach i zdarzeniach lotniczych w kontekście analizy problemów komunikacyjnych pomiędzy członkami załogi oraz przykłady braku przepływu informacji lub zarządzania zasobami przez załogę.

CRM training should reflect the culture of the operator and be conducted by means of both classroom training and practical exercises including group discussions and accident and serious incident reviews to analyse communication problems and instances or examples of a lack of information or crew management.

Zawsze gdy jest to możliwe, podczas szkoleń na symulatorach lotu należy uwzględniać te elementy CRM, które mogą być w sposób realistyczny włączone do poszczególnych ćwiczeń i pozwolą na interakcję załogi. Do takich ćwiczeń na symulatorze zalicza się, ale nic tylko, scenariusze szkolenia w lotach liniowych (LOFT).

Whenever it is practicable to do so, consideration should be given to conducting relevant parts of CRM training in synthetic training devices which reproduce, in an acceptable way, a realistic operational environment and permit interaction. This includes, but is not limited to, simulators with appropriate LOFT scenarios.

Zawsze gdy jest to możliwe, zaleca się, aby podstawowe szkolenie CRM było prowadzone w sesjach grupowych poza siedzibą operatora, tak aby wzajemne relacje członków załóg nie były zakłócane codziennymi sprawami przedsiębiorstwa.

It is recommended that, whenever possible, initial CRM training be conducted in a group session outside the company premises so that the opportunity is provided for flight crew members to interact and communicate away from the pressures of their usual working environment.

Kwalifikacje wykładowców.

Qualifications of the CRM Trainer

Szkolenie CRM powinno być prowadzone z udziałem przynajmniej jednego wykładowcy posiadającego umiejętność pracy z grupą, który może być wspierany przez specjalistów z różnych dziedzin. Wykładowcy CRM powinni przynajmniej:

The CRM training can be supported by specialist of different domains.

Mieć aktualne doświadczenie w zarobkowym transporcie lotniczym jako członkowie załóg i mieć zaliczony:

Have current commercial air transport experience as a flight crew member; and have either:

Egzamin z zakresu ludzkich możliwości i ograniczeń (HPL) przy okazji uzyskania licencji pilota liniowego (ATPL) lub

Successfully passed the Human Performance and Limitations (HPL) examination whilst recently obtaining the ATPL or,

At least one of the CRM trainers should possess group facilitation skills and should at least:

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 2.1.1- 3/18

Kurs teoretyczny (HPL), obejmujący program egzaminacyjny na licencję pilota liniowego (ATPL), jeśli uzyskali licencje członków personelu lotniczego zgodnie z JAR-OPS 1.940(a)(3) przed jego wprowadzeniem;

If holding a Flight Crew Licence acceptable under JAR-OPS 1.940(a)(3) prior to the introduction of HPL into the ATPL syllabus, followed a theoretical HPL course covering the whole syllabus of the HPL examination.

Mieć ukończone szkolenie podstawowe CRM; i

Have completed initial CRM training; and

Być pod nadzorem wykwalifikowanego personelu prowadzenia pierwszego podstawowego; i

odpowiednio w czasie szkolenia

Be supervised by suitably qualified CRM training personnel when conducting their first initial CRM training session; and

Otrzymać wykształcenie w zakresie poczucia osobowości, kierowania grupą, dynamiki grupy i łagodzenia konfliktów.

Have received additional education in the fields of group management, group dynamics and personal awareness.

Niezależnie od powyższych ustaleń, członek personelu lotniczego posiadający ważne kwalifikacje jako wykładowca CRM może nawet po zaprzestaniu wykonywania czynności lotniczych nadal prowadzić szkolenia. Podobnie, doświadczony wykładowca niebędący członkiem personelu lotniczego, który wiedzę z zakresu (HPL) posiadł po wprowadzeniu tego zagadnienia do JAR-OPS, również może takie szkolenia prowadzić. Członek personelu lotniczego po zaprzestaniu wykonywania czynności lotniczych jeżeli posiada wiedzę z zakresu HPL może zostać wykładowcą CRM jeśli zachowuje odpowiednią wiedzę operacyjną i dotyczącą samolotu zgodną z powyższymi wymaganiami.

Notwithstanding paragraph (a) above, a flight crew member holding a recent qualification as a CRM trainer may continue to be a CRM trainer even after the cessation of active flying duties;

Jeżeli operator nie posiada odpowiednich możliwości do zorganizowania szkolenia podstawowego CRM, może zatrudnić do tego uznanego przez Władzę wykładowcę CRM innego operatora lub organizacji zewnętrznej. W takim przypadku operator musi zapewnić , że zakres szkolenia będzie odpowiadał jego wymaganiom. Jeżeli w szkoleniu uczestniczą piloci z różnych organizacji zakres szkolenia musi być dostosowany do operacji tych operatorów.

If the operator does not have sufficient means to establish initial CRM training, use may be made of a course provided by another operator, or a third party or training organization acceptable to the Authority. In this event the operator should ensure that the content of the course meets his operational requirements. When crew members from several companies follow the same course, CRM core elements should be specific to the nature of operations of the companies and the trainees concerned.

An experienced non-flight crew CRM trainer having a knowledge of HPL, may also continue to be a CRM trainer;

A former flight crew member having knowledge of HPL may become a CRM trainer if he maintains adequate knowledge of the operation and aeroplane type and meets the provisions of paragraphs above.

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE

PAŹ/OCT-2011

ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

0 2.1.1- 4/18

Szkolenie podstawowe CRM.

Initial CRM Training.

Szkolenie podstawowe CRM ma za zadanie zapoznawać i dostarczać niezbędnej wiedzy o czynnikach ludzkich mających wpływ na operacje. Czas trwania kursu nie powinien być krótszy niż jeden dzień dla operacji załóg jednoosobowych i dwa dni dla innych typów operacji. Kurs powinien obejmować zagadnienia podane w Tabeli 1 kolumna (a) w zakresie określonym w kolumnie (b) (Szkolenie podstawowe CRM).

Initial CRM training program are designed to provide knowledge of, and familiarity with, human factors relevant to flight operations. The course duration should be a minimum of one day for single pilot operations and two days for all other types of operations. It should cover all elements in Table 1, column (a) to the level required by column (b) (Initial CRM training).

Operator zapewnia, by członek załogi lotniczej przeszedł podstawowe szkolenie w zarządzaniu zasobami załogi (CRM) (zarówno nowi pracownicy, jak i już zatrudnieni), jeśli nie odbył takiego szkolenia wcześniej. Nowi pracownicy odbywają podstawowe szkolenie CRM w ciągu pierwszego roku zatrudnienia u operatora.

When a flight crew member has not previously completed initial operator's crew resource management (CRM) training (either new employees or existing staff), then the operator shall ensure that the flight crew member completes an initial CRM training course. New employees shall complete initial operator's CRM training within their first year of joining an operator.

Jeśli członek załogi lotniczej nie przechodził wcześniej szkolenia w zakresie czynnika ludzkiego (human factors), odbywa on szkolenie teoretyczne oparte na programie odnoszącym się do możliwości i ograniczeń człowieka określonym dla licencji ATPL (patrz: wymogi stosowane do wydawania licencji członka załogi lotniczej) przed przystąpieniem do podstawowego szkolenia CRM lub wraz z podstawowym szkoleniem CRM.

If the flight crew member has not previously been trained in human factors then a theoretical course, based on the human performance and limitations programme for the ATPL (see the requirements applicable to the issue of flight crew licences) shall be completed before the initial operator's CRM training or combined with the initial operator's CRM training.

Podstawowe szkolenie CRM prowadzone jest przez co najmniej jednego możliwego do przyjęcia przez organ instruktora CRM, który może być wspomagany przez specjalistów z określonych dziedzin.

Initial CRM training shall be conducted by at least one CRM trainer acceptable to the Authority who may be assisted by experts in order to address specific areas.

Szkolenie przejściowe CRM.

Conversion Course CRM training.

Jeśli członek załogi przechodzi szkolenie przejściowe związane ze zmianą typu statku powietrznego, to musi ono obejmować w poszczególnych fazach zagadnienia z kolumny (a) Tabeli 1 w zakresie wymaganym w kolumnie (c) (szkolenie przejściowe przy zmianie typu), chyba że u poprzedniego operatora szkolenia CRM wy prowadziła ta sama organizacja (wykładowca)

If the flight crew member undergoes a conversion course with a change of aeroplane type, all elements in Table 1, column (a) should be integrated into all appropriate phases of the operator’s conversion course and covered to the level required by column (c) (conversion course when changing type), unless the two operators use the same CRM

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE

PAŹ/OCT-2011

ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

0 2.1.1- 5/18

CRM.

training provider.

Jeśli członek załogi przechodzi szkolenie przejściowe połączone ze zmianą Operatora, to musi ono obejmować w poszczególnych fazach zagadnienia z kolumny (a) Tabeli 1, w zakresie wymaganym w kolumnie (d) (szkolenie przejściowe ze zmianą Operatora).

If the flight crew member undergoes a conversion course with a change of operator, all elements in Table 1, column (a) should be integrated into all appropriate phases of the operator’s conversion course and covered to the level required by column (d) (conversion course when changing operator).

W czasie prowadzenia szkolenia przejściowego członek załogi nie powinien być oceniany ze znajomości zagadnień CRM. Jeżeli jednak członek załogi przechodzi na zakończenie szkolenia przejściowego sprawdzenie umiejętności u Operatora, to powinno ono obejmować również ocenę znajomości CRM.

A flight crew member should not be assessed when completing elements of CRM training which are part of an operator’s conversion course. The operator proficiency check on the finish of the conversion training shall include the CRM evaluation.

Szkolenie dowódcze CRM.

Command course CRM training.

Operator powinien zapewnić, aby podczas szkolenia dowódczego uwzględnione zostały wszystkie zagadnienia z kolumny (a) Tabeli 1, w zakresie wymaganym w kolumnie (e) (szkolenie dowódcze).

An operator should ensure that all elements in Table 1, column (a) are integrated into the command course and covered to the level required by column (e) (command course).

W czasie prowadzenia szkolenia członek załogi nie powinien być oceniany ze znajomości zawartych w nim zagadnień CRM. Jednakże, jeśli członek załogi na zakończenie szkolenia dowódczego przechodzi sprawdzenie na linii i kontrolę wiadomości, to powinna ona obejmować również ocenę znajomości CRM.

A flight crew member should not be assessed when completing elements of CRM training which are part of the command course, although feedback should be given. For example during the Line check on the finish of the command course.

Szkolenie okresowe CRM.

Recurrent CRM training.

Operator zapewnia, aby:

An operator ensured that:

Elementy szkolenia CRM były prowadzone we wszystkich fazach corocznego szkolenia i uwzględniały zagadnienia CRM zawarte w kolumnie (a) Tabeli 1, w zakresie wymaganym w kolumnie (f) (szkolenie okresowe), i były powtarzane nie rzadziej niż raz na 3 lata;

Elements of CRM are integrated into all appropriate phases of recurrent training every year; and that all elements in Table 1, column (a) are covered to the level required by column (f) (recurrent training); and that modular CRM training covers the same areas over a maximum period of 3 years.

Szkolenie modułowe było prowadzone przez wykładowców posiadających kwalifikacje podane

Relevant modular CRM training is conducted by CRM trainers qualified according to para-

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE

PAŹ/OCT-2011

ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

0 2.1.1- 6/18

w ust. (11).

graph (11).

Członek załogi nie powinien być w trakcie szkolenia przejściowego oceniany ze znajomości zawartych w nim zagadnień CRM. Jeżeli jednak członek załogi przechodzi u operatora kontrolę umiejętności lub kontrolę na linii, to powinna ona obejmować również ocenę znajomości zagadnień CRM.

A flight crew member should not be assessed when completing elements of CRM training which are part of recurrent training.

Szkolenie we współpracy między załogą i personelem pokładowym.

Co-ordination between flight crew and cabin crew training.

Operator powinien, tak dalece jak to możliwe, zapewnić wspólne szkolenie załóg i personelu pokładowego, łącznie z odprawami przed rozpoczęciem, jak i po jego zakończeniu.

Operators should, as far as is practicable, provide combined training for flight crew and cabin crew including briefing and debriefing.

Należy zapewnić skuteczną współpracę pomiędzy oddziałami szkolenia załóg lotniczych i personelu pokładowego. Instruktorom załóg i personelu pokładowego należy stworzyć warunki do wzajemnego obserwowania szkoleń.

There should be an effective liaison between flight crew and cabin crew training departments. Provision should be made for flight and cabin crew instructors to observe and comment on each others training.

Ocena umiejętności CRM.

Assessment of CRM Skills

Ocena umiejętności CRM powinna:

Assessment of CRM skills should:

Zapewnić poznanie stanu wiedzy każdego pilota oraz służyć identyfikacji zakresu kolejnego szkolenia okresowego; i

Provide feedback to the individual and serve to identify retraining; and

Służyć do doskonalenia programów szkolenia CRM.

Be used to improve the CRM training system.

Do prowadzenia sprawdzenia umiejętności CRM służą druki „SCORE FORM NON-TECHNICAL SKILL EVALUATION ELEMENT LEVEL” i „SCORE FORM NON-TECHNICAL SKILL CATEGORY LEVEL”.

The „SCORE FORM NON-TECHNICAL SKILL EVALUATION ELEMENT LEVEL” and „SCORE FORM NON-TECHNICAL SKILL CATEGORY LEVEL” are used for assessment of CRM skills.

Instruktor CRM i Kierownik Działu Lotniczego i Szkolenia podejmują decyzję o postępowaniu przypadku, gdy sprawdzian umiejętności CRM wypadnie dla pilota niekorzystnie.

The CRM trainer with Flight Operations and Training Unit Manager will take decision in the event that personnel do not achieve or maintain the required standards.

Rozpatrują oni doświadczenie pilota i poprzednie opinie.

They will analyze the skill and background of the trainee.

Jeśli jest połączony sprawdzian kwalifikacji (operator proficiency check) ze sprawdzianem

If the proficiency check is combined with the Type Rating revalidation/renewal check, the

But, the operator proficiency or line checks shall include the evaluation of CRM too.

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 2.1.1- 7/18

kwalifikacji na typie (type rating revalidation/renewal check), to ocena umiejętności CRM musi spełniać wymagania dotyczące współpracy w załodze wieloosobowej (Multi Crew, Co-operation - MCC) przewidziane dla sprawdzianu okresowego lub wznawiającego na typie samolotu. Ocena ta nie może wpływać negatywnie na ważność uprawnień dot. typu samolotu.

assessment of CRM skills will satisfy the Multi Crew Co-operation requirements of the Type Rating revalidation/renewal. This assessment will not affect the validity of the Type Rating.

Ocena umiejętności CRM jest procesem obserwowania, rejestrowania, interpretowania i oceny aktualnej wiedzy i umiejętności członków załóg, w tym ich umiejętności samokrytyki, oraz ciągłego porównywania z wymaganym przez operatora standardem. Ocena zachowań i reakcji szkolonej grupy może być przekazywana w sposób ciągły w trakcie szkolenia albo jako podsumowanie na jego zakończenie.

Assessment is the process of observing, recording, interpreting and evaluating, where appropriate, pilot performance and knowledge against a required standard in the context of overall performance. It includes the concept of self-critique, and feedback which can be given continuously during training or in summary following a check.

Ocena umiejętności CRM jest częścią ogólnej oceny kwalifikacji członków załóg lotniczych w odniesieniu do obowiązującego u operatora standardu, dlatego też operator ustanawia metodykę prowadzenia takich ocen, a w szczególności określa kryteria doboru, kwalifikacje, umiejętności i doświadczenie osób dokonujących tych ocen, a także zakres ich szkolenia.

CRM skills assessment should be included in an overall assessment of the flight crew members performance and be in accordance with approved standards. Suitable methods of assessment are established, together with the selection criteria and training requirements of the assessors and their relevant qualifications, knowledge and skills.

Nie należy przeprowadzać ocen indywidualnych dopóki członek załogi nie ukończy całego szkolenia podstawowego CRM i odbędzie pierwszy sprawdzian kwalifikacji (operator proficiency check). Dla prowadzenia pierwszego sprawdzianu umiejętności CRM członka załogi należy zastosować następującą metodykę:

Individual assessments are not appropriate until the crew member has completed the initial CRM course and completed the first OPC. For first CRM skills assessment, the following methodology is considered satisfactory:

Operator powinien ustanowić program szkolenia CRM łącznie z uzgodnioną terminologią. Program ten podlega ocenie w odniesieniu do metod szkolenia, czasu jego trwania, szczegółowości omawiania zagadnień oraz skuteczności;

An operator should establish the CRM training programme including an agreed terminology. This should be evaluated with regard to methods, length of training, depth of subjects and effectiveness.

Operator powinien ustanowić program standaryzacji pierwszego szkolenia dla personelu prowadzącego szkolenia CRM;

A training and standardisation programme for training personnel should then be established.

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 2.1.1- 8/18

W okresie przejściowym system oceniania powinien być raczej odniesiony do załogi jako zespołu, niż do indywidualnej osoby;

For a transition period, the evaluation system should be crew rather than individually based.

Szkolenie CRM w zakresie użycia automatyzacji.

Crew Resource Management - Use of Automation.

Szkolenie przejściowe powinno obejmować szkolenie w użytkowaniu i znajomości automatyzacji oraz poznawania systemów i ograniczeń ludzkich możliwości w posługiwaniu się automatyzacją. Operator powinien zapewnić załogom szkolenie na temat:

The conversion course should include training in the use and knowledge of automation and in the recognition of systems and human limitations associated with the use of automation. An operator should therefore ensure that a flight crew member receives training on:

Prowadzenia polityki operacji, uwzględniającej użycie automatyzacji zgodnie z zasadami opisanymi w Instrukcji Operacyjnej;

The application of the operations policy concerning the use of automation as stated in the Operations Manual; and

Systemów i ograniczeń możliwości ludzkich w stosowaniu automatyzacji.

System and human limitations associated with the use of automation.

Przedmiotem tego szkolenia powinno być dostarczenie niezbędnej wiedzy, umiejętności i wzorów zachowania w wykorzystaniu i posługiwaniu się systemami automatyzacji. Szczególną uwagę należy zwrócić na to, że automatyzacja wymaga od członków załóg zrozumienia zasad jej działania oraz każdej cechy tego systemu, która może to zrozumienie utrudnić.

The objective of this training should be to provide appropriate knowledge, skills and behavioural patterns for managing and operating automated systems. Special attention should be given to how automation increases the need for crews to have a common understanding of the way in which the system performs, and any features of automation which make this understanding difficult.

Poniższa tabela wskazuje, które zagadnienia CRM powinny być włączone do poszczególnych rodzajów szkoleń:

The following table indicates which elements of CRM should be included in each type of training:

Szczegółowość szkoleń

(Levels oftraining).

W zarysie (Overview) oznacza, że zagadnienie może być omówione w drodze instruktażu. Taka forma szkolenia ma przypomnieć wiedzę wcześniej nabytą wiedzę.

Overview. When Overview training is required it will normally be instructional in style. Such training should refresh knowledge gained in earlier training.

Szczegółowo (In Depth) oznacza, że zadanie szkoleniowe należy realizować w formie interaktywnej dyskusji grupowej, podczas której będą prowadzone analizy przypadków i zdarzeń oraz ćwiczenia w rolach decyzyjnych w celu konsolidacji wiedzy i umiejętności w zarządzaniu

In Depth. When In Depth Training is required it will normally be interactive in style and should include, as appropriate, case studies, group discussions, role play and consolidation of knowledge and skills. Core elements should be tailored to the specific needs of the train-

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

zasobami załogi. Podstawowe elementy ćwiczenia powinny być dobrane do określonych potrzeb programowych prowadzonego szkolenia.

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

ing phase being undertaken.

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 2.1.1- 9/18

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE

PAŹ/OCT-2011

ZMIANA/REVISION

0

STRONA/PAGE

2.1.1- 10/18

Szkolenie przejściowe przy zmianie operatora Operator’s conversion course when changing operator

Szkolenie dowódcze Command course

Szkolenie okresowe Recurrent training

(a)

Szkolenie przejściowe u operatora ze zmianą typu Operator’s conversion coursewhen changing type

Zagadnienia Core Elements

Szkolenie podstawowe Initial CRM Training

Tabela 1 / Table 1

(b)

(c)

(d)

(e)

(f)

Szczegółowo In depth

W zarysie Overview

W zarysie Overview

Błąd ludzk i niezawodność, łańcuch błędów, wykrywanie i zapobieganie błędom Human error and reliability, error chain, error prevention and detection

Polityka bezpieczeństwa w przedsiębiorstwie, procedury, czynniki organizacyjne Company safety culture, SOPs, organizational factors

Szczegółowo In depth Nie jest wymagane Not required

Stres, panowanie nad stresem, zmęczenie i czujność Stress, stress management, fatigue & vigilance

Zbieranie i obróbka informacji, ocena sytuacji, sterowanie obciążeniem pracą Information acquisition and processing situation awareness, workload management

Szczegółowo In depth

Nie jest wymagane Not required

W zarysie Overview Szczegółowo In depth

Podejmowanie decyzji Decision making W zarysie Overview

Porozumiewanie się i współpraca w kokpicie i poza nim Communication and coordination inside and outside the cockpit

W zarysie Overview

Przywództwo i zachowanie się zespołu, synergia Leadership and team behaviour synergy

Automatyka, filozofia użycia automatyki (jeśli dotyczy typu) Automation, philosophy of the use of automation (if relevant to the type)

Warunkowo As required

Szczegółowo In depth

Warunkowo As required

Warunkowo As required

Szczegółowo In depth

Warunkowo As required

Nie jest wymagane Not required

Specyficzne różnice w typach Specific type-related differences Studiowanie przypadków Case based studies

Szczegółowo Indepth

Szczegółowo In depth

Szczegółowo In depth

Szczegółowo In depth

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

DATA/DATE

D

PAŹ/OCT-2011

ZMIANA/REVISION

0

STRONA/PAGE

2.1.1- 11/18

- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

SCORE FORM NON-TECHNICAL SKILL EVALUATION ELEMENT LEVEL ST

DATE

1 TR

OPC/LPC

LC

LOFT

SPECIAL

OTHER









CAPT.

 F/O

INSTR

SUPERVISOR





CAPT.

F/O

VERY POOR

POOR

ACCEPTABLE

GOOD

VERY GOOD

N/O

VERY POOR

POOR

ACCEPTABLE

GOOD

VERY GOOD

N/O

Teambuilding & maintaining

























2

Consideration of others

























3

Support of others

























4

Conflict solving

































































































ELEMENT

CATEGORY 1

COOPERATION LEADERSHIP & MANAGERIAL SKILL

1

2

3

Use of authority & assertiveness Providing & maintaining standards Planning & coordination

COMENTS

SITUATION AWARENESS DECISION MAKING

4

Workload management

























1

Awareness of aircraft systems

























2

Awareness of environment

























3

Awareness of time

























1

Problem definition & diagnosis

























2

Option generation

























3

Risk assessment & option selection

























4

Outcome review

























COMENTS

SIGNATURE OF CAPT.

____________________

F/O

____________________

INSTR.

____________________

SUPERVISOR

____________________

- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

DATA/DATE

D

PAŹ/OCT-2011

ZMIANA/REVISION

0

STRONA/PAGE

2.1.1- 12/18

- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

SCORE FORM NON-TECHNICAL SKILL CATEGORY LEVEL ST

DATE

LOFT

SPECIAL

OTHER













INSTR

SUPERVISOR







































N/O



VERY GOOD



GOOD

N/O



ACCEPTABLE

VERY GOOD



COMENTS

POOR

GOOD



F/O VERY POOR

ACCEPTABLE

CAPT. POOR

DECISION MAKING

4

LC

F/O

VERY POOR

3

LEADERSHIP & MANASITUATION AWARENESS GERIAL SKILL

2

CO-OPERATION

1

OPC/LPC

CAPT.

 CATEGORY

1 TR

















































COMENTS

SIGNATURE OF CAPT.

____________________

F/O

____________________

INSTR

____________________

SUPERVISOR

____________________

- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE

PAŹ/OCT-2011

ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

0 2.1.1- 13/18

WYKAZ TEMATÓW DO SZKOLENIA CZŁOWIEK - MOŻLIWOŚCI I OGRANICZENIA HUMAN PERFORMANCE AND LIMITATIONS LEARNING OBJECTIVES 1.1

CZYNNIK LUDZKI: PODSTAWOWE KONCEPCJE

HUMAN FACTORS BASIC CONCEPTS

a

Czynnik ludzki w lotnictwie

Human Factors in aviation

b

Sprawność i ograniczenia

Competence and limitations

c

Jak stać się wykwalifikowanym pilotem

Becoming a competent pilot

(i)

tradycyjne rozumienie pojęcia „fachowości”

(ii)

rozumienie „profesjonalizmu” w aspekcie czynnika ludzkiego

d

Statystyka wypadków

Accident statistics

e

Koncepcje bezpieczeństwa lotu

Flight safety concepts

PODSTAWY FIZJOLOGII LOTNICZEJ A UTRZYMANIE ZDROWIA

BASIC AVIATION PHYSIOLOGY AND HEALTH MAINTENANCE

a

Podstawy fizjologii lotniczej

Basics of flight physiology

b

Atmosfera

The atmosphere

(i)

Skład

(ii)

prawa gazów

(iii)

zapotrzebowanie tlenowe tkanek

c

Układ oddechowy i krwionośny

(i)

anatomia czynnościowa

(ii)

środowisko hipobaryczne

(iii)

utrzymywanie zwiększonego ciśnienia, dekompresja

(iv)

gwałtowna dekompresja

1.2

-

zablokowanie gazów, barotrauma

-

przeciwdziałanie, niedotlenienie narządów i tkanek

-

objawy

-

czas użytecznej świadomości

(v)

hiperwentylacja

(vi)

przyspieszenia

d

Środowisko dużych wysokości

(i)

ozon

(ii)

promieniowanie

(iii)

wilgotność

e

Człowiek i środowisko: układ czuciowy

Respiratory and circulatory systems

Upper Environment

Man and environment: The sensory system

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

f

Centralny i obwodowy układ nerwowy

(i)

próg czucia, wrażliwość, przystosowanie

(ii)

przyzwyczajenie

(iii)

odruchy i system kontroli biologicznej

CZĘŚĆ PART

g

Wzrok

(i)

anatomia czynnościowa

(ii)

pole widzenia, widzenie obwodowe i zachyłkowe

(iii)

widzenie obu- i jednooczne

(iv)

wskazówki w przypadku widzenia jednoocznego

(v)

widzenie nocne

h

Słuch

(i)

anatomia czynnościowa

(ii)

zagrożenia słuchu związane z lataniem

i

Zmysł równowagi

(i)

anatomia czynnościowa

(ii)

ruch, przyspieszenie, równowaga pionowa

(iii)

kinetoza

j

Integracja odbieranych bodźców czuciowych

(i)

dezorientacja przestrzenna

(ii)

złudzenia

-

natury fizycznej

-

natury fizjologicznej

-

natury psychologicznej

(iii)

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

Vision

Hearing

Equilibrium

Integration of sensory inputs

k

Zdrowie i higiena

Health and hygiene

l

Higiena osobista

Personal hygiene

m

Pospolite dolegliwości

Common minor ailments

(i)

przeziębienia

(ii)

grypa

(iii)

dolegliwości żołądkowo-jelitowe Szczególne zagrożenia zdrowotne pilotów

(i)

utrata słuchu

(ii)

wady wzroku

(iii)

niedociśnienie, nadciśnienia, choroba wieńcowa

(iv)

otyłość

0 2.1.1- 14/18

Central and peripheral nervous system

problemy podczas fazy podejścia i lądowania

n

PAŹ/OCT-2011

Problem areas for pilots

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

(v)

higiena żywienia

(vi)

klimaty tropikalne

(vii)

choroby epidemiczne

o

Zatrucie

(i)

tytoń

(ii)

alkohol

(iii)

lekarstwa i samo-leczenie

(iv)

różne materiały toksyczne

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

Intoxication

p

Niezdolność

(i)

objawy i przyczyny

(ii)

rozpoznanie

(iii)

procedury operacyjne zastępstwa

1.3

PODSTAWY PSYCHOLOGII LOTNICZEJ

BASIC AVIATION PSYCHOLOGY

a

Przetwarzanie informacji przez człowieka

Human information processing

b

Uwaga i czuwanie

Attention and vigilance

(i)

selektywność uwagi

(ii)

podzielność uwagi

c

Postrzeganie

(i)

złudzenia percepcji

(ii)

subiektywność postrzegania

(iii)

przetwarzanie danych „z dołu do góry” i „z góry na dół”

d

Pamięć

(i)

pamięć czuciowa

(ii)

pamięć robocza

(iii)

pamięć długotrwała

(iv)

pamięć ruchowa

e

Wybór reakcji na bodziec

(i)

zasady i techniki uczenia się

(ii)

popędy

(iii)

motywacja i osiągnięcia

Incapacitation in flight

Perception

Memory

Response selection

f

Ludzkie błędy i niezawodność

Human error and reliability

g

Niezawodność zachowań człowieka

Reliability of human behaviour

h

Hipotezy tłumaczenia rzeczywistości

Hypotheses on reality

(i)

podobieństwo, częstotliwość zdarzeń

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 2.1.1- 15/18

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

(ii)

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE

PAŹ/OCT-2011

ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

0 2.1.1- 16/18

spełnianie się, przyczynowość

i

Teoria i model błędów człowieka

Theory and model or human error

j

Powstawanie błędu

Error generation

(i)

czynniki wewnętrzne (style poznawcze)

(ii)

czynniki zewnętrzne

(iii)

ergonomia

(iv)

ekonomia

(v)

środowisko socjologiczne (grupa, organizacja)

k

Podejmowanie decyzji

Decision making

l

Koncepcje podejmowania decyzji

Decision making concepts

(i)

strukturalna (fazowość)

(ii)

granice

(iii)

ocena ryzyka

(iv)

praktyczne stosowanie

m

Unikanie popełniania i poprawianie błędów: zarządzanie w kabinie załogi

Avoiding and managing error: cockpit management

n

Poczucie bezpieczeństwa

Safety awareness

(i)

świadomość obszarów ryzyka

(ii)

świadomość skłonności do popełnienia błędu (przez siebie)

(iii)

ustalenie źródeł popełnianych błędów (przez innych)

(iv)

świadomość sytuacyjna

o

Koordynacja działań (koncepcje dotyczące załogi wieloosobowej)

MCC

p

Współpraca

Cooperation

(i)

dynamika małej grupy

(ii)

przewodzenie w grupie, style kierowania zespołem

(iii)

obowiązek i rola

q

Porozumiewanie się

(i)

sposób (sposoby) porozumiewania się

(ii)

werbalne i niewerbalne sposoby porozumiewania się

(iii)

bariery w porozumiewaniu się

(iv)

postępowanie w sytuacjach konfliktowych

r

Osobowość

Communication

Personality

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

s

Osobowość i postawy

(i)

rozwój

(ii)

wpływy środowiskowe

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE

PAŹ/OCT-2011

ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

Indywidualne zróżnicowania osobowościowe

(i)

samopoznanie (np. działanie czy wcześniejsze rozpoznanie sytuacji przed podjęciem działania)

u

Identyfikowanie postaw niebezpiecznych (skłonność do popełniania błędów)

v

Przeciążenie i niedociążenie

Human overload and underload

w

Stan gotowości (pobudzenia)

Arousal

x

Stres

Stress

(i)

definicja(e), koncepcja(e), model(e)

(ii)

niepokój a stres

(iii)

skutki stresu Zmęczenie

(i)

rodzaje, przyczyny, objawy

(ii)

skutki zmęczenia

2.1.1- 17/18

Personality and attitudes

t

y

0

Individual differences in personality

Fatigue

z

Rytm biologiczny i sen

Body rhythms and sleep

(i)

zakłócenia rytmu

(ii)

objawy, skutki, radzenie sobie ze stresem

aa

Radzenie sobie ze zmęczeniem i stresem

(i)

strategie naśladowania i kopiowania

(ii)

techniki zwalczania

(iii)

programy zdrowotne i kondycyjne

(iv)

techniki relaksacji

(v)

praktyki religijne

(vi)

techniki doradcze

bb

Wysoki poziom zautomatyzowania kabiny załogi

Advanced cockpit automation

cc

Zalety i wady (oceny krytyczne)

Advantages and disadvantages (‘criticalities’)

dd

Poczucie spokoju i zadowolenia z powodu zautomatyzowania pracy

ee

Koncepcje robocze

Fatigue and stress management

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

STRONA CELOWO POZOSTAWIONA PUSTA PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 2.1.1- 18/18

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 2.1.2- 1/4

D.2

PROGRAMY SZKOLEŃ ORAZ SPRAWDZIANÓW.

TRAINING SYLLABI AND CHECKING PROGRAMS.

D.2. 1

ZAŁOGA LOTNICZA

FLIGHT CREW

D.2.1.2

SZKOLENIA PRZEJŚCIOWE I SPRAWDZIANY

CONVERSION TRAINING AND CHECKING

Operator zapewnia, by:

An operator shall ensure that:

Członek załogi lotniczej, przy przejściu z jednego typu samolotu na inny typ lub klasę, dla których wymagane jest posiadanie nowego uprawnienia na dany typ lub klasę, ukończył szkolenie potrzebne do uzyskania uprawnienia na typ samolotu spełniające wymogi stosowane do wydawania licencji członka załogi lotniczej;

A flight crew member completes a type rating course which satisfies the requirements applicable to the issue of flight crew licenses when changing from one type of airplane to another type or class for which a new type or class rating is required;

Przed przystąpieniem do wykonywania samodzielnych lotów liniowych członek załogi lotniczej ukończył szkolenie przejściowe u operatora;

A flight crew member completes an operator's conversion course before commencing unsupervised line flying;

Przy przejściu na samolot ,dla którego wymagane jest uprawnienie na nowy typ lub klasę; lub

When changing to an airplane for which a new type or class rating is required; or

Przy zmianie operatora;

When changing operator;

Szkolenie przejściowe było przeprowadzane przez odpowiednio wykwalifikowany personel, zgodnie ze szczegółowym zakresem szkolenia podanym w instrukcji operacyjnej. Operator zapewnia, by personel wprowadzający elementy szkolenia CRM do szkolenia przejściowego posiadał odpowiednie kwalifikacje;

Conversion training is conducted by suitably qualified personnel in accordance with a detailed course syllabus included in the operations manual. The operator shall ensure that the personnel integrating elements of CRM into conversion training are suitably qualified;

Zakres szkolenia wymaganego w programie szkolenia przejściowego u operatora był określany po zbadaniu odpowiednich danych o wcześniej odbytych przez członka załogi lotniczej szkoleniach zapisanych w jego rejestrach szkolenia;

The amount of training required by the operator's conversion course is determined after due note has been taken of the flight crew member's previous training as recorded in his/her training records;

Minimalne standardy dotyczące kwalifikacji i praktyki wymagane od członków załogi lotniczej przed przystąpieniem do szkolenia przejściowego są podane w instrukcji operacyjnej w punkcie A.5.1;

The minimum standards of qualification and experience required of flight crew members before undertaking conversion training are specified in the operations manual in section A.5.1;

Przed przystąpieniem do wykonywania lotów liniowych pod nadzorem każdy członek załogi lotniczej przeszedł sprawdziany oraz szkolenie i sprawdziany wymagane w punkcie A.5.1;

Each flight crew member undergoes the checks and the training and checks required by section A.5.1 before commencing line flying under supervision;

Po zakończeniu lotów liniowych pod nadzorem został przeprowadzony sprawdzian w lotach liniowych.

Upon completion of line flying under supervision, the line check is undertaken;

Z chwilą rozpoczęcia szkolenia przejściowego u operatora członek załogi lotniczej nie wykonywał lotów na innych typach lub klasach samolotów, dopóki szkolenie to nie zostanie ukończone lub

Once an operator's conversion course has been commenced, a flight crew member does not undertake flying duties on another type or class until the course is completed or

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE

PAŹ/OCT-2011

ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

0 2.1.2- 2/4

zakończone; oraz

terminated; and

Elementy szkolenia CRM były włączone do szkolenia przejściowego.

Elements of CRM training are integrated into the conversion course.

W razie zmiany typu lub klasy samolotu sprawdzian wymagany w punkcie A.5.1 może być połączony ze sprawdzianem umiejętności na typie lub klasie, zgodnie z wymogami stosowanymi do wydawania licencji członka załogi lotniczej.

In the case of changing aeroplane type or class, the check required by section A.5.1 may be combined with the type or class rating skill test under the requirements applicable to the issue of flight crew licences.

Szkolenie przejściowe u operatora i szkolenie dla uzyskania uprawnienia na typ lub klasę samolotu wymagane do wydania licencji członka załogi lotniczej mogą być łączone.

The operator's conversion course and the type or class rating course required for the issue of flight crew licences may be combined.

SZKOLENIE OBEJMUJE:

AN OPERATOR'S SHALL INCLUDE:

PRZEJŚCIOWE

U

OPERATORA

CONVERSION

COURSE

- szkolenie naziemne i sprawdziany, obejmujące systemy samolotu, procedury normalne, nienormalne i awaryjne;

- ground training and checking including airplane systems, normal, abnormal and emergency procedures;

- szkolenie i sprawdziany obejmujące zapoznanie z wyposażeniem awaryjnym i bezpieczeństwa, które muszą być ukończone przed przystąpieniem do szkolenia na samolocie;

- emergency and safety equipment training and checking which must be completed before airplane training commences;

- szkolenie i sprawdziany symulatorze lotu; oraz

na samolocie/na

- airplane/flight simulator training and checking; and

- loty liniowe pod nadzorem i sprawdziany w lotach liniowych.

- line flying under supervision and line check.

Szkolenie przejściowe prowadzone jest w porządku podanym powyżej.

The conversion course shall be conducted in the order set out in subparagraph above.

Po ukończeniu szkolenia przejściowego niewymagającego lotów na samolocie pilot:

Following completion of a zero flight time conversion course a pilot shall:

rozpoczyna loty liniowe pod nadzorem w ciągu 15 dni; oraz

commence line flying under supervision within 15 days; and

przeprowadza swoje pierwsze cztery starty i lądowania na samolocie pod nadzorem TRI (A) na stanowisku pilota.

conduct his/her initial four take-offs and landings in the airplane under supervision of a TRI (A) occupying a pilot's seat.

Elementy szkolenia CRM włączane są do szkolenia przejściowego i prowadzone przez odpowiednio wykwalifikowany personel.

Elements of crew resource management shall be integrated into the conversion course, and conducted by suitably qualified personnel.

Jeśli członek załogi lotniczej nie odbył wcześniej szkolenia przejściowego u operatora, operator zapewnia, by w uzupełnieniu członek załogi lotniczej przeszedł ogólne szkolenie pierwszej pomocy oraz, jeśli ma to zastosowanie, szkolenie w zakresie procedur wodowania z użyciem wyposażenia w wodzie.

When a flight crew member has not previously completed an operator's conversion course, the operator shall ensure that in addition, the flight crew member undergoes general first aid training and, if applicable, ditching procedures training using the equipment in water.

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE

PAŹ/OCT-2011

ZMIANA/REVISION

0

STRONA/PAGE

2.1.2- 3/4

PROGRAM SZKOLENIA PRZEJŚCIOWEGO I SPRAWDZIANU THE CONVERSION TRAINING AND CHECKING SYLLABUS MODUŁ

SZKOLENIE TRAINING

SPRAWDZIAN CHECKING

(1)

SZKOLENIE NAZIEMNE I SPRAWDZIANY, OBEJMUJĄCE SYSTEMY SAMOLOTU, PROCEDURY NORMALNE, NIENORMALNE I AWARYJNE GROUND TRAINING AND CHECKING INCLUDING AEROPLANE SYSTEMS, NORMAL, ABNORMAL AND EMERGENCY PROCEDURES





(2)

WYPOSAŻENIE AWARYJNE I BEZPIECZEŃSTWA EMERGENCY AND SAFETY EQUIPMENT





(3)

SZKOLENIE I SPRAWDZIANY NA SAMOLOCIE/NA SYMULATORZE LOTU AEROPLANE/FLIGHT SIMULATOR TRAINING AND CHECKING





(4)

(5)

LOTY LINIOWE POD NADZOREM I SPRAWDZIAN W LOTACH LINIOWYCH

PIERWSZE CZTERY STARTY I LĄDOWANIA NA SAMOLOCIE POD NADZOREM TRI (A) NA STANOWISKU PILOTA. INITIAL FOUR TAKE-OFFS AND LANDINGS IN THE AEROPLANE UNDER SUPERVISION OF A TRI (A) OCCUPYING A PILOT'S SEAT.

LINE FLYING UNDER SUPERVISION AND LINE CHECK





(6)

OGÓLNE SZKOLENIE PIERWSZEJ POMOCY GENERAL FIRST AID TRAINING



(7)

SZKOLENIE W ZAKRESIE PROCEDUR WODOWANIA Z UŻYCIEM WYPOSAŻENIA W WODZIE, JEŚLI MA TO ZASTOSOWANIE DITCHING PROCEDURES TRAINING USING THE EQUIPMENT IN WATER, IF APPLICABLE



(8)

(9)

PRZEGLĄD WYPADKÓW/INCYDENTÓW I PRZESŁANEK DO WYPADKÓW. ACCIDENT/INCIDENT AND OCCURRENCE REVIEW.

CRM

Patrz załącznik nr 2 w Rozdziale 6. See attachment no 2 of Section 6.







INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

MIEJSCE CELOWO POZOSTAWIONE PUSTE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 2.1.2- 4/4

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 2.1.3- 1/2

D.2

PROGRAMY SZKOLEŃ ORAZ SPRAWDZIANÓW.

TRAINING SYLLABI AND CHECKING PROGRAMS.

D.2. 1

ZAŁOGA LOTNICZA

FLIGHT CREW

D.2.1.3

SZKOLENIE W ZAPOZNAWCZE.

RÓŻNICACH

I

SZKOLENIE

DIFFERENCES TRAINING AND FAMILIARIZATION TRAINING.

Operator zapewnia, aby członek załogi lotniczej ukończył:

An operator shall ensure that a flight crew member completes:

Szkolenie w różnicach wymagające dodatkowej wiedzy oraz szkolenia na odpowiednim dla danego samolotu urządzeniu szkoleniowym:

Differences training which requires additional knowledge and training on an appropriate training device for the airplane:

- przy wykonywaniu lotów na odmiennym wariancie samolotu tego samego typu lub na odmiennym typie w aktualnie użytkowanej klasie; lub

- when operating another variant of an airplane of the same type or another type of the same class currently operated; or

- przy zmianie wyposażenia lub procedur na aktualnie użytkowanych typach lub wariantach samolotu;

- when changing equipment and/or procedures on types or variants currently operated;

Szkolenie zapoznawcze dodatkowej wiedzy:

wymagające nabycia

Familiarization training which requires the acquisition of additional knowledge:

- przy wykonywaniu lotów na innym samolocie tego samego typu lub wariantu; lub

- when operating another airplane of the same type or variant; or

- przy zmianie wyposażenia lub procedur na aktualnie użytkowanych typach lub wariantach samolotu.

- when changing equipment and/or procedures on types or variants currently operated.

Patrz załącznik nr 4 w Rozdziale 6 dla szkolenia zapoznawczego.

See attachment no 4 of Section 6 for Familiarization training.

Patrz załącznik nr 5 w Rozdziale 6 dla szkolenia w różnicach.

See attachment no 5 of Section 6 for Differences training.

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

MIEJSCE CELOWO POZOSTAWIONE PUSTE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 2.1.3- 2/2

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA

CZĘŚĆ

OPERATIONS MANUAL

PART

D

DATA/DATE

PAŹ/OCT-2011

ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

0 2.1.4 - 1/2

D.2

PROGRAMY SZKOLEŃ ORAZ SPRAWDZIANÓW.

TRAINING SYLLABI AND CHECKING PROGRAMS.

D.2.1

ZAŁOGA LOTNICZA

FLIGHT CREW

D.2.1.4

NOMINACJA NA DOWÓDCĘ

NOMINATION AS COMMANDER

Minimalny poziom praktyki lotniczej kandydata jest podany w pkt. A.5.1 Tabela 1.

A minimum level of flight experience of the candidate, is specified in the operations manual section A.5.1 Table 1.

Pilot musi dowódcze.

The pilot shall complete an appropriate command course.

ukończyć

Zakres szkolenia najmniej:

odpowiednie

dowódczego

szkolenie

obejmuje,

co

The command course includes at least the following:

- szkolenie na syntetycznym urządzeniu szkoleniowym (STD) (łącznie ze szkoleniem na wykonywanie lotów ukierunkowanym liniowych) lub szkolenie w powietrzu;

- training in an STD (including line orientated flying training) and/or flying training;

- sprawdzian umiejętności w pełnieniu funkcji dowódcy, przeprowadzony u operatora;

- an operator proficiency check operating as commander;

- zakres odpowiedzialności dowódcy;

- commander's responsibilities;

- szkolenie w lotach liniowych, jako dowódca pod nadzorem.

- line training in command under supervision.

Dla pilotów posiadające kwalifikacje na danym typie samolotu wymaganego jest wykonanie minimum 10 odcinków tras;

A minimum of 10 sectors is required for pilots already qualified on the aeroplane type;

wykonanie sprawdzianu umiejętności dowódczych w lotach liniowych, oraz kwalifikacji w zakresie tras i lotnisk;

- completion of a commander's line check and route and aerodrome competence qualifications;

- elementy zarządzania zasobami załogi (CRM), opisane w pkt. D.2.1.1.

- elements of crew resource management, as described in section D.2.1.1.

Patrz załącznik nr 3 w Rozdziale 6

See attachment no 3 of Section 6

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE

PAŹ/OCT-2011

ZMIANA/REVISION

0

STRONA/PAGE

2.1.4 - 2/2

PROGRAM SZKOLENIA PRZY NOMINOWANIU NA DOWÓDCĘ THE NOMINATION AS COMMANDER TRAINING AND CHECKING SYLLABUS SZKOLENIE TRAINING

SPRAWDZIAN CHECKING

(1)

SZKOLENIE NAZIEMNE I SPRAWDZIANY, OBEJMUJĄCE SYSTEMY SAMOLOTU, PROCEDURY NORMALNE, NIENORMALNE I AWARYJNE GROUND TRAINING AND CHECKING INCLUDING AEROPLANE SYSTEMS, NORMAL, ABNORMAL AND EMERGENCY PROCEDURES





(2)

WYPOSAŻENIE AWARYJNE I BEZPIECZEŃSTWA EMERGENCY AND SAFETY EQUIPMENT





(3)

ZAKRES ODPOWIEDZIALNOŚCI DOWÓDCY COMMANDER'S RESPONSIBILITIES;





(4)

SZKOLENIE I SPRAWDZIANY NA SAMOLOCIE/NA SYMULATORZE LOTU W PEŁNIENIU FUNKCJI DOWÓDCY AEROPLANE/FLIGHT SIMULATOR TRAINING AND CHECKING AS COMMANDER





MODUŁ

(5)

(6)

LOTY LINIOWE POD NADZOREM I SPRAWDZIAN W LOTACH LINIOWYCH LINE FLYING UNDER SUPERVISION AND LINE CHECK

PIERWSZE CZTERY STARTY I LĄDOWANIA NA SAMOLOCIE POD NADZOREM TRI (A) NA STANOWISKU DRUGIEGO PILOTA. INITIAL FOUR TAKE-OFFS AND LANDINGS IN THE AEROPLANE UNDER SUPERVISION OF A TRI (A) OCCUPYING A RIGHT-HAND SEAT.



DLA PILOTÓW POSIADAJĄCYCH KWALIFIKACJE NA DANYM TYPIE SAMOLOTU WYMAGANE JEST WYKONANIE MINIMUM 10 ODCINKÓW TRAS. A MINIMUM OF 10 SECTORS IS REQUIRED FOR PILOTS ALREADY QUALIFIED ON THE AEROPLANE TYPE







(7)

KWALIFIKACJI W ZAKRESIE TRAS I LOTNISK ROUTE AND AERODROME COMPETENCE QUALIFICATIONS;



(8)

PRZEGLĄD WYPADKÓW/INCYDENTÓW I PRZESŁANEK DO WYPADKÓW. ACCIDENT/INCIDENT AND OCCURRENCE REVIEW.



(9)

CRM



Kolejność realizacji szkolenia

  

 



Sequence of training







INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE

PAŹ/OCT-2011

ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

0 2.1.5 - 1/6

D.2

PROGRAMY SZKOLEŃ ORAZ SPRAWDZIANÓW.

TRAINING SYLLABI AND CHECKING PROGRAMS.

D.2.1

ZAŁOGA LOTNICZA

FLIGHT CREW

D.2.1.5

SZKOLENIA I SPRAWDZIANY OKRESOWE

RECURRENT TRAINING AND CHECKING

Patrz załącznik nr 8 w Rozdziale 6 dla szkolenia

See attachment no 8 of Section 6 for training

Patrz załącznik nr 9 w Rozdziale 6 dla sprawdzianu

See attachment no 9 of Section 6 for checking

Tabela/ Table 1

PROGRAM SZKOLENIA NAZIEMNEGO I WZNAWIAJĄCEGO THE GROUND AND REFRESHER TRAINING SYLLABUS MODUŁ

SZKOLENIE TRAINING

SPRAWDZIAN CHECKING

(1)

SYSTEMY SAMOLOTU; AEROPLANE SYSTEMS;





(2)

PROCEDURY I WYMOGI OPERACYJNE, OPERATIONAL PROCEDURES AND REQUIREMENTS





(3)

NAZIEMNE ODLADZANIE I ZAPOBIEGANIE OBLODZENIU SAMOLOTU GROUND DE-/ANTI-ICING





(4)

NIEDYSPOZYCJA PILOTA PILOT INCAPACITATION





(5)

PRZEGLĄD WYPADKÓW/INCYDENTÓW I PRZESŁANEK DO WYPADKÓW. ACCIDENT/INCIDENT AND OCCURRENCE REVIEW.



(6)

CRM



INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE

PAŹ/OCT-2011

ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

0 2.1.5 - 2/6

Tabela/ Table 2

PROGRAM SZKOLENIA NA SYMULATORZE LOTU THE FLIGHT SIMULATOR TRAINING SYLLABUS MODUŁ

SZKOLENIE TRAINING

SPRAWDZIAN CHECKING

(1)

POWAŻNE NIESPRAWNOŚCI SYSTEMÓW SAMOLOTU I ZWIĄZANE PROCEDURY MAJOR FAILURES OF AEROPLANE SYSTEMS AND ASSOCIATED PROCEDURES





(2)

SZKOLENIE W LOCIE LINIOWYM LOFT LINE ORIENTED FLIGHT TRAINING



Tabela 4 Table 4

(3)

LVTO- START RVR (150m; 125m) & CAT (I; II; IIIa)* LVTO – TAKE OFF (150m; 125m) & CAT (I; II; IIIa)*





(4)

RTO





(5)

START Z NIESPRAWNOŚCIĄ SILNIKA POMIĘDZY V 1 a V 2 TAKE-OFF WITH ENGINE FAILURE BETWEEN V 1 and V 2





(6)

INSTRUMENTALNE PODEJŚCIE PRECYZYJNE DO DH(A), N-1 PRECISION INSTRUMENT APPROACH TO DH(A), WITH, N-1





(7)

PODEJŚCIE NIEPRECYZYJNE DO MDH(A); NON-PRECISION APPROACH TO MDH(A);





(8)

NIEUDANE PODEJŚCIE WEDŁUG PRZYRZĄDÓW Z ODEJŚCIEM NA DH(A), N-1 MISSED APPROACH ON INSTRUMENTS FROM DH(A) WITH, N-1 lub/or MDH(A)





(9)

LĄDOWANIE Z JEDNYM SILNIKIEM NIEPRACUJĄCYM. LANDING WITH ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE.

















SZKOLENIE TRAINING

SPRAWDZIAN CHECKING

(10) CRM (11) ELEMENTY (4), (5), (8), (9) Z PRAWEGO FOTELA ITEMS (4), (5), (8), (9) ON RIGHT-HAND SEAT (12) UMIEJĘTNOSCI INSTRUKTORSKIE INSTRCTIONAL SKILLS

TYLKO TRI, TRE I CPT&F/O TRI, TRE AND CPT&F/O ONLY TYLKO TRI, TRE TRI, TRE ONLY

*Minima do startu i lądowania zgodnie z uprawnieniami operatora i pilota. Minimus for T/O and L/D according to operator and pilot authorisation.

ZAKRES Modułu (1) powyżej

SCOPE of Module (1) above

(a)

PRZECIĄGNIECIE

STALL WARNING





(b)

USKOK WIATRU

WIND SHEAR





(c)

AWARYJNE ZNIŻANIE

EMERGENCY DESCEND





(d)

OSTRZEŻENIE EGPWS

EGPWS WARNING





INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE

PAŹ/OCT-2011

ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

0 2.1.5 - 3/6

SZKOLENIE TRAINING

SPRAWDZIAN CHECKING

ACAS RA WARNING





AWARIE NAPĘDU I SILNIKA

POWER PLANT AND ENGINE FAILURE





(g)

AWARIE INSTAL. ELEKTRYCZNEJ

ELECTRIC SYSTEM FAILURE





(h)

AWARIE INSTAL. HYDRAULICZNEJ

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM FAILURE





(i)

AWARIA INSTAL. PALIWOWEJ

FUEL SYSTEM FAILURE





(j)

AWARIA PODWOZIA

UNDERCARRIAGE FAILURE





(k)

AWARIA INSTAL. KLIMATYZACJI I HERMETYZACJI

AIRCONDITION AND PRESSURIZATION SYSTEM FAILURE





(l)

AWARIA SYSTEMU STEROWANIA

FLIGHT CONTROLS SYSTEM FAILURE





(m)

AWARIA KLAP

FLAPS FAILURE





(n)

OBLODZENIE I AWARIA INSTAL. PRZECIWOBLODZENIOWEJ

ICING AND ANTY ICING SYSTEM FAILURE





(o)

AWARIA SYSTEMÓW AVIONIKI I PRZYRZADÓW

AVIONIKS SYSTEMS AND INSTRUMENTS FAILURE





(p)

AWARIA URZADZEŃ RADIOKOMUNIKACYJNYCH

RADIOCOMMUNICATION FAILURE





(q)

POŻAR, DYM, PRZEGRZANIE

FIRE, SMOKE, OVERHEAT





(r)

EWAKUACJA

EVACUATION





ZAKRES Modułu (1) powyżej

SCOPE of Module (1) above

(e)

OSTRZEŻENIE ACAS RA

(f)

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE

PAŹ/OCT-2011

ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

0 2.1.5 - 4/6

Tabela/ Table 3

MODUŁ (1)

SPRAWDZIAN CHECKING





FAKTYCZNE ZAKŁADANIE URZĄDZENIA ZABEZPIECZAJĄCEGO ODDYCHANIE (PBE), * ACTUAL DONNING OF PROTECTIVE BREATHING EQUIPMENT



(4)

POUCZENIE O ROZMIESZCZENIU I ZASADACH UŻYCIA CAŁEGO WYPOSAŻENIA AWARYJNEGO I BEZPIECZEŃSTWA PRZEWOŻONEGO NA SAMOLOCIE; INSTRUCTION ON THE LOCATION AND USE OF ALL EMERGENCY AND SAFETY EQUIPMENT CARRIED ON THE AEROPLANE;





(5)

POUCZENIE O ROZMIESZCZENIU I ZASADACH UŻYCIA WSZYSTKICH TYPÓW WYJŚĆ Z SAMOLOTU INSTRUCTION ON THE LOCATION AND USE OF ALL TYPES OF EXITS





(6)

PROCEDURY OCHRONY. SECURITY PROCEDURES.





(7)

FAKTYCZNE UŻYCIE WSZYSTKICH RODZAJÓW WYJŚĆ; ACTUAL OPERATION OF ALL TYPES OF EXITS;





(8)

POKAZ UŻYCIA ZEŚLIZGU EWAKUACYJNEGO, JEŚLI JEST ZAINSTALOWANY; DEMONSTRATION OF THE METHOD USED TO OPERATE A SLIDE WHERE FITTED;





(9)

FAKTYCZNE UŻYCIE SPRZĘTU GAŚNICZEGO REPREZENTATYWNEGO DLA SPRZĘTU ZNAJDUJĄCEGO SIĘ NA SAMOLOCIE W SYTUACJI RZECZYWISTEGO LUB POZOROWANEGO POŻARU, Z WYJĄTKIEM ĆWICZEŃ Z GAŚNICAMI HALONOWYMI, KTÓRE MOGĄ BYĆ PROWADZONE Z WYKORZYSTANIEM METOD ZASTĘPCZYCH ACTUAL FIRE-FIGHTING USING EQUIPMENT REPRESENTATIVE OF THAT CARRIED IN THE AEROPLANE ON AN ACTUAL OR SIMULATED FIRE EXCEPT THAT, WITH HALON EXTINGUISHERS, AN ALTERNATIVE METHOD MAY BE USED





SKUTKI DZIAŁANIA DYMU W ZAMKNIĘTYCH POMIESZCZENIACH I FAKTYCZNE POSŁUGIWANIE SIĘ STOSOWNYM WYPOSAŻENIEM W POZOROWANYM (10) ZADYMIONYM ŚRODOWISKU; THE EFFECTS OF SMOKE IN AN ENCLOSED AREA AND ACTUAL USE OF ALL RELEVANT EQUIPMENT IN A SIMULATED SMOKEFILLED ENVIRONMENT;





ĆWICZENIA Z PRAWDZIWYMI LUB POZOROWANYMI ŚRODKAMI (11) PIROTECHNICZNYMI, JEŚLI SĄ NA WYPOSAŻENIU; ACTUAL HANDLING OF PYROTECHNICS, REAL OR SIMULATED, WHERE FITTED









(12)

POKAZ UŻYCIA TRATW RATUNKOWYCH, JEŚLI SĄ NA WYPOSAŻENIU DEMONSTRATION IN THE USE OF THE LIFE-RAFT(S) WHERE FITTED. *JEŚLI JEST NA WYPOSAŻENIU WHERE FITTED

EVERY THREE YEARS



W CYKLU TRZYLETNIM

FAKTYCZNE UŻYCIE GAŚNIC; ACTUAL HANDLING OF FIRE EXTINGUISHERS;

EVERY YEAR

(3)

W CYKLU ROCZNYM

(2)

FAKTYCZNE ZAKŁADANIE KAMIZELKI RATUNKOWEJ * ACTUAL DONNING OF A LIFEJACKET

SZKOLENIE TRAINING

CYKL CYCLE

PROGRAM SZKOLENIA W ZAKRESIE WYPOSAŻENIA AWARYJNEGO I BEZPIECZEŃSTWA THE EMERGENCY AND SAFETY EQUIPMENT TRAINING SYLLABUS

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE

PAŹ/OCT-2011

ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

0 2.1.5 - 5/6

Tabela/ Table 4

PROGRAM SPRAWDZIANU W LOTACH LINIOWYCH THE LINE CHECKS SYLLABUS MODUŁ

PF

PNF

(1)

PRZEPISY, WYMAGANIA OPERACYJNE RULES, OPERATIONAL PROCEDURES





(2)

OSIĄGI I OGRANICZENIA, WYWAŻENIE, PERFORMANCES AND LIMITATIONS, W&B





(3)

SAMOLOT, SYSTEMY AIRCRAFT, SYSTEMS





(4)

PRZYGOTOWANIE DO LOTU, ANALIZA WX, KALKULACJA PALIWA BRIEFING ZAŁOGI PREFLIGHT PREPARATION, ANALYSE OF WX, FUELING, CREWBRIEFING





(5)

PRZEGLAD SAMOLOTU PRZED LOTEM, OCHRONA, LISTY KONTROLNE PREFLIGHT CHECK, SECURITY, USE OF CHECK LIST





(6)

OBSŁUGA SYSTEMÓW SAMOLOTU A/C’ SYSTEMS HANDLING





(7)

NAWIGACJA NAVIGATION





(8)

KOMUNIKACJA RADIOWA RADIOCOMMUNICATION





(9)

DOKUMENTACJA LOTNICZA PAPERWORK AND DOCUMENTATION





(10) OBSŁUGA NAZIEMNA GROUND HANDLING





(11) KOŁOWANIE TAXING





(12) START, ODLOT, SID, WZNOSZENIE, PROCEDURY ANTYHAŁASOWE TAKE OFF, DEPEARYRE, SID, CLIMBING, ANTY-NOISE PROCEDURES





(13) LOT PO TRASIE ENROUTE









(15) LĄDOWANIE LANDING





(16) OMÓWIENIE LOTU Z ZAŁOGĄ DEBRIEFING





(17) ZASADY BEZPIECZEŃSTWA LOTU PRINCIPLES OF SAFETY





(14)

ZNIŻANIE, HOLDING, STAR, PODEJŚCIE DESCENDING, HOLDING, APPROACH, STAR

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

MODUŁ

D

DATA/DATE

PAŹ/OCT-2011

ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

0 2.1.5 - 6/6

PF

PNF









(20) INNE, OGÓLNA, KOMPLEKSOWA OCENA LOTU OTHER, GENERAL, COMPREHENSIVE EVALUATION OF THE FLIGHT





(21) CRM





(18)

STOSOWANIE ODPOWIEDNICH SOP I CHECK LIST W CZASIE LOTU APPLAY APPROPIRATE SOP AND CHECK LIST DURRING THE FLIGHT

(19) UMIEJĘTNOSCI INSTRUKTORSKIE INSTRCTIONAL SKILLS

TYLKO TRI, TRE TRI, TRE ONLY

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE

PAŹ/OCT-2011

ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

0 2.1.6 - 1/2

D.2

PROGRAMY SZKOLEŃ ORAZ SPRAWDZIANÓW.

TRAINING SYLLABI AND CHECKING PROGRAMS.

D.2.1

ZAŁOGA LOTNICZA

FLIGHT CREW

D.2.1.6

KWALIFIKACJE PILOTA DO WYKONYWANIA LOTÓW Z KAŻDEGO STANOWISKA.

PILOT QUALIFICATION TO OPERATE IN EITHER PILOT'S SEAT.

Operator zapewnia, aby:

An operator shall ensure that:

Pilot, który może być wyznaczony do wykonywania lotów z każdego stanowiska, odbył odpowiednie szkolenia i sprawdziany; oraz

A pilot who may be assigned to operate in either pilot's seat completes appropriate training and checking; and

Program szkoleń i sprawdzianów jest podany w instrukcji operacyjnej poniżej.

The training and checking programme is specified in the operations manual below.

Dowódcy, których obowiązki wymagają również wykonywania przez nich lotów z prawego siedzenia i pełnienia funkcji drugiego pilota lub dowódcy, od których wymaga się prowadzenia szkolenia lub egzaminów w locie z prawego siedzenia, muszą ukończyć dodatkowe szkolenia i sprawdziany opisane w instrukcji operacyjnej, zbieżne ze sprawdzianem umiejętności u operatora określonym w punkcie A.5.1.

Commanders whose duties also require them to operate in the right-hand seat and carry out the duties of co-pilot, or commanders required to conduct training or examining duties from the right-hand seat, shall complete additional training and checking as specified in the operations manual, concurrent with the operator proficiency checks prescribed in section A.5.1.

Szkolenie musi obejmować co najmniej poniższe zagadnienia:

The training must include at least the following:

- niesprawność silnika podczas startu;

- an engine failure during take-off;

- podejście do lądowania i odejście na drugie okrążenie z jednym silnikiem niepracującym; oraz

- a one engine inoperative approach and goaround; and

- lądowanie z jednym silnikiem niepracującym.

- a one engine inoperative landing

W przypadku gdy manewry z wyłączonym silnikiem są wykonywane w samolocie, niesprawność silnika musi być pozorowana.

When engine-out maneuvers are carried out in an aeroplane, the engine failure must be simulated.

W przypadku wykonywania lotu z prawego siedzenia sprawdziany wymagane w punkcie A.5.1 do wykonywania lotów z lewego siedzenia muszą być dodatkowo ważne i aktualne.

When operating in the right-hand seat, the checks required by section A.5.1 for operating in the lefthand seat must, in addition, be valid and current.

Procedury dotyczące Pilota zastępujący dowódcę oraz Pilota innego niż dowódca zajmującego lewe siedzenie nie mają zastosowania u operatora.

The procedures concerning the pilot relieving the commander or a pilot other than the commander occupying the left-hand seat are not apply.

Patrz załącznik nr 11 w Rozdziale 6

See attachment no 11 of Section 6

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

MIEJSCE CELOWO POZOSTAWIONE PUSTE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 2.1.6 - 2/2

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 2.1.7 - 1/2

D.2

PROGRAMY SZKOLEŃ ORAZ SPRAWDZIANÓW.

TRAINING SYLLABI AND CHECKING PROGRAMS.

D.2.1

ZAŁOGA LOTNICZA

FLIGHT CREW

D.2.1.7

KWALIFIKACJE W ZAKRESIE TRAS I LOTNISK.

ROUTE AND AERODROME QUALIFICATION.

Operator zapewnia, by pilot przed wyznaczeniem na dowódcę lub na pilota, któremu dowódca może przekazać prowadzenie lotu, posiadł odpowiednią wiedzę o trasach planowanych lotów oraz o lotniskach (łącznie z zapasowymi), urządzeniach i obowiązujących procedurach.

An operator shall ensure that, prior to being assigned as commander or as pilot to whom the conduct of the flight may be delegated by the commander, the pilot has obtained adequate knowledge of the route to be flown and of the aerodromes (including alternates), facilities and procedures to be used.

Okres ważności kwalifikacji w zakresie tras i lotnisk wynosi 12 miesięcy kalendarzowych dodanych do pozostałej części:

The period of validity of the route and aerodrome competence qualification shall be 12 calendar months in addition to the remainder of:

- miesiąca uzyskania kwalifikacji; lub

- the month of qualification; or

- miesiąca ostatniego lotu na tej trasie lub lotnisku.

- the month of the latest operation on the route or to the aerodrome.

Ważność kwalifikacji w zakresie tras i lotnisk jest odnawiana przez wykonywanie lotów na trasie lub do lotniska w okresie ważności określonym w powyżej.

Route and aerodrome competence qualification shall be revalidated by operating on the route or to the aerodrome within the period of validity prescribed in subparagraph above.

Jeśli kwalifikacje w zakresie tras i lotnisk były odnawianie w okresie ostatnich 3 miesięcy kalendarzowych ważności poprzednich kwalifikacji, okres ważności kwalifikacji w zakresie tras i lotnisk wydłuża się od daty odnowienia do 12 miesięcy kalendarzowych liczonych od daty wygaśnięcia ważności poprzednich kwalifikacji w zakresie tras i lotnisk.

If revalidated within the final three calendar months of the validity of the previous route and aerodrome competence qualification, the period of validity shall extend from the date of revalidation until 12 calendar months from the expiry date of that previous route and aerodrome competence qualification.

Patrz załącznik nr 6 w Rozdziale 6 dla szkolenia

See attachment no 6 of Section 6 for training

COMPETENCE

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

MIEJSCE CELOWO POZOSTAWIONE PUSTE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 2.1.7 - 2/2

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 2.1.8 - 1/2

D.2

PROGRAMY SZKOLEŃ ORAZ SPRAWDZIANÓW.

TRAINING SYLLABI AND CHECKING PROGRAMS.

D.2.1

ZAŁOGA LOTNICZA

FLIGHT CREW

D.2.1.8

zarezerwowane

reserved

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

MIEJSCE CELOWO POZOSTAWIONE PUSTE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 2.1.8 - 2/2

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 2.1.9 - 1/6

D.2

PROGRAMY SZKOLEŃ ORAZ SPRAWDZIANÓW.

TRAINING SYLLABI AND CHECKING PROGRAMS.

D.2.1

ZAŁOGA LOTNICZA

FLIGHT CREW

D.2.1.9

KWALIFIKACJE W ZAKRESIE STARTÓW PRZY OGRANICZONEJ WIDZIALNOŚCI LVTO RVR 125m

LOW VISIBILITY TAKE-OFF COMPETENCE QUALIFICATION LVTO RVR 125m

Operator zapewnia, by pilot przed uzyskaniem uprawnień do wykonywania startów przy widzialności nie mniejszej niż RVR 125 m (LVTO), posiadł odpowiednią wiedzę i umiejętności określone w tym programie.

An operator shall ensure that, prior to get RVR not less than 125 m LVTO qualification, the pilot has obtained adequate knowledge and skill specified in this syllabi.

Okres ważności kwalifikacji do LVTO wynosi 6 miesięcy kalendarzowych dodanych do pozostałej części miesiąca uzyskania kwalifikacji.

The period of validity of the LVTO qualification shall be 6 calendar months in addition to the remainder of the month of qualification.

Ważność kwalifikacji w zakresie LVTO jest odnawiana przez wykonywanie co najmniej 3 startów przy widzialności poniżej 400 m w okresie ważności określonym w powyżej.

The LVTO qualification shall be revalidated by at least 3 take-offs with RVR less than 400 m within the period of validity prescribed in subparagraph above.

Jeśli kwalifikacje w zakresie LVTO były odnawianie, oraz w okresie ostatnich 3 miesięcy kalendarzowych ważności poprzednich kwalifikacji był wykonany jeden start na samolocie przy widzialności poniżej 400 m , lub na symulatorze przy widzialności 125 m (podczas okresowego sprawdzenia umiejętności u operatora), pod nadzorem TRE to, okres ważności kwalifikacji w zakresie LVTO wydłuża się na okres 6 miesięcy kalendarzowych liczonych od daty wygaśnięcia ważności poprzednich kwalifikacji.

If the LVTO qualification were revalidated, and within the final three calendar months of the validity at least one take-off on airplane with RVR less than 400 m or on simulator with RVR 125 m (when OPC) was monitored by TRE, the period of validity shall extend until 12 calendar months from the expiry date of that previous qualification.

Nadanie pilotowi kwalifikacji do LVTO oraz ich przedłużenie poświadcza Kierownik Działu Lotniczego i Szkolenia operatora na podstawie zapisów o ukończonym szkoleniu okresowym, bieżącej praktyki oraz protokołu ze sprawdzianów umiejętności u operatora.

The Operator’s Flight & Training Manager certified the pilot’s LVTO qualification and its revalidations on base the appropriate training, an practice and records of the OPC protocols.

CELAMI SZKOLENIA SĄ:

THE AIMS OF TRAINING ARE:

Zapoznanie z elementami, które muszą być brane pod uwagę podczas startu przy widzialności nie mniejszej niż 125m a zwłaszcza:

To acquaint with elements which will apply to any LVTO (not less than 125m) operation, particularly:

typ, osiągi i właściwości pilotażowe samolotu;

the type, performance and handling characteristics of the airplane;

skład załogi lotniczej, doświadczenie;

jej

fachowość

i

the composition of the flight crew, their competence and experience;

wymiary i charakterystyki dróg startowych, które mogą być wybrane do użycia;

the dimensions and characteristics of the runways which may be selected for use;

przydatność oraz parametry techniczne dostępnych wizualnych i instrumentalnych naziemnych pomocy nawigacyjnych;

the adequacy and performance of the available visual and non-visual ground aids;

dostępne w samolocie wyposażenie do nawigacji

the equipment available on the airplane for the purpose of navigation and/or control of

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE

PAŹ/OCT-2011

ZMIANA/REVISION

0

STRONA/PAGE

2.1.9 - 2/6

lub kierowania torem lotu podczas startu

the flight path, during the take-off;

przeszkody w strefach wznoszenia, wymaganych dla wykonania procedur awaryjnych oraz konieczne przewyższenie nad przeszkodami;

the obstacles in the approach, missed approach and the climb-out areas required for the execution of contingency procedures and necessary clearance

środki określania i raportowania warunków meteorologicznych.

the means to determine and report meteorological conditions.

Patrz załącznik nr 7 w Rozdziale 6 dla sprawdzianu

See attachment no 7 of Section 6 for checking

Uwaga

Remark

Szkolenie do uzyskania uprawnień do lądowania poniżej CAT I będzie realizowane po rozpoczęciu certyfikacji E1 i E2*.

Training for authorization of landing below CAT I will be carried out after beginning the E1 & E2* certification.

*E1 – CAT II DH 100ft RVR 300m E2 - CAT IIIA DH 50ft RVR 200m LVTO RVR 125m

PROGRAM SZKOLENIA DO WYKONYWANIA STARTÓW PRZY OGRANICZONEJ WIDZIALNOŚCI THE LOW VISIBILITY TAKE - OFF TRAINING SYLLABUS

MODUŁ (1)

(2)

(3)

(4)

(5)

(6)

(7)

(8)

(9)

SZKOLENIE TRAINING

SPRAWDZENIE CHECKING

Przepisy lotnicze dotyczące LVTO i AWO: Aviation rules concerning LVTO and AWO: -Minima operacyjne – zasady ogólne; -Operating minima — general; -Terminologia; -Terminology; -Operacje przy ograniczonej widzialności –zasady ogólne; -Low visibility operations — general operating rules; -Operacje przy ograniczonej widzialności- lotnisko; -Low visibility operations — aerodrome considerations; -Operacje przy ograniczonej widzialności- szkolenie i kwalifikacje; -Low visibility operations — training and qualifications; -Operacje przy ograniczonej widzialności- procedury operacyjne; -Low visibility operations — operating Procedures; -Operacje przy ograniczonej widzialności- wyposażenie minimalne; -Low visibility operations — minimum equipment; Charakterystyka i ograniczenia ILS lub MLS; The characteristics and limitations of the ILS and/or MLS;





















INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE

(11)

(12)

(13)

(14)

(15)

(16)

0

STRONA/PAGE

MODUŁ (10)

PAŹ/OCT-2011

ZMIANA/REVISION

Charakterystyka pomocy wzrokowych; The characteristics of the visual aids; Charakterystyka mgły; The characteristics of fog; Osiągi i ograniczenia operacyjne poszczególnych systemów pokładowych; The operational capabilities and limitations of the particular airborne system; Skutki opadów, oblodzenia oraz uskoku wiatru i turbulencji na małej wysokości; The effects of precipitation, ice accretion, low level wind shear and turbulence; Skutki określonych usterek samolotu; The effect of specific aeroplane malfunctions; Użycie i ograniczenia systemów oceny RVR; The use and limitations of RVR assessment systems; Zasady ustalania wymagań dotyczących zachowania przewyższenia nad przeszkodami;

2.1.9 - 3/6

SZKOLENIE TRAINING

SPRAWDZENIE CHECKING









































The principles of obstacle clearance requirements;

(17)

(18)

(19)

(20)

(21)

(22)

Rozpoznawanie niesprawności urządzeń naziemnych i działania podejmowane w razie ich wystąpienia; Recognition of and action to be taken in the event of failure of ground equipment; Procedury i środki ostrożności podejmowane w ruchu naziemnym podczas operacji przy RVR wynoszącej 400 m lub mniej. The procedures and precautions to be followed with regard to surface movement during operations when the RVR is 400 m or less Wymagania dotyczące kwalifikacji pilotów potrzebnych do uzyskania i utrzymania zezwolenia na wykonywanie startów przy ograniczonej; The qualification requirements for pilots to obtain and retain approval to conduct low visibility take-offs; Znaczenie prawidłowej pozycji w fotelu i linii wzroku. The importance of correct seating and eye position. Sprawdzenie wiadomości. Test.







Szkolenie praktyczne na symulatorze lotów (8 startów) lub i na samolocie w powietrzu (3 starty); Practical training on simulator (8 t/o) or/and on plane (3 t/o). Sprawdzanie, na ziemi właściwego funkcjonowania wyposażenia;

(23)

(24)

Checks of satisfactory functioning of equipment, both on the ground and in flight; Wpływ zmiany stanu instalacji naziemnych na minima; Effect on minima caused by changes in the status of ground installations;









INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE

PAŹ/OCT-2011

ZMIANA/REVISION

0

STRONA/PAGE

MODUŁ

2.1.9 - 4/6

SZKOLENIE TRAINING

SPRAWDZENIE CHECKING

Czynności podejmowane w przypadku niesprawności takich elementów, jak silniki, systemy elektryczne, hydrauliczne lub sterowania torem lotu; (25)

(26)

(27)

Monitoring of automatic flight control systems and auto land status annunciators with emphasis on the Action to be taken in the event of failures of such systems; Skutki znanych niesprawności oraz korzystanie z wykazu wyposażenia minimalnego (MEL); The effect of known unserviceabilities and use of minimum equipment lists;(MEL) Ograniczenia operacyjne wynikające z wymagań certyfikacyjnych dotyczących zdatności do lotu;

















Operating limitations resulting from airworthiness certification; (28)

(29)

Zakres obowiązków członków załogi i wymagania dotyczących współpracy z innymi członkami załogi- CRM Duties and the coordination required with other crew members - CRM Operacje LVTO normalne, bez niesprawności samolotu lub wyposażenia, lecz z uwzględnieniem wszelkich mogących wystąpić warunków pogodowych



(30)

Normal operation with no airplane or equipment failures but including all weather conditions which may be encountered Starty z wystąpieniem niesprawności samolotu i wyposażenia mogących mieć wpływ na operacje LVTO





(31)

Take-offs with airplane and equipment failure which could affect LVTO Procedury na wypadek niezdolności do pracy członka załogi mające zastosowanie do startów przy ograniczonej widzialności









Incapacitation procedures appropriate to low visibility take-offs

(32)

(33)

(34)

Niesprawność systemów i silnika, które prowadzą zarówno do kontynuowania, jak i przerwania startu Systems failures and engine failure resulting in continued as well as rejected take-offs Sprawdzenie umiejętności praktycznych.



Check of practical skills. Zakończenie szkolenia. Close meeting, Summary



INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL Upoważnienie LVTO RVR 125m.

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

Authorization LVTO RVR 125m

avers

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 2.1.9 - 5/6

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 2.1.9 - 6/6

revers Format 8,5 x 5,5 cm

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

DATA/DATE

D

PAŹ/OCT-2011

ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

0 2.2.1- 1/6

D.2

PROGRAMY SZKOLEŃ ORAZ SPRAWDZIANÓW.

TRAINING SYLLABI AND CHECKING PROGRAMS.

D.2. 2

PERSONEL POKŁADOWY

CABIN CREW

D.2.2.1

Szkolenie podstawowe bezpieczeństwa.

w

zakresie

Initial safety training.

a) Operator zapewnia, by każdy członek personelu pokładowego przed rozpoczęciem szkolenia przejściowego ukończył z wynikiem pozytywnym szkolenie podstawowe w zakresie bezpieczeństwa, obejmujące co najmniej tematy wymienione poniżej.

(a) The operator shall ensure that each cabin crew member has, before undertaking conversion training, successfully completed initial safety training covering at least the subjects listed below

b) Kursy szkoleniowe, według uznania organu i po zatwierdzeniu przez niego, są prowadzone:

(b) Training courses shall, at the discretion of the Authority, and subject to its approval, be provided:

albo

either

1) przez operatora

1. by the operator

— bezpośrednio, lub

— directly, or

— pośrednio, poprzez instytucję szkoleniową występującą w imieniu operatora; albo

— indirectly through a training organisation acting on behalf of the operator; or

2) przez zatwierdzoną instytucję szkoleniową.

2. by an approved training organisation.

c) Program i struktura szkoleń podstawowych są zgodne ze stosownymi wymogami i podlegają wcześniejszemu zatwierdzeniu przez ULC.

(c) The programme and structure of the initial training courses shall be in accordance with the applicable requirements and shall be subject to prior approval of the Authority.(CAO)

d) Certyfikowany przewoźnik lotniczy* prowadzący szkolenie wystawia członkowi personelu pokładowego zaświadczenie o ukończeniu szkolenia w zakresie bezpieczeństwa po ukończeniu przez niego szkolenia podstawowego oraz po uzyskaniu pozytywnego wyniku ze sprawdzianu, o którym mowa D.2.2.6

(d) The certificated operator* providing the training course, shall deliver an attestation of safety training to a cabin crew member after he/she has completed the initial safety training and successfully passed the check referred to in D.2.2.6.

*Art. 95g Ustawy Prawo Lotnicze

* Art.95g Polish Aviation Act

e) Zaświadczenie to posiada wyraźne odniesienie do zatwierdzenia przez organ.

(e) Such attestation shall clearly state a reference to the approval of the Authority.

Patrz wzór zaświadczenia w pkt. D.2.2.1.a

See specimen of attestation in item D.2.2.1.a.

Minimalny zakres tematów podstawowym szkoleniem w bezpieczeństwa, jest następujący:

The subjects that must be covered as a minimum by a course of initial safety training are:

objętych zakresie

a) Szkolenie przeciwpożarowe i w środowisku zadymionym:

(a)

Fire

and

smoke

training:

1) nacisk na obowiązek personelu pokładowego niezwłocznego uporania się z sytuacjami awaryjnymi obejmującymi występowanie pożaru lub zadymienia oraz, w szczególności, na

1. emphasis on the responsibility of cabin crew to deal promptly with emergencies involving fire and smoke and, in particular, emphasis on the importance of identifying the

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE

PAŹ/OCT-2011

ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

2.2.1- 2/6

znaczenie rozpoznania rzeczywistego źródła pożaru;

actual

2) znaczenie natychmiastowego informowania załogi lotniczej, jak również określone działania niezbędne dla koordynacji i pomocy w razie wykrycia pożaru lub dymu;

2. the importance of informing the flight crew immediately, as well as the specific actions necessary for coordination and assistance, when fire or smoke is discovered;

3) konieczność częstego sprawdzania obszarów potencjalnego zagrożenia pożarem, w tym toalet, oraz wykrywaczy dymu;

3. the necessity for frequent checking of potential fire-risk areas including toilets, and the associated smoke detectors;

4) klasyfikacja rodzajów pożaru i odpowiedni typ środków gaśniczych oraz procedur dla określonych sytuacji pożarowych, techniki stosowania środków gaśniczych, skutki nieprawidłowego ich użycia oraz ich wykorzystanie w przestrzeni zamkniętej; oraz

4. the classification of fires and the appropriate type of extinguishing agents and procedures for particular fire situations, the techniques of application of extinguishing agents, the consequences of misapplication, and of use in a confined space; and

5) ogólne procedury naziemnych ratunkowych w portach lotniczych.

5. the general procedures of ground-based emergency services at aerodromes.

służb

source

0

of

the

fire;

b) Szkolenie w zakresie przetrwania w wodzie

(b) Water survival training.

Faktyczne zakładanie i użycie osobistego wyposażenia do utrzymywania się na wodzie. Przed pierwszym lotem na samolocie wyposażonym w tratwy ratunkowe lub inne podobne urządzenia należy przeprowadzić szkolenie w zakresie użycia tego wyposażenia, w tym ćwiczenia w wodzie.

The actual donning and use of personal flotation equipment in water. Before first operating on an aeroplane fitted with life-rafts or other similar equipment, training must be given on the use of this equipment, as well as actual practice in water.

c) Szkolenie w technikach przetrwania

(c) Survival training.

Szkolenie w technikach przetrwania będzie odpowiednie do obszaru wykonywanych lotów (np. polarne, pustynne, w dżungli lub na morzu).

Survival training shall be appropriate to the areas of operation (e.g. polar, desert, jungle or sea).

d) Zagadnienia medyczne i pierwsza pomoc:

(d) Medical aspects and first aid:

1) nauka w zakresie zagadnień medycznych i pierwszej pomocy, apteczek pierwszej pomocy, ratunkowych zestawów medycznych, ich zawartości oraz ratunkowego wyposażenia medycznego;

1. instruction on medical aspects and firstaid, first-aid kits, emergency medical kits, their contents and emergency medical equipment;

2) pierwsza pomoc związana ze szkoleniem w technikach przetrwania i odpowiednia higiena; oraz 3) wpływ latania na fizjologię ze szczególnym podkreśleniem niedotlenienia. Zakres szkolenia opisany jest w D.2.2.7

2. first-aid associated with survival training and appropriate hygiene; and 3. the physiological effects of flying and with particular emphasis on hypoxia. The scope of training is described in article D.2.2.7

e) Obsługa pasażerów:

(e) Passenger handling:

1) porady dotyczące rozpoznawania i zajmowania się pasażerami, którzy są pod

1. advice on the recognition and management of passengers who are, or become,

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

wpływem alkoholu, spożywają go, są pod wpływem środków odurzających lub są agresywni; 2) metody używane do motywacji pasażerów i kontroli nad tłumem niezbędne do przyspieszenia ewakuacji samolotu; 3) przepisy dotyczące bezpiecznego przechowywania bagażu kabinowego (łącznie z przedmiotami służbowymi w kabinie) oraz ryzyko, że będzie on stanowić zagrożenie dla pasażerów w kabinie lub w inny sposób przeszkodzi w użyciu wyposażenia awaryjnego lub wyjść awaryjnych, lub też uszkodzi je;

D

DATA/DATE

PAŹ/OCT-2011

ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

0 2.2.1- 3/6

intoxicated with alcohol or are under the influence of drugs or are aggressive; 2. methods used to motivate passengers and the crowd control necessary to expedite an aeroplane evacuation; 3. regulations covering the safe stowage of cabin baggage (including cabin service items) and the risk of it becoming a hazard to occupants of the cabin or otherwise obstruction or damaging emergency equipment or aeroplane exits;

4) znaczenie prawidłowego rozmieszczania pasażerów w odniesieniu do masy i wyważenia samolotu. Szczególny nacisk kładzie się na rozmieszczenie pasażerów niepełnosprawnych i konieczność umieszczenia w rejonie wyjść nienadzorowanych pasażerów o odpowiedniej sprawności fizycznej;

4. the importance of correct seat allocation with reference to aeroplane mass and balance. Particular emphasis shall also be given on the seating of disabled passengers, and the necessity of seating able-bodied passengers adjacent to unsupervised exits;

5) czynności, jakie mają zostać podjęte na wypadek turbulencji, łącznie z zabezpieczeniem kabiny;

5. duties to be undertaken in the event of encountering turbulence, including securing the cabin;

6) środki ostrożności, jakie mają zostać podjęte w przypadku przewożenia w kabinie pasażerskiej żywych zwierząt;

6. precautions to be taken when live animals are carried in the cabin;

7) szkolenie w niebezpiecznych;

7.

zakresie

materiałów

dangerous

goods

training,

8) procedury ochrony

8. security procedures,

9) Łączność

9) Communication.

Podczas szkolenia szczególny nacisk kładzie się na znaczenie skutecznego porozumiewania się między personelem pokładowym a załogą lotniczą, w tym techniki, wspólnego języka i terminologii.

During training, emphasis shall be placed on the importance of effective communication between cabin crew and flight crew including technique, common language and terminology.

10) Dyscyplina i zakres obowiązków:

10) Discipline and responsibilities:

1) znaczenie pełnienia przez personel pokładowy obowiązków zgodnie z instrukcją operacyjną;

1. the importance of cabin crew performing their duties in accordance with the Operations Manual;

2) bieżące kwalifikacje i sprawność niezbędne do odbywania lotów w charakterze członka personelu pokładowego, ze szczególnym uwzględnieniem ograniczeń czasu lotu i służby oraz wymaganego wypoczynku;

2. continuing competence and fitness to operate as a cabin crew member with special regard to flight and duty time limitations and rest requirements;

3) znajomość przepisów lotniczych odnoszących się do personelu pokładowego oraz rola organu nadzoru lotniczego;

3. an awareness of the aviation regulations relating to cabin crew and the role of the Civil Aviation Authority;

4)

4. general knowledge of relevant aviation

wiedza

ogólna

dotycząca

terminologii

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

lotniczej, teorii lotu, rozmieszczenia pasażerów, meteorologii i obszarów lotów; 5) odprawa przed startem personelu pokładowego i zapewnienie niezbędnych informacji dotyczących bezpieczeństwa w odniesieniu do określonych obowiązków; 6) znaczenie aktualizacji dokumentów i instrukcji wydawanymi przez operatora;

odpowiednich poprawkami

7) znaczenie określenia momentu, w którym członek personelu pokładowego jest upoważniony do rozpoczęcia ewakuacji oraz innych procedur awaryjnych i za nie odpowiada; oraz

D

DATA/DATE

PAŹ/OCT-2011

ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

0 2.2.1- 4/6

terminology, theory of flight, passenger distribution, meteorology and areas of operation; 5. pre-flight briefing of the cabin crew and the provision of necessary safety information with regards to their specific duties; 6. the importance of ensuring that relevant documents and manuals are kept up-to-date with amendments provided by the operator; 7. the importance of identifying when cabin crew members have the authority and responsibility to initiate an evacuation and other emergency procedures; and

8) znaczenie obowiązków związanych z bezpieczeństwem i odpowiedzialności za ich pełnienie oraz potrzeba szybkiego i skutecznego działania w sytuacjach awaryjnych;

8. the importance of safety duties and responsibilities and the need to respond promptly and effectively to emergency situations.

9) świadomość skutków zanieczyszczenia powierzchni oraz potrzeba informowania załogi lotniczej o wszelkim zaobserwowanym zanieczyszczeniu powierzchni.

9. awareness of the effects of surface contamination and the need to inform the flight crew of any observed surface contamination.

10) Zarządzanie zasobami załogi (CMR)

10) Crew resource management.

1) Szkolenie wprowadzające CRM:

1. Introductory CRM course:

(i) członkowie personelu pokładowego kończą szkolenie wprowadzające CRM przed pierwszym wyznaczeniem do lotu w charakterze członka personelu pokładowego. Personel pokładowy, który już wykonuje loty w charakterze członków personelu pokładowego w zarobkowych przewozach lotniczych, a który nie ukończył wcześniej szkolenia wprowadzającego, ukończy szkolenie wprowadzające CRM do czasu następnego wymaganego okresowego szkolenia lub sprawdzianu;

(i) a cabin crew member shall complete an introductory CRM course before being first assigned to operate as a cabin crew member. Cabin crew who are already operating as cabin crew members in commercial air transportation and who have not previously completed an introductory course, shall complete an introductory CRM course by the time of the next required recurrent training and/or checking.

(ii) elementy szkolenia określonego w D.2.2.8 (iii) szkolenie wprowadzające CRM jest prowadzone przez co najmniej jednego instruktora CRM ds. personelu pokładowego.

(ii) The training elements are described in article D.2.2.8. (iii) The introductory CRM course shall be conducted by at least one cabin crew CRM instructor.

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

Świadectwo ukończenia szkolenie podstawowe w zakresie bezpieczeństwa. Avers

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 2.2.1- 5/6

Certificate of successful completion of the Initial safety training.

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 2.2.1- 6/6

revers Format 8,5 x 5,5 cm

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE

PAŹ/OCT-2011

ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

0 2.2.2- 1/6

D.2

PROGRAMY SZKOLEŃ ORAZ SPRAWDZIANÓW.

TRAINING SYLLABI AND CHECKING PROGRAMS.

D.2. 2

PERSONEL POKŁADOWY

CABIN CREW

D.2.2.2

Szkolenie przejściowe i w różnicach

Conversion and differences training

a) Operator zapewnia, by każdy członek personelu pokładowego odbył odpowiednie szkolenie przejściowe i w różnicach, zgodnie z mającymi zastosowanie przepisami i obejmujące co najmniej tematy wymienione poniżej.

(a) The operator shall ensure that each cabin crew member has completed appropriate conversion and differences training, in accordance with the applicable rules and at least the subjects listed below.

1) Szkolenie przejściowe musi zostać ukończone przed: (i) pierwszym wyznaczeniem przez operatora do odbywania lotów w charakterze członka personelu pokładowego; lub (ii) wyznaczeniem do odbywania lotów na innym typie samolotu; oraz 2) szkolenie w różnicach: Szkolenie w różnicach musi zostać ukończone przed rozpoczęciem wykonywania lotów: (i) na innym wariancie typu samolotu obecnie obsługiwanego; lub (ii) z wykorzystaniem innego wyposażenia bezpieczeństwa, innego rozmieszczenia wyposażenia bezpieczeństwa lub innych normalnych i awaryjnych procedur bezpieczeństwa na obecnie obsługiwanych typach lub wariantach samolotów.

1. A conversion course must be completed before being: (i) first assigned by the operator to operate as a cabin crew member; or (ii) assigned to operate another aeroplane type; and 2. Differences training: differences training must be completed before operating: (i) on a variant of an aeroplane type currently operated; or (ii) with different safety equipment, safety equipment location, or normal and emergency safety procedures on currently operated aeroplane types or variants

(b) Operator określa zakres szkolenia przejściowego i w różnicach, uwzględniając wcześniejsze szkolenia członka personelu pokładowego zarejestrowane w rejestrach szkoleń członka personelu pokładowego opisanych w rozdz. D.4

b) The operator shall determine the content of the conversion and differences training taking account of the cabin crew member’s previous training as recorded in the cabin crew member’s training records described by article D.4

c) Bez uszczerbku dla postanowień OPS-1.995 lit. c), można łączyć powiązane elementy szkolenia podstawowego i szkolenia przejściowego oraz w różnicach.

(c) Related elements of both initial training and conversion and differences training may be combined, which does not violate the OPS1.995 c)

d) Operator zapewnia, by:

(d) The operator shall ensure that:

1) szkolenie przejściowe prowadzone było w sposób zorganizowany i realistyczny, zgodnie z zakresem opisanym poniżej.

1. conversion training is conducted in a structured and realistic manner, in accordance with scope described below.

2) szkolenie w różnicach prowadzone było w sposób zorganizowany; oraz

2. differences training is conducted in a structured manner; and

3) szkolenie przejściowe, a jeśli to konieczne, także szkolenie w różnicach, obejmowało

3. conversion training, and if necessary differences training, includes the use of all safety

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

DATA/DATE

D

PAŹ/OCT-2011

ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

0 2.2.2- 2/6

wykorzystanie wszelkiego wyposażenia ratunkowego oraz wszystkich normalnych i awaryjnych procedur właściwych dla danego typu lub wariantu samolotu oraz szkolenie i praktykę na reprezentatywnym urządzeniu szkoleniowym albo na rzeczywistym samolocie.

equipment and all normal and emergency procedures applicable to the type or variant of aeroplane and involves training and practice on either a representative training device or on the actual aeroplane.

e) Operator zapewnia, by każdy członek personelu pokładowego przed pierwszym skierowaniem go do pełnienia obowiązków odbył szkolenie CRM u operatora oraz szkolenie CRM dla danego typu samolotu, zgodnie z rozdz. D.2.2.8. Członek personelu pokładowego wykonujący loty jako członek personelu pokładowego u operatora, który nie odbył wcześniej szkolenia CRM u operatora, ukończy to szkolenie do czasu następnego wymaganego okresowego szkolenia i sprawdzianu, wraz ze szkoleniem CRM dla danego typu samolotu, jeśli to stosowne.

(e) The operator shall ensure that each cabin crew member before being first assigned to duties completes the operator’s CRM training and aeroplane type specific CRM, in accordance with article D.2.2.8). Cabin crew who are already operating as cabin crew members with an operator, and who have not previously completed the operator’s CRM training, shall complete this training by the time of the next required recurrent training, including aeroplane type specific CRM, as relevant.

Zakres szkolenia przejściowego I w różnicach.

Scope of conversion and difference training

a) Zasady ogólne

(a) General:

Operator zapewnia, by:

An operator shall ensure that:

1) szkolenie przejściowe i w różnicach było prowadzone przez odpowiednio wykwalifikowany personel; oraz

1. conversion and differences training is conducted by suitably qualified personnel; and

2) podczas szkolenia przejściowego i szkolenia w różnicach zapewniono szkolenie na temat rozmieszczenia i użycia wszelkiego przewożonego na pokładzie wyposażenia bezpieczeństwa i służącego do przetrwania, jak też wszystkich procedur normalnych i awaryjnych odnoszących się do danego typu, wariantu lub konfiguracji samolotu, na którym będą wykonywane loty.

2. during conversion and differences training, training is given on the location, removal and use of all safety and survival equipment carried on the aeroplane, as well as all normal and emergency procedures related to the aeroplane type, variant and configuration to be operated.

b) Szkolenie przeciwpożarowe i w środowisku zadymionym

(b)

Operator zapewnia, by:

An operator shall ensure that:

1) każdy członek personelu pokładowego odbył realistyczne szkolenie praktyczne w zakresie używania całego wyposażenia gaśniczego, w tym ubrań ochronnych właściwych dla wyposażenia samolotu. Szkolenie to musi obejmować:

1. each cabin crew member is given realistic and practical training in the use of all firefighting equipment including protective clothing representative of that carried in the aeroplane. This training must include:

(i) gaszenie pożarów charakterystycznych dla wnętrza samolotu, z wyjątkiem przypadku użycia gaśnic halonowych, zamiast których można stosować alternatywny środek gaśniczy; oraz (ii)

zakładanie

i

użycie

urządzenia

Fire

and

smoke

training:

(i) extinguishing a fire characteristic of an aeroplane interior fire except that, in the case of Halon extinguishers, an alternative extinguishing agent may be used; and (ii) the donning and use of protective breathing equipment in an enclosed, simulated smoke-filled environment.

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE

PAŹ/OCT-2011

ZMIANA/REVISION

0

STRONA/PAGE

2.2.2- 3/6

zabezpieczającego oddychanie w pomieszczeniu zamkniętym o pozorowanym zadymieniu. c) Użycie drzwi i wyjść

(c) Operations of doors and exits:

Operator zapewnia, by:

An operator shall ensure that:

1) każdy członek personelu pokładowego obsługiwał i faktycznie otwierał wszystkie typy lub warianty wyjść normalnych i awaryjnych w trybach normalnych i awaryjnych, w tym w razie potrzeby podczas awarii automatycznych systemów wspomagających. Obejmuje to czynności i umiejętności potrzebne do obsługi i rozmieszczenia ześlizgów ewakuacyjnych. Szkolenie to przeprowadza się w samolocie lub reprezentatywnym urządzeniu szkoleniowym; oraz

1. each cabin crew member operates and actually opens each type or variant of normal and emergency exits in thenormal and emergency modes, including failure of power assist systems where fitted. This is to include the action and forces required to operate and deploy evacuation slides. This training shall be conducted in an aeroplane or representative training device; and

2) zademonstrowane zostało użycie wszystkich innych wyjść, takich jak okna w kabinie załogi.

2. the operation of all other exits, such as flight deck windows is demonstrated.

d) Szkolenie w zakresie ewakuacji z użyciem ześlizgów ewakuacyjnych

(d)

Operator zapewnia, by:

An operator shall ensure that:

1) każdy członek personelu pokładowego opuszczał pokład po ześlizgu ewakuacyjnym z wysokości charakterystycznej dla wysokości progu pokładu głównego samolotu;

1. each cabin crew member descends an evacuation slide from a height representative of the aeroplane’s main deck sill height;

2) ześlizg był zamocowany do samolotu lub reprezentatywnego urządzenia szkoleniowego; oraz

2. the slide is fitted to an aeroplane or a representative training device; and

3) następne ćwiczenia w opuszczaniu pokładu były wykonywane, kiedy członek personelu pokładowego przeszkala się na typ samolotu, którego wysokość progu wyjścia z głównego pokładu różni się znacząco od innych typów samolotów, na których wcześniej wykonywał loty.

3. a further descent is made when the cabin crew member qualifies on an aeroplane type in which the main deck exit sill height differs significantly from any aeroplane type previously operated.

e) Procedury ewakuacyjne i inne sytuacje awaryjne

(e) Evacuation procedures and other emergency situations:

Operator zapewnia, by:

An operator shall ensure that:

1) szkolenie w zakresie ewakuacji zawierało rozpoznanie planowanych lub nieplanowanych ewakuacji na lądzie lub wodzie. Szkolenie to musi obejmować rozpoznawanie sytuacji, kiedy wyjścia nie nadają się do używania lub kiedy wyposażenie ewakuacyjne jest niesprawne; oraz

1. emergency evacuation training includes the recognition of planned or unplanned evacuations on land or water. This training must include recognition of when exits are unusable or when evacuation equipment is unserviceable; and

2) każdy członek personelu pokładowego był wyszkolony do działania w sytuacjach: (i) pożaru podczas lotu, ze szczególnym naciskiem na identyfikację rzeczywistego źródła

Evacuation

slide

training:

2. each cabin crew member is trained to deal with the following: (i) an in-flight fire, with particular emphasis

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 2.2.2- 4/6

on identifying the actual source of the fire;

pożaru; (ii) silnej turbulencji powietrza; (iii) gwałtownej dekompresji, łącznie z zakładaniem przez każdego członka personelu pokładowego przenośnego wyposażenia tlenowego; oraz

(ii) severe air turbulence; (iii) sudden decompression, including the donning of portable oxygen equipment by each cabin crew member; and

(iv) innych sytuacji awaryjnych w locie. (iv) other in-flight emergencies. f) Kontrola nad tłumem

(f) Crowd control.

Operator zapewnia, by odbyło się szkolenie w zakresie praktycznych aspektów kontroli nad tłumem w różnych sytuacjach awaryjnych, jakie odnoszą się do danego typu samolotu.

An operator shall ensure that training is provided on the practical aspects of crowd control in various emergency situations, as applicable to the aeroplane type.

g) Niedyspozycja pilota

(g) Pilot incapacitation.

Operator zapewnia, by każdy członek personelu pokładowego był przeszkolony w zakresie procedury mającej zastosowanie w razie niedyspozycji członka załogi lotniczej i obsługiwał mechanizmy siedzenia i uprzęży, chyba że minimalny skład załogi lotniczej wynosi więcej niż 2 pilotów. Szkolenie w zakresie użycia systemu tlenowego członków załogi lotniczej oraz list kontrolnych czynności członków załogi lotniczej, jeśli są wymagane przez procedury standardowe operatora (SOP), jest prowadzone w formie pokazu.

An operator shall ensure that, unless the minimum flight crew is more than two, each cabin crew member is trained in the procedure for flight crew member incapacitation and shall operate the seat and harness mechanisms. Training in the use of flight crew members’ oxygen system and use of the flight crew members’ check lists, where required by the operator’s SOP’s, shall be conducted by a practical demonstration.

h) Wyposażenie bezpieczeństwa

(h) Safety equipment.

Operator zapewnia, by każdy członek personelu pokładowego odbył realistyczne szkolenie praktyczne połączone z pokazem w zakresie rozmieszczenia i użycia wyposażenia bezpieczeństwa, obejmujące:

An operator shall ensure that each cabin crew member is given realistic training on, and demonstration of, the location and use of safety equipment including the following:

1) ześlizgi i, jeżeli używane są ześlizgi bez własnego podtrzymania, użycie każdej z lin;

1. slides, and where non-self-supporting slides are carried, the use of any associated ropes;

2) tratwy ratunkowe i tratwy-ześlizgi, łącznie z wyposażeniem dołączonym do tratwy lub znajdującym się na niej;

2. life-rafts and slide-raft, including the equipment attached to, and/or carried in, the raft;

3) kamizelki ratunkowe, kamizelki ratunkowe dla niemowląt oraz pływające kojce; 4) automatycznie wypadające systemy tlenowe; 5) tlen pierwszej pomocy;

4. dropout oxygen system;

6) gaśnice;

5. first-aid oxygen;

7) topory strażackie lub łom;

6. fire extinguishers;

8) oświetlenie awaryjne, łącznie z latarkami; 9) wyposażenie komunikacyjne,

3. lifejackets, infant lifejackets and flotation cots;

łącznie z

7. fire axe or crow-bar; 8. emergency lights including torches;

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

megafonami; 10) zestawy do przetrwania, łącznie z ich zawartością;

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 2.2.2- 5/6

9. communication equipment, including megaphones; 10. survival packs, including their contents;

11) środki pirotechniczne (rzeczywiste lub ich atrapy);

11. pyrotechnics (actual or representative devices);

12) apteczki pierwszej pomocy, ratunkowe zestawy medyczne, ich zawartość oraz ratunkowe wyposażenie medyczne; oraz

12. first-aid kits, emergency medical kits, their contents and emergency medical equipment; and

13) inne wyposażenie lub systemy bezpieczeństwa w kabinie pasażerskiej, jeśli są stosowane. i) Komunikaty dla pasażerów/pokazy dotyczące bezpieczeństwa Operator zapewnia przeprowadzenie szkoleń w przygotowywaniu pasażerów do sytuacji normalnych i awaryjnych zgodnie z rozdz. A.8.3.16

13. other cabin safety equipment or systems where applicable. (i) Passenger briefing/safety demonstrations. An operator shall ensure that training is given in the preparation of passengers for normal and emergency situations in accordance with article A.8.3.16

j) Jeżeli szkolenia w zakresie podstawowych zagadnień medycznych i pierwszej pomocy nie objęły kwestii unikania chorób zakaźnych, zwłaszcza w klimacie tropikalnym i subtropikalnym, szkolenie takie zapewnia się, jeżeli siatka połączeń operatora jest poszerzana lub zmieniana, obejmując takie obszary.

(j) When initial medical aspects and first aid training has not included the avoidance of infectious diseases, especially in tropical and sub-tropical climates, such training shall be provided if an operator’s route network is extended or changed to include such areas.

k) Zarządzanie zasobami Operator zapewnia, by:

(CMR).

(k) Crew resource management. An operator shall ensure that:

1) każdy członek personelu pokładowego ukończył szkolenie CRM u operatora, obejmujące elementy szkolenia zawarte w rozdz. D.2.2.8 przed podjęciem kolejnego szkolenia CRM dla danego typu samolotu lub szkolenia okresowego CRM;

1. Each cabin crew member completes the operator’s CRM training covering the training elements in article D.2.2.8 before undertaking subsequent aeroplane type specific CRM and/or recurrent CRM training.

2) w przypadku podjęcia przez członka personelu pokładowego szkolenia przejściowego na inny typ samolotu elementy szkolenia zawarte w rozdz. D.2.2.8;

2. When a cabin crew member undertakes a conversion course on another aeroplane type, the training elements in in article D.2.2.8.

3) szkolenie CRM u operatora i szkolenie CRM dla danego typu samolotu są prowadzone przez co najmniej jednego instruktora CRM ds. personelu pokładowego.

3. The operator’s CRM training and aeroplane type specific CRM shall be conducted by a least one cabin crew CRM instructor.

załogi

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

MIEJSCE CELOWO POZOSTAWIONE PUSTE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 2.2.2- 6/6

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE

PAŹ/OCT-2011

ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

0 2.2.3- 1/2

D.2

PROGRAMY SZKOLEŃ ORAZ SPRAWDZIANÓW.

TRAINING SYLLABI AND CHECKING PROGRAMS.

D.2. 2

PERSONEL POKŁADOWY

CABIN CREW

D.2.2.3

Loty zapoznawcze.

Familiarization.

Operator zapewnia, by po zakończeniu szkolenia przejściowego każdy członek personelu pokładowego odbył loty zapoznawcze przed wykonywaniem lotów jako jeden z członków minimalnego składu personelu pokładowego.

An operator shall ensure that, following completion of conversion training, each cabin crew member completes familiarization prior to operating as one of the minimum number of cabin crew.

Liczba lotów zapoznawczych.

Number of familiarization flights.

Dla członka personelu pokładowego posiadającego świadectwo ukończenia szkolenia podstawowego w zakresie bezpieczeństwa dla personelu pokładowego:

For CC holders of - Certificate of successful completion of the initial safety training for cabin crewmember:

Minimum 2 loty zapoznawcze w łącznym czasie co najmniej 2 godz. w tym co najmniej jeden lot na każdym wariancie samolotu.

Minimum 2 familiarization flight in total flight time of 2 hours, included no less than one flight on each version of the type.

Skład załogi w locie zapoznawczym.

Composition of cabin crew during familiarization flights.

Członek personelu pokładowego w czasie lotu zapoznawczego nie może być uwzględniany jako wymagany członek załogi zgodnie z pkt. OMA.4.10

Cabin crew member during the familiarization flight cannot be taken into account as a required crew member according to the OMA.4.10.

W składzie załogi pokładowej nie może być więcej niż dwóch członków załogi pokładowej odbywających lot zapoznawczy.

No more than two cabin crew members undergoing the familiarization flight can be of the crew composition.

Członek personelu pokładowego w czasie lotu zapoznawczego ma przydzieloną pozycję na jumpseat z przodu lub z tyłu kabiny.

Cabin crew member during the familiarization flight has an allotted position on jump seat at the front or at the back of cabin.

Czynności członka załogi pokładowej odbywającego lot zapoznawczy musi nadzorować członek wymaganej załogi pokładowej posiadający uprawnienia, co najmniej Instruktora personelu pokładowego.

Activities of a cabin crew member undergoing the familiarization flight must supervise by the member of the required cabin crew having entitlements, at least of Instructor of the cabin crew.

D.2.2.3.a

D.2.2.3.b

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

MIEJSCE CELOWO POZOSTAWIONE PUSTE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 2.2.3- 2/2

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 2.2.4- 1/4

D.2

PROGRAMY SZKOLEŃ ORAZ SPRAWDZIANÓW.

TRAINING SYLLABI AND CHECKING PROGRAMS.

D.2. 2

PERSONEL POKŁADOWY

CABIN CREW

D.2.2.4

Szkolenie okresowe

Recurrent training

a) Operator zapewnia, by każdy członek personelu pokładowego odbył szkolenie okresowe, obejmujące czynności przypisane każdemu członkowi personelu pokładowego w procedurach normalnych i awaryjnych, a także ćwiczenia stosownie do typu(-ów) lub wariantu(-ów) samolotu, na którym(-ych) pracuje, zgodnie z zakresem podanym poniżej.

(a) An operator shall ensure that each cabin crew member undergoes recurrent training, covering the actions assigned to each crew member in normal and emergency procedures and drills relevant to the type(s) and/or variant(s) of aeroplane on which they operate in accordance with scope described below.

b) Operator zapewnia, by program szkolenia okresowego zatwierdzony przez organ obejmował szkolenie teoretyczne i praktyczne, wraz z indywidualną praktyką, jak określono poniżej.

(b) An operator shall ensure that the recurrent training programme approved by the Authority includes theoretical and practical instruction, together with individual practice, as prescribed below.

c) Okres ważności szkolenia okresowego oraz związanego z nim wymaganego sprawdzianu wynosi 12 miesięcy kalendarzowych dodanych do pozostałej części miesiąca wydania. Jeśli wydano je w ciągu ostatnich 3 miesięcy kalendarzowych ważności poprzedniego sprawdzianu, okres ważności przedłuża się na okres od daty wydania do 12 miesiąca kalendarzowego od daty wygaśnięcia ważności poprzedniego sprawdzianu.

(c) The period of validity of recurrent training and the associated required checking shall be 12 calendar months in addition to the remainder of the month of issue. If issued within the final three calendar months of validity of a previous check, the period of validity shall extend from the date of issue until 12 calendar months from the expiry date of that previous check.

Zakres szkolenia

Scope of training

a) Operator zapewnia, by szkolenie okresowe było prowadzone przez odpowiednio wykwalifikowany personel.

(a) An operator shall ensure that recurrent training is conducted by suitably qualified persons.

b) Operator zapewnia, by realizowany co 12 miesięcy kalendarzowych program szkolenia praktycznego obejmował:

(b) An operator shall ensure that every 12 calendar months the programme of practical training includes the following:

1) procedury awaryjne, łącznie z procedurami postępowania w razie niedyspozycji pilota;

1. emergency procedures including pilot incapacitation;

2) procedury ewakuacyjne, łącznie z technikami panowania nad tłumem;

2. evacuation procedures including crowd control techniques;

3) ćwiczenia manualne dla każdego członka personelu pokładowego w otwieraniu normalnych i awaryjnych wyjść w celu ewakuacji pasażerów;

3. touch-drills by each cabin crew member for opening normal and emergency exits for passenger evacuation;

4) rozmieszczenie i obsługa wyposażenia awaryjnego, w tym systemów tlenowych, oraz zakładanie kamizelek ratunkowych, korzystanie z przenośnych masek tlenowych i urządzenia zabezpieczającego oddychanie (PBE);

4. the location and handling of emergency equipment, including oxygen systems, and the donning by each cabin crew member of lifejackets, portable oxygen and protective breathing equipment (PBE);

5) zagadnienia medyczne i pierwsza pomoc,

5. medical aspects and first-aid, first-aid kits,

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE

PAŹ/OCT-2011

ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

0 2.2.4- 2/4

apteczki pierwszej pomocy, ratunkowe zestawy medyczne, ich zawartość oraz ratunkowe wyposażenie medyczne;

emergency medical kits, their contents and emergency medical equipment;

6) składowanie rzeczy w kabinie;

6. stowage of articles in the cabin;

7) procedury ochrony;

7. security procedures;

8) przegląd incydentów i wypadków lotniczych;

8. incident and accident review;

9) świadomość skutków zanieczyszczenia powierzchni oraz potrzeba informowania załogi lotniczej o wszelkim zaobserwowanym zanieczyszczeniu powierzchni; oraz

9. awareness of the effects of surface contamination and the need to inform the flight crew of any observed surface contamination, and

10) zarządzanie zasobami załogi (CMR). Operator zapewnia, by szkolenie CRM spełniało następujące warunki:

10. crew resource management. An operator shall ensure that CRM training satisfies the following:

(i) elementy szkolenia CRM zgodnie z pkt. D.2.2.8 (ii) określeniem i realizacją programu szkolenia zajmuje się instruktor CRM ds. personelu pokładowego; (iii) w przypadku gdy szkolenie CRM ma postać odrębnych modułów, będzie ono prowadzone przez co najmniej jednego instruktora CRM ds. personelu pokładowego.

(i) the training CRM according to item. D2.2.8. (ii) the definition and implementation of this syllabus shall be managed by a cabin crew CRM instructor; (iii) when CRM training is provided by stand-alone modules, it shall be conducted by at least one cabin crew CRM instructor.

c) Operator zapewnia, by w odstępach nieprzekraczających 3 lat szkolenie okresowe obejmowało również:

(c) An operator shall ensure that, at intervals not exceeding three years, recurrent training also includes:

1) obsługę i faktyczne otwieranie przez każdego członka personelu pokładowego wszystkich typów lub wariantów wyjść normalnych i awaryjnych w trybach normalnych i awaryjnych, w tym w razie potrzeby podczas awarii automatycznych systemów wspomagających. Obejmuje to czynności i umiejętności potrzebne do obsługi i rozmieszczenia ześlizgów ewakuacyjnych. Szkolenie to przeprowadza się w samolocie lub reprezentatywnym urządzeniu szkoleniowym;

1. each cabin crew member operating and actually opening each type or variant of normal and emergency exit in the normal and emergency modes, including failure of power assist systems where fitted. This is to include the action and forces required to operate and deploy evacuation slides. This training shall be conducted in an aeroplane or representative training device;

2) pokaz obsługi wszystkich innych wyjść, łącznie z oknami w kabinie załogi; 3) realistyczne szkolenie praktyczne dla każdego członka personelu pokładowego w zakresie używania całego wyposażenia gaśniczego, w tym ubrań ochronnych właściwych dla wyposażenia samolotu. Szkolenie to musi obejmować: (i) gaszenie pożarów charakterystycznych dla wnętrza samolotu przez każdego członka personelu pokładowego, z wyjątkiem przypadku użycia gaśnic halonowych, zamiast których

2. demonstration of the operation of all other exits including flight deck windows; 3. each cabin crew member being given realistic and practical training in the use of all fire-fighting equipment, including protective clothing, representative of that carried in the aircraft. This training must include: (i) each cabin crew member extinguishing a fire characteristic of an aeroplane interior fire except that, in the case of Halon extinguishers, an alternative extinguishing agent may be used; and

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

można stosować alternatywny środek gaśniczy; oraz (ii) zakładanie i użycie urządzenia zabezpieczającego oddychanie przez każdego członka personelu pokładowego w pomieszczeniu zamkniętym o pozorowanym zadymieniu; 4) użycie środków pirotechnicznych (rzeczywistych lub ich atrap); oraz 5) pokaz użycia tratwy ratunkowej i tratwyześlizgu, jeśli są one zainstalowane; 6) operator zapewnia, by każdy członek personelu pokładowego został przeszkolony w zakresie procedury mającej zastosowanie w razie niedyspozycji członka załogi lotniczej i obsługiwał mechanizmy siedzenia i uprzęży. Szkolenie w zakresie użycia systemu tlenowego członków załogi lotniczej oraz list kontrolnych czynności członków załogi lotniczej, jeśli są wymagane przez procedury standardowe operatora (SOP), jest prowadzone w formie pokazu.

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 2.2.4- 3/4

(ii) the donning and use of protective breathing equipment by each cabin crew member in an enclosed, simulated smoke-filled environment; 4. use of pyrotechnics (actual or representative devices); and 5. demonstration of the use of the life-raft, or slide-raft, where fitted; 6. an operator shall ensure that, each cabin crew member is trained in the procedure for flight crew member incapacitation and shall operate the seat and harness mechanisms. Training in the use of flight crew members’ oxygen system and use of the flight crew members’ check lists, where required by the operator’s SOPs, shall be conducted by a practical demonstration

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

MIEJSCE CELOWO POZOSTAWIONE PUSTE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 2.2.4- 4/4

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 2.2.5- 1/2

D.2

PROGRAMY SZKOLEŃ ORAZ SPRAWDZIANÓW.

TRAINING SYLLABI AND CHECKING PROGRAMS.

D.2. 2

PERSONEL POKŁADOWY

CABIN CREW

D.2.2.5

Szkolenie wznawiające

Refresher training

a) Operator zapewnia, by każdy członek personelu pokładowego niepełniący obowiązków podczas lotu przez ponad 6 miesięcy, a którego nadal obejmuje okres ważności poprzedniego sprawdzianu, odbył szkolenie wznawiające, opisane poniżej.

(a) An operator shall ensure that each cabin crew member who has been absent from all flying duties for more than 6 months and still remains within the period of the previous required check completes refresher training specified below.

b) W przypadku gdy członek personelu pokładowego pełnił niektóre obowiązki podczas lotu, lecz w ciągu ostatnich 6 miesięcy nie pełnił ich na typie samolotu jako wymagany członek personelu pokładowego, operator zapewnia, by przed podjęciem takich obowiązków na tego typu samolocie członek personelu pokładowego:

(b) An operator shall ensure that when a cabin crew member has not been absent from all flying duties, but has not, during the preceding six months, undertaken duties on a type of aeroplane as a required cabin crew member before undertaking such duties on that type, the cabin crew member either:

1) odbył szkolenie wznawiające na tym typie samolotu; albo

1. completes refresher training on the type; or

2) odbył dwa loty zapoznawcze podczas lotów komercyjnych na samolocie tego typu.

2. operates two re-familiarisation sectors during commercial operations on the type.

Zakres szkolenia

Scope of training

Operator zapewnia, by szkolenie wznawiające było prowadzone przez odpowiednio wykwalifikowany personel i obejmowało co najmniej następujące elementy obowiązujące każdego członka personelu pokładowego:

An operator shall ensure that refresher training is conducted by suitable qualified persons and, for each cabin crew member, includes at least the following:

1) procedury awaryjne, łącznie z procedurami postępowania w razie niedyspozycji pilota;

1. emergency procedures including pilot incapacitation;

2) procedury ewakuacyjne, łącznie z technikami panowania nad tłumem;

2. evacuation procedures including crowd control techniques;

3) obsługę oraz faktyczne otwieranie wszystkich typów lub wariantów wyjść normalnych i awaryjnych w trybach normalnych i awaryjnych, w tym w razie potrzeby podczas awarii automatycznych systemów wspomagających. Obejmuje to czynności i umiejętności potrzebne do obsługi i rozmieszczenia ześlizgów ewakuacyjnych. Szkolenie to przeprowadza się w samolocie lub reprezentatywnym urządzeniu szkoleniowym;

3. the operation and actual opening of each type or variant of normal and emergency exit in the normal and emergency modes, including failure of power assist systems where fitted. This is to include the action and forces required to operate and deploy evacuation slides. This training shall be conducted in an aeroplane or representative training device;

4) pokaz obsługi wszystkich innych wyjść, łącznie z oknami w kabinie załogi; oraz 5) rozmieszczenie i obsługa wyposażenia awaryjnego, w tym systemów tlenowych, oraz zakładanie kamizelek ratunkowych, korzystanie z przenośnych masek tlenowych i urządzenia

4. demonstration of the operation of all other exits including flight deck windows; and 5. the location and handling of emergency equipment, including oxygen systems, and the donning of lifejackets, portable oxygen and protective breathing equipment.

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

zabezpieczającego oddychanie.

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 2.2.5- 2/2

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 2.2.6- 1/2

D.2

PROGRAMY SZKOLEŃ ORAZ SPRAWDZIANÓW.

TRAINING SYLLABI AND CHECKING PROGRAMS.

D.2. 2

PERSONEL POKŁADOWY

CABIN CREW

D.2.2.6

Sprawdziany

Checking

a) Zależnie od decyzji organu, Organ, Operator lub zatwierdzona instytucja szkoleniowa prowadząca szkolenie zapewniają, by w trakcie lub po zakończeniu każdego wymaganego szkolenia każdy członek personelu pokładowego przystąpił do sprawdzianu obejmującego odbyte szkolenie w celu sprawdzenia jego umiejętności pełnienia obowiązków w zakresie bezpieczeństwa w sytuacjach normalnych i awaryjnych.

(a) Depending on the Authority’s decision, The operator or the approved training organization providing the training course shall ensure that during or following completion of all the required training, each cabin crew member undergoes a check covering the training received in order to verify his/her proficiency in carrying out normal and emergency safety duties.

Zależnie od decyzji organu, organ, operator lub zatwierdzona instytucja szkoleniowa prowadząca szkolenie zapewniają, by personel przeprowadzający takie sprawdziany posiadał odpowiednie kwalifikacje.

At the discretion of the Authority, the Authority, the operator or the approved training organisation providing the training course shall ensure that the personnel performing these checks shall be suitably qualified.

b) Operator zapewnia, by każdy członek personelu pokładowego przystąpił do następujących sprawdzianów:

(b) An operator shall ensure that each cabin crew member undergoes checks as follows:

1) szkolenie podstawowe bezpieczeństwa.

1. initial safety training.

w

zakresie

2) szkolenie przejściowe i w różnicach.

2. conversion and differences training.

3) szkolenie okresowe.

3. recurrent training.

4) szkolenie wznawiające.

4. refresher training.

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

MIEJSCE CELOWO POZOSTAWIONE PUSTE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 2.2.6- 2/2

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE

PAŹ/OCT-2011

ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

0 2.2.7- 1/2

D.2

PROGRAMY SZKOLEŃ ORAZ SPRAWDZIANÓW.

TRAINING SYLLABI AND CHECKING PROGRAMS.

D.2. 2

PERSONEL POKŁADOWY

CABIN CREW

D.2.2.7

Szkolenie w zakresie zagadnień medycznych i pierwszej pomocy

Medical aspects and first aid training

a) Szkolenie w zakresie zagadnień medycznych i pierwszej pomocy obejmuje następujące kwestie:

(a) Medical aspects and first aid training shall include the following subjects:

1) fizjologię lotu, z uwzględnieniem zaopatrzenia w tlen i niedotlenienia;

1. physiology of flight including oxygen requirements and hypoxia;

2) nagłe zachorowania obejmujące:

2. medical emergencies in aviation including:

w

lotnictwie,

(i) astmę;

(i) asthma;

(ii) zadławienie;

(ii) choking;

(iii) zawały serca;

(iii) heart attacks;

(iv) reakcje na stres i reakcje alergiczne;

(iv) stress reactions and allergic reactions;

(v) szok;

(v) shock;

(vi) udar;

(vi) stroke;

(vii) padaczkę;

(vii) epilepsy;

(viii) cukrzycę;

(viii) diabetes;

(ix) chorobę lokomocyjną;

(ix) air sickness;

(x) hiperwentylację;

(x) hyperventilation;

(xi) zaburzenia przewodu pokarmowego; oraz

(xi) gastro-intestinal disturbances; and

(xii) nagły poród;

(xii) emergency childbirth;

3) praktyczną reanimację przez każdego członka personelu pokładowego, z uwzględnieniem środowiska samolotu i przy użyciu specjalnie zaprojektowanego manekina;

3. practical cardio-pulmonary resuscitation by each cabin crew member having regard to the aeroplane environment and using a specifically designed dummy;

4) szkolenie z podstaw pierwszej pomocy oraz ratowania życia, dotyczące:

4. basic first aid and survival training including care of:

(i) utraty przytomności;

(i) the unconscious;

(ii) oparzeń;

(ii) burns;

(iii) ran; oraz

(iii) wounds; and

(iv) złamań i uszkodzeń tkanki miękkiej;

(iv) fractures and soft tissue injuries;

5) zdrowie i higienę w podróży, obejmujące:

5. travel health and hygiene including:

(i) ryzyko kontaktu z chorobami zakaźnymi, szczególnie w przypadku działalności na obszarach tropikalnych i subtropikalnych. Zgłaszanie chorób zakaźnych, ochrona przed infekcją i unikanie chorób przenoszonych przez wodę i w pokarmie. Szkolenie obejmuje środki ograniczające to ryzyko;

(i) the risk of contact with infectious diseases especially when operating into tropical and sub-tropical areas. Reporting of infectious diseases, protection from infection and avoidance of water-borne and food-borne illness. Training shall include the means to reduce such risks;

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 2.2.7- 2/2

(ii) higienę na pokładzie; (iii) śmierć na pokładzie;

(ii) hygiene on board;

(iv) postępowanie z odpadami klinicznymi;

(iii) death on board;

(v) dezynfekcję statku powietrznego; oraz

(iv) handling of clinical waste;

(vi) zarządzanie stanami zagrożenia, fizjologiczne skutki zmęczenia, fizjologię snu, rytm dobowy oraz zmianę stref czasowych

(v) aircraft disinfection; and

6) stosowanie odpowiedniego sprzętu będącego na wyposażeniu samolotu, w tym apteczek pierwszej pomocy, ratunkowych zestawów medycznych, masek tlenowych i ratunkowego wyposażenia medycznego.

6. The use of appropriate aeroplane equipment including first aid kits, emergency medical kits, first aid oxygen and emergency medical equipment.

(vi) alertness management, physiological effects of fatigue, sleep physiology, circadian rhythm and time zone changes;

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE

PAŹ/OCT-2011

ZMIANA/REVISION

0

STRONA/PAGE

2.2.8- 1/4

CABIN CREW

D.2.2.8

Szkolenie w zakresie CRM

CRM training

Metodologia i terminologia CRM, są opisane w rozdz. D.2.1.1

1. The methodology and terminology, are described in article D.2.1.1

Tabela wskazuje, które elementy CRM są włączane do każdego typu szkolenia.

Table indicates which elements of CRM shall be included in each type of training.

Elementy szkolenia

Szkolenie dla starszego członka personelu pokładowego

PERSONEL POKŁADOWY

Coroczne okresowe szkolenie CRM

D.2. 2

Szkolenie CRM dla danego typu samolotu

TRAINING SYLLABI AND CHECKING PROGRAMS.

Szkolenie CRM u operatora

PROGRAMY SZKOLEŃ ORAZ SPRAWDZIANÓW.

Szkolenie wprowadzające CRM

D.2

Nie wymagane

Nie wymagane

Nie wymagane

Doskonaleni e

Zasady ogólne Czynnik ludzki w lotnictwie Ogólne instrukcje w sprawie zasad i celów CRM.

Szczegółowo

Ludzkie możliwości i ograniczenia

Z perspektywy pojedynczego członka personelu pokładowego Świadomość własnej osobowości, błędy ludzkie i odpowiedzialność, postawy i zachowania, samoocena Stres i pokonywanie stresu Zmęczenie i czujność Asertywność Świadomość sytuacyjna, odbieranie i przetwarzanie informacji

Szczegółowo

Nie wymagane

Nie wymagane

Doskonaleni e cykl 3 letni

Nie wymagane

0 2.2.8- 2/4

Szkolenie dla starszego członka personelu pokładowego

STRONA/PAGE

Coroczne okresowe szkolenie CRM

D

PAŹ/OCT-2011

ZMIANA/REVISION

Szkolenie CRM dla danego typu samolotu

PART

DATA/DATE

Szkolenie CRM u operatora

Elementy szkolenia

CZĘŚĆ

Szkolenie wprowadzające CRM

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

Doskonaleni e cykl 3 letni

Wzmocnieni e odpowiedni o dla obowiązków starszego członka personelu pokładoweg o

Z perspektywy całej załogi samolotu Zapobieganie błędom i ich wykrywanie Wspólna świadomość sytuacyjna, odbieranie i przetwarzanie informacji Podział pracy Skuteczna komunikacja i koordynacja z wszystkimi członkami załogi, łącznie z załogą lotniczą, jak i niedoświadczonymi członkami personelu pokładowego; różnice kulturowe Przywództwo, współpraca, efekt synergii, podejmowanie decyzji, delegowanie pracy Odpowiedzialność indywidualna i zbiorowa, podejmowanie decyzji oraz działania Określanie i zarządzanie czynnikami ludzkimi w odniesieniu do pasażerów: kontrola nad tłumem, pokonywanie stresu u pasażerów, zarządzanie konfliktami, czynniki medyczne. Szczegóły związane z typem samolotu (samolot wąskokadłubowy/szerokokadłubowy, jeden/kilka pokładów), składem załogi lotniczej i personelu pokładowego oraz liczbą pasażerów

Szczegółowo

Odpowiednio do typu

Nie wymagane

Nie wymagane

Szczegółowo

Z perspektywy operatora i organizacji lotniczej Kultura bezpieczeństwa w organizacji, SOP, czynniki organizacyjne, czynniki związane z rodzajem wykonywanego lotu Skuteczna komunikacja i koordynacja z pozostałym personelem operacyjnym i służbami naziemnymi. Udział w składaniu sprawozdań z incydentów i wypadków związanych z bezpieczeństwem w kabinie pasażerskiej. Studium przypadków (zob. uwaga)

Szczegółowo Nie wymagane

Odpowiednio do typu

Wymagane

Doskonaleni e cykl 3 letni

Wzmocnieni e odpowiedni o dla obowiązków starszego członka personelu pokładoweg o

Wymagane

Uwaga: Dla typu samolotu, w przypadku gdy nie są dostępne odpowiednie przypadki praktyczne dla odpowiedniego typu samolotu, rozważa się przypadki praktyczne odpowiednie do skali i zakresu danej operacji.

2.2.8- 3/4

Senior cabin crew course

STRONA/PAGE

0

Annual recurrent CRM training

Training elements

D

PAŹ/OCT-2011

ZMIANA/REVISION

Aeroplane type specific CRM

PART

DATA/DATE

Operator’s CRM training

CZĘŚĆ

Introductory CRM course

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

Not required

Not required

Not required

Overview

Not required

Not required

Overview (three year cycle)

Not required

Overview (three year cycle)

Reinforcement (relevant to the Senior cabin crew duties)

General Principles Human factors in aviation General instructions on CRM principles and objectives

In depth

Human performance and limitations From the perspective of the individual cabin crew member Personality awareness, human error and reliability, attitudes and behaviors, self-assessment Stress and stress management Fatigue and vigilance

In depth

Assertiveness Situation awareness, information acquisition and processing From the perspective of the whole aeroplane crew Error prevention and detection Shared situation awareness, information acquisition and processing Workload management Effective communication and coordination between all crew members including the flight crew as well as inexperienced cabin crew members, cultural differences Leadership, cooperation, synergy, decision-making, delegation Individual and team responsibilities, decision making, and actions Identification and management of the passenger human factors: crowd control, passenger stress, conflict management, medical factors Specifics related to aeroplane types (narrow/wide bodies, single/multi deck), flight crew and cabin crew composition and number of passengers

In depth

Relevant to the type(s)

Not required

Not required

In depth

2.2.8- 4/4

Annual recurrent CRM training

STRONA/PAGE

0

Senior cabin crew course

D

PAŹ/OCT-2011

ZMIANA/REVISION

Aeroplane type specific CRM

PART

DATA/DATE

Operator’s CRM training

Training elements

CZĘŚĆ

Introductory CRM course

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

From the perspective of the operator and the organisation Company safety culture, SOPs, organizational factors, factors linked to the type of operations Effective communication and coordination with other operational personnel and ground services Participation in cabin safety incident and accident reporting Case based studies (see note)

In depth Relevant to the type(s)

Not required

Required

Overview (three year cycle)

Reinforcement (relevant to the Senior cabin crew duties)

Required

Note: For aeroplane type, if relevant aeroplane type specific case based studies are not available, then case based studies relevant to the scale and scope of the operation shall be considered.

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 2.2.9- 1/2

D.2

PROGRAMY SZKOLEŃ ORAZ SPRAWDZIANÓW.

TRAINING SYLLABI AND CHECKING PROGRAMS.

D.2. 2

PERSONEL POKŁADOWY

CABIN CREW

D.2.2.9

Konspekty do szkolenia

Conspectus for training

Konspekty do szkolenie i sprawdzianów personelu pokładowego zawiera tom II OM-D.

The Vol. II of OM-D includes the conspectuses for Training and checking of Cabin Crew.

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

MIEJSCE CELOWO POZOSTAWIONE PUSTE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 2.2.9- 2/2

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

D.2

PROGRAMY SZKOLEŃ ORAZ SPRAWDZIANÓW.

D.2.3.1

TRANSPORT LOTNICZY NIEBEZPIECZNYCH.

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE

PAŹ/OCT-2011

ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

0 2.3.1- 1/2

MATERIAŁÓW

TRAINING SYLLABI AND CHECKING PROGRAMS. TRANSPORT OF DANGEROUS GOODS BY AIR.

OPERATORZY NIE MAJĄCY STAŁEGO ZEZWOLENIA NA TRANSPORT LOTNICZY MATERIAŁÓW NIEBEZPIECZNYCH. (E11).

OPERATORS NOT HOLDING A PERMANENT APPROVAL TO CARRY DANGEROUS GOODS. (E11)

Ważność szkoleń i sprawdzianów okresowych wynosi 24 miesiące od końca miesiąca w którym zostało przeprowadzone. Jeśli szkolenie lub sprawdzian przeprowadza się w okresie 3 miesięcy kalendarzowych przed upływem okresu 24 miesięcy kalendarzowych, następne szkolenie i sprawdzian muszą zostać ukończone przed upływem 24 miesięcy kalendarzowych od daty wygaśnięcia ważności poprzedniego szkolenia naziemnego i wznawiającego.

Validity of recurrent trainings and checks shall be 24 months since the end of month in which training took place. If recurrent training is completed within final 3 months of validity of previous training, the period of validity extends from the date on which the recurrent training was completed until 24 months from the expiry date of that previous training.

Operatorzy nieposiadający stałego zezwolenie na transport lotniczy materiałów niebezpiecznych. zapewniają, by:

Operators not holding a permanent approval to carry dangerous goods shall ensure that:

personel związany z obsługą ogólnego przewozu ładunków (cargo) oraz bagażu odbył szkolenie w odniesieniu do jego obowiązków przy przewozie materiałów niebezpiecznych. Szkolenie musi obejmować co najmniej obszary zagadnień podane w kolumnie 1 tabeli 1 i być wystarczające dla uświadomienia ryzyka związanego z przewozem materiałów niebezpiecznych, rozpoznawania ich oraz poznania wymogów mających zastosowanie przy przewozie takich materiałów przez pasażerów; oraz

staff who are engaged in general cargo and baggage handling have received training to carry out their duties in respect of dangerous goods. As a minimum this training must cover the areas identified in Column 1 of Table 1 and be to a depth sufficient to ensure that an awareness is gained of the hazards associated with dangeros goods, how to identify them and what requirements apply to the carriage of such goods by passengers; and

następujący personel:

the following personnel:

i) członkowie załogi;

(i) crew members;

ii) personel odprawy pasażerskiej; oraz

(ii) passenger handling staff; and

iii) personel do spraw ochrony, zatrudniony przez operatora, zajmujący się prześwietlaniem bagażu i kontrolą pasażerów;

(iii) security staff employed by the operator who deal with the screening of passengers and their baggage,

odbył szkolenie, które musi obejmować co najmniej obszary zagadnień podane w kolumnie 2 tabeli 1 oraz musi być wystarczające dla uświadomienia ryzyka związanego z przewozem materiałów niebezpiecznych, rozpoznawania ich oraz poznania wymogów mających zastosowanie przy przewozie takich materiałów przez pasażerów.

have received training which, as a minimum, must cover the areas identified in Column 2 of Table 1 and be to a depth sufficient to ensure that an awareness is gained of the hazards associated with dangerous goods, how to identify them and what requirements apply to the carriage of such goods by passengers.

Operator zapewnia, by cały personel uczestniczący w szkoleniu zakończył je egzaminem sprawdzającym znajomość ich obowiązków.

The operator shall ensure that all staff who receive training undertake a test to verify understanding of their responsibilities

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE

PAŹ/OCT-2011

ZMIANA/REVISION

0

STRONA/PAGE

2.3.1- 2/2

Operator zapewnia, by cały personel wymagający przeszkolenia w zakresie przewozu materiałów niebezpiecznych odbywał szkolenia okresowe nie rzadziej niż co 2 lata.

The operator shall ensure that all staff who require dangerous goods training receive recurrent training at intervals of not longer than two years.

Operator zapewnia, by rejestry szkolenia w zakresie przewozu materiałów niebezpiecznych były zachowywane dla całego personelu, który odbył szkolenie zgodnie z wymaganiami powyżej przez 3 lata.

The operator shall ensure that records of dangerous goods training are maintained for all staff trained in accordance with subparagraph above during 3 years.

Operator zapewnia, by personel jego agenta obsługi naziemnej był przeszkolony zgodnie z odpowiednimi kolumnami w Tabeli 1.

The operator shall ensure that his handling agent's staff are trained in accordance with the applicable column of Table 1.

Tabela 1 Personel

OBSZARY SZKOLENIA

AREAS OF TRAINING

personel związany z obsługą ogólnego przewozu ładunków (cargo) oraz bagażu

staff who are engaged in general cargo and baggage handling

(i) członkowie załogi; (ii) personel odprawy pasażerskiej; oraz *iii) personel do spraw ochrony, zatrudniony przez operatora, zajmujący się prześwietlaniem bagażu i kontrolą pasażerów; (i) crew members; (ii) passenger handling staff; and (iii) security staff employed by the operator who deal with the screening of passengers and their baggage,

1

2

X

X

Zagadnienia ogólne.

General philosophy.

Ograniczenia w transporcie powietrznym materiałów niebezpiecznych.

Limitations on Dangerous Goods in air transport.

Oznakowanie paczek i etykiety.

Package marking and labelling.

X

X

Materiały niebezpieczne w bagażu pasażerskim.

Dangerous Goods in passengers' baggage.

X

X

Procedury awaryjne.

Emergency procedures.

X

X

Dokumenty przewozowe materiałów niebezpiecznych i inne związane dokumenty.

Shipper’s declaration and other relevant documents.

X

X

Informacje przekazywane pasażerom i załodze.

Provision of information. Information for passengers and NOTOC.

X

X

X

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 2.3.2- 1/6

D.2

PROGRAMY SZKOLEŃ ORAZ SPRAWDZIANÓW.

TRAINING SYLLABI AND CHECKING PROGRAMS.

D.2.3.2

OCHRONA

SECURITY

INFORMACJE OGÓLNE

GENERAL

Program szkolenia określa:

The training program specifies:

- organizację i funkcjonowanie systemu szkolenia w zakresie ochrony lotnictwa cywilnego;

- organisation and functioning of the training system on the scope of civil aviation security,

- metodologię prowadzenia szkoleń w zakresie ochrony lotnictwa cywilnego;

- methodology of trainings on civil aviation security;

- kryteria i sposób selekcji, kwalifikacji, certyfikacji oraz motywacji personelu zatrudnionego w dziedzinie ochrony lotnictwa cywilnego;

- criteria and the way of selecting and certifying and motivating the personnel employed in civil aviation security;

- zadania, zakres odpowiedzialności i współpracy w zakresie szkolenia organów administracji publicznej, w tym podmiotów prowadzących lotniczą działalność gospodarczą.

- tasks and scope of responsibility and cooperation in the area of public administration bodies and entities involved in aviation business activity.

oraz ma na celu:

and it aims at:

- stworzenie warunków umożliwiających osobom zatrudnionym w podmiotach prowadzących lotniczą działalność gospodarczą oraz wykonujących obowiązki w dziedzinie ochrony lotnictwa cywilnego zdobycie i utrzymanie odpowiednich kwalifikacji w zakresie wykonywanych czynności służbowych pod kątem ochrony lotnictwa cywilnego przed aktami bezprawnej ingerencji.

- creating conditions allowing the persons employed in entities that run aviation business activity and meet requirements of civil aviation security to gain adequate qualifications in protecting civil aviation against acts of unlawful interference in the area of their work duties.

Kierownik Odpowiedzialny odpowiada za organizację szkoleń wewnętrznych organizowanych w ramach przedsiębiorstwa.

Accountable Manager is responsible for organising Company’s internal trainings.

W tym za:

Including:

- selekcję zatrudnionego personelu dla zapewnienia efektywności szkoleń wewnętrznych;

- selection of employed personnel to secure effectives of internal trainings.

- zapoznanie personelu z nowoczesnymi procedurami i wykorzystywanym sprzętem w zakresie ochrony lotnictwa cywilnego przed aktami bezprawnej ingerencji;

- familiarising personnel with up-to-date procedures and equipment in use on the scope of securing civil aviation against the acts of unlawful interference;

- podniesienie świadomości osób zatrudnionych w przedsiębiorstwie w zakresie zagrożeń aktami bezprawnej ingerencji w lotnictwie cywilnym w celu zapewnienia skutecznej realizacji Krajowego Programu Szkolenia;

- heighten employees’ awareness on the scope of the threat of acts of unlawful interference in civil aviation in order to effectively implement the National Training Program;

- szkolenie merytoryczne i praktyczne zapewniające aktualną wiedzę i motywację do

- theoretical and practical trainings ensuring up-to-date knowledge and

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 2.3.2- 2/6

realizacji zadań w zakresie ochrony lotnictwa cywilnego.

motivation to execute tasks connected with security of civil aviation.

Kierownik Odpowiedzialny kwalifikuje pracowników przedsiębiorstwa do jednej z n/w kategorii:

Kierownik Odpowiedzialny qualifies employees into one of the following categories:

- kategoria 1 - osoby kierujące ochroną lotnictwa cywilnego oraz członkowie sztabów kryzysowych;

- category 1 – people in charge of civil aviation security and crisis team members;

- kategoria 2 - audytorzy kontroli jakości w zakresie ochrony lotnictwa;

- category 2 – aviation security auditors;

- kategoria 3 - instruktorzy szkolenia w zakresie ochrony lotnictwa;

- category 3 – aviation security instructors;

- kategoria 6 - członkowie załóg statków powietrznych;

- category 6 – aircraft crew members;

Dokumentacja dotycząca odbytych szkoleń w zakresie ochrony lotnictwa cywilnego, a w szczególności potwierdzone za zgodność z oryginałem kopie uzyskanych certyfikatów i dyplomów są przechowywane w aktach osobowych pracowników.

Documentation concerning completed trainings on the scope of civil aviation security and in particular copies of obtained certificates and diplomas with conformity of a copy to the original shall be kept in employees’ personal files.

Szkolenia wewnętrzne są przeprowadzane w Dziale Szkolenia operatora, lub innych krajowych i zagranicznych ośrodkach prowadzących szkoleniową działalność gospodarczą obejmującą ochronę lotnictwa cywilnego.

Internal trainings are conducted in the Taining Unit of the operator, or in other national and foreign centres engaged in business activity involving trainings in civil aviation security.

Szkolenia wewnętrzne prowadzą instruktorzy wpisani przez Prezesa Urzędu na listę wewnętrznych instruktorów szkolenia.

Internal training are performed by instructors listed by CAO President as internal instructors.

RODZAJE SZKOLEŃ WEWNĘTRZNYCH.

KINDS OF INTERNAL TRAININGS

Świadomości ochrony lotnictwa.

Aviation safety awareness.

Szkoleniu świadomości ochrony lotnictwa podlegają wszystkie osoby pracujące w przedsiębiorstwie na stanowiskach kat.1, 2, 3, 6,

All persons employed by the Company whose duties are related to position cat. 1, 2, 3, 6 shall be subject to trainings on the scope of aviation security awareness.

Szkolenie, przeprowadza się w terminie do 1 miesiąca od dnia zatrudnienia lub rozpoczęcia pełnienia służby na lotnisku.

The training is conducted within the first month of employment or of work at the airport.

W przypadku osób pełniących obowiązki służbowe na lotnisku szkolenie, poprzedza wydanie przepustki stałej lub okresowej.

In case of persons who work at the airport the training proceeds the issuance of permanent or temporary entry pass.

Szkolenie Kierunkowe.

Skills taining.

Szkoleniu kierunkowemu ochrony lotnictwa podlegają wszystkie osoby pracujące w przedsiębiorstwie na stanowiskach kat.1, 2, 3, 6,

All persons employed by the Company whose duties are related to position cat. 1, 2, 3, 6 shall be subject to security skills

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE

PAŹ/OCT-2011

ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

0 2.3.2- 3/6

training. W przypadku braku możliwości przeprowadzenia szkolenia kierunkowego przed podjęciem pracy w lotnictwie cywilnym szkolenie to przeprowadza się w najszybszym możliwym terminie, nieprzekraczającym 9 miesiąca od dnia zatrudnienia lub rozpoczęcia służby na danym lotnisku.

If it is not possible to conduct the skills training before the employment it shall be executed as soon as possible, but not later than 9 month from the date of employment or taking up duties at a given airport.

Szkolenie kierunkowe dla członków załóg lotniczych przeprowadza się przed dopuszczeniem do wykonywania obowiązków na pokładzie samolotu.

The skills training for crew members is performed before the admission to the duties on board a plane.

Szkolenie okresowe.

Periodic training.

Szkolenie okresowe, odnawiające i utrwalające znajomość zagadnień szkolenia podstawowego, prowadzi się w zależności od potrzeb z częstotliwością zależną od kategorii osób szkolonych, przy czym:

Periodic training that renew and retain the knowledge of the basic training, shall be conducted according to the needs as frequently as the categories require, however:

- dla pracowników na sytanowiskach kategorii 1 i 3 - nie rzadziej niż raz na 1 rok

- for person on positions cat 1 and 3 – every year

- dla członków załóg statków powietrznych - nie rzadziej niż raz na 2 lata;

- for aircraft crew members not rarely than every 2 years;

- dla pozostałych osób - nie rzadziej niż raz na 3 lata.

- for other persons not rarely than every 3 years.

Szkolenie specjalisyczne Specjalistyczne.

Specialised training.

Szkolenia specjalistyczne prowadzone są w zależności od potrzeb ze szczególnym uwzględnieniem ujawnianych nowych zagrożeń dla lotnictwa cywilnego lub stosowania nowych technik i urządzeń zapewniających ochronę lotnictwa cywilnego.

Specialised trainings are held when necessary with particular attention paid to the recently discovered threats to civil aviation and with application of the latest techniques and appliances ensuring civil aviation safety.

Zakres tematyczny szkoleń

Syllabuses

Zakres szkoleń w dziedzinie ochrony lotnictwa cywilnego dla poszczególnych kategorii osób, są określone w Tabeli.

The scope of trainings on civil aviation safety for individual categories is specified in Table.

WEWNĘTRZNY KOORDYNATOR SZKOLENIA

INTERNAL TRAINING COORDINATOR

Kierownik Odpowiedzialny , w porozumieniu z Prezesem Urzędu Lotnictwa Cywilnego wyznacza wewnętrznych koordynatorów szkolenia spełniających wymagania określone w krajowym programie szkolenia.

Accountable Manager, in liaison with Civil Aviation Office President appoints Internal Training Coordinators who meet requirements of the national training program.

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

Do zadań wewnętrznego szkolenia należy:

koordynatora

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE

PAŹ/OCT-2011

ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

The duties of an Coordinator include:

0 2.3.2- 4/6

Internal

Training

- prowadzenie dokumentacji z realizowanych szkoleń wewnętrznych;

- keeping documentation on the conducted internal trainings;

- wydawanie certyfikatów ukończenia szkolenia wewnętrznego;

- issuing certificates confirming completion of an internal training;

- sprawowanie nadzoru nad realizacją Krajowego Programu Szkolenia w podmiocie lub organie, który wyznaczył danego koordynatora;

- supervising the implementation of the National Training Program in the company or body that designated the coordinator;

- opracowywanie w trybie ochrony informacji niejawnych rocznego ramowego planu szkoleń wewnętrznych i oznaczenia go klauzulą "zastrzeżone";

- developing in the mode of protection of classified information a frame annual plan of internal trainings labelled „RESTRICTED”;

- przygotowywanie rocznego sprawozdania z przeprowadzonych szkoleń wewnętrznych, uwzględniającego w szczególności dane dotyczące liczby przeprowadzonych szkoleń wewnętrznych, ich rodzaju oraz liczby uczestnków wraz z uzyskanymi przez nich wynikami;

- preparing annual report on the conducted internal trainings, in particular encompassing data concerning the number of internal trainings, their kind and number of participants along with their results;

- reagowanie na uchybienia stwierdzone w czasie prowadzonego szkolenia, jeżeli ich usunięcie jest niezbędne do zapewnienia jakości procesu szkoleniowego.

- reacting to breaches detected while conducting a training, if their removal is vital to secure the quality of the process of training.

Wewnętrzny koordynator szkolenia przekazuje Krajowemu Koordynatorowi Szkolenia:

Internal Training Coordinator shall hand over to the National Training Coordinator the following:

- roczne sprawozdanie z wykonania szkoleń wewnętrznych - w terminie do dnia 15 stycznia każdego roku za rok poprzedni;

- annual report on the conducted internal trainings - until the 15th of January of the year following the year of report;

- roczny ramowy plan szkoleń wewnętrznych - w terminie do dnia 1 listopada każdego roku kalendarzowego na rok następny;

- annul frame plan of internal trainings until the 1st November of the calendar year preceding the year the plan covers;

- program szkolenia - w terminie do 30 dni przed rozpoczęciem szkolenia;

- training program – not later than 30 days before the training begins;

- konspekt szkolenia - w terminie do 30 dni przed rozpoczęciem szkolenia;

- training plan – not later than 30 days before the training begins;

- harmonogram szkolenia - w terminie do dnia 1 listopada każdego roku kalendarzowego na rok następny;

- training schedule - until the 1st November of the every calendar year for the year to come.

- zmiany w harmonogramie szkolenia;

- changes to the training schedule;

- informację o organizacji konferencji lub narady szkoleniowo-metodycznej - w terminie 3 miesięcy przed wyznaczoną datą tej konferencji lub narady;

- information about organising conferences or theoretical and practical councils - not later than 3 months before the planned beginning of the conference or council;

- wyniki kontroli wewnętrznej w zakresie szkoleń wewnętrznych - niezwłocznie po jej

- results of an internal control of internal trainings – right after its completion.

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE

PAŹ/OCT-2011

ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

0 2.3.2- 5/6

przeprowadzeniu. ZATWIERDZANIE PROGRAMU SZKOLENIA

APPROVAL OF TRAINING PROGRAM

Program szkolenia, konspekt szkolenia, harmonogram szkolenia oraz zmiany w harmonogramie szkolenia podlegają zatwierdzeniu przez Prezesa Urzędu po akceptacji przez ABW.

The training program, its plan, its schedule and changes are subject to approval by CAO President after acceptance by Internal Security Agency.

Prezes Urzędu może polecić uzupełnienie programu szkolenia, konspektu szkolenia, harmonogramu szkolenia oraz wprowadzenie zmian w harmonogramie szkolenia, jeżeli nie zawierają one istotnych postanowień niezbędnych z punktu widzenia ochrony lotnictwa cywilnego.

CAO President may order to supplement the program the plan or schedule and to introduce changes to the training if it does not cover the important resolutions necessary from the point of view of civil aviation security.

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

DATA/DATE

D

CZĘŚĆ PART

PAŹ/OCT-2011

ZMIANA/REVISION

0

STRONA/PAGE

2.3.2- 6/6

Tabela / Table PROGRAM SZKOLENIA W ZAKRESIE OCHRONY PRZEWOZÓW TRAINING PROGRAM IN THE SCOPE OF AIR TRANSPIRATION SECURITY

Metody i środki ochrony lotniska. 1

(airport security) Metody i środki ochrony przewoźnika lotniczego.

2

(air carrier security) Ochrona statku powietrznego

3

4

(security of airplane) Procedury ochrony związane z obsługą kabinową oraz wytwarzaniem i dostarczaniem zaopatrzenia pokładowego i innych dostaw.

3

6

-członkowie załóg crew members;

Instruktorzy w zakresie ochrony lotnictwa; aviation security instructors;

SCOPE OF TRAINING MODULE

2 audytorzy kontroli jakości w zakresie ochrony lotnictwa; aviation security auditors;

TEMAT MODUŁU SZKOLENIOWEGO

1 osoby kierujące ochroną lotnictwa cywilnego oraz członkowie sztabów kryzysowych; people in charge of civil aviation security and crisis team members;

MODUŁ

KATEGORIA PRACOWNIKÓW CATEGORY OF EMPLOEE



























































(Security of handling and pantry)

5

Metody i środki ochrony ładunków, przesyłek kurierskich i ekspresowych oraz poczty. (security of cargo, courier parcel and mail)

6

Zarzadzanie sytuacjami kryzysowymi w lotnictwie cywilnym. (crisis management)

7

Środki ochrony w trakcie sytuacji podwyższonego zagrożenia. (Security measures during threat)

8

Zarządzanie, szkolenie i kontrola jakości w zakresie ochrony lotnictwa cywilnego. (management, training, quality)

9

Metody i środki ochrony w zarządzaniu ruchem lotniczym. (Security of ATC)

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE

PAŹ/OCT-2011

ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

0 2.4.0- 1/2

D.2

PROGRAMY SZKOLEŃ ORAZ SPRAWDZIANÓW.

TRAINING SYLLABI AND CHECKING PROGRAMS.

D.2.4.0

OPERACYJNY PERSONEL NAZIEMNY.

GROUND OPERATIONS PERSONNEL

Planujący i nadzorujący operacje.

Dispatchers and flight watches

Naziemny personel operacyjny następujące szkolenia.

obowiązują

The following trainings are applying to the ground operations staff.

Szkolenie wstępne

Initial training

Przed rozpoczęciem pełnienia obowiązków przez pracownika nieposiadającego licencji dyspozytora lotniczego musi on odbyć szkolenie wstępne.

The employee without the valid dispatcher license, before beginning performing duties on the positions of the air dispatcher or flight watch officer must undergo the initial training.

Szkolenie wstępne jest ważne bezterminowo pod warunkiem podjęcia pełnienia funkcji w planowaniu lub nadzorze operacji w terminie 3 miesięcy od ukończenia szklenia oraz

The initially training is valid for an indefinite period under the condition of taking the duty by employee in dispatch or the flight watch department within 3 months for the completion the training and without the breaks of duty longer than 24 months.

Przerw w pełnieniu funkcji w planowaniu lub nadzorze operacji nie dłuższych niż 24 miesiące. Szkolenie Przejściowe

Conversion training

Przed rozpoczęciem podjęcia pełnienia funkcji w planowaniu lub nadzorze operacji u nowego operatora pracownik musi przejść szkolenie przejściowe.

The conversion training is mandatory before beginning performing duties by employee on the positions of the air dispatcher or flight watch officer at the new operator.

Szkolenie przejściowe jest ważne bezterminowo pod warunkiem podjęcia pełnienia funkcji w planowaniu lub nadzorze operacji w terminie 1 miesiąca od ukończenia szklenia u operatora.

The conversion training is valid for an indefinite period under the condition of taking the duty by employee in dispatch or the flight watch department within 1 month for the completion the training at the operator.

Szkolenie okresowe

Recurent training

Ważność szkoleń i sprawdzianów okresowych wynosi 12 miesięcy od końca miesiąca, w którym szkolenie zostało przeprowadzone.

Validity of recurrent trainings and checks shall be 12 months since the end of month in which training took place.

Jeśli szkolenie lub sprawdzian przeprowadza się w okresie 3 miesięcy kalendarzowych przed upływem okresu 12 miesięcy kalendarzowych, następne szkolenie i sprawdzian muszą zostać ukończone przed upływem 12 miesięcy kalendarzowych od daty wygaśnięcia ważności poprzedniego szkolenia naziemnego i wznawiającego.

If revalidated within the final 3 calendar months before expiration of 12 calendar months period, then the next training and check must be performed before expiration of 12 calendar months from the expiry date of previous ground and refresher training.

Szkolenie wznawiające

Refresher training

Jeżeli przerwa w pełnieniu pełnienia funkcji w planowaniu lub nadzorze operacji była dłuższa niż 6 miesięcy, pracownik przed podjęciem obowiązków musi odbyć szkolenie wznawiające.

If the break at performing duties by employee in dispatch or the flight watch department is longer than 6 months, the employee before taking duties must undergo the refresher

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 2.4.0- 2/2

training. Szkolenie wznawiające jest ważne pod warunkiem podjęcia pełnienia funkcji w planowaniu lub nadzorze operacji w terminie 7 dni od ukończenia szklenia u operatora.

The refresher training is valid under the condition of taking the duty by employee in dispatch or the flight watch department within 7 days for the completion the training at the operator.

Szkolenie Zapoznawcze

Familiarization training

Szkolenie zapoznawcze organizowane jest przed wprowadzeniem nowych technologii, typów samolotów lub obszarów operowania, albo zmian organizacyjnych.

The familiarization Training is being organized before implementing new technologies, types of planes or areas of operating, or organizational changes.

Program szkolenia opracowuje Kierowniku nominowany operacji naziemnych w porozumieniu z Kierownikiem OCC. Program szkolenia zatwierdza Kierownik n ominowany szkolenia personelu operatora

The training program is drawing up ground operations nominated postholder in the agreement with the OCC Manager. The Crew training nominated postholder is approving the training program.

Zakres szkolenia dla poszczególnych kategorii naziemnego personelu operacyjnego zawierają artykuły D.2.4.1 dla personelu planującego operacje.

The scope of training of ground operations personnel is described in articles:

D.2.4.2 dla personelu operacyjnego.

D.2.4.2 for flight watch officers

bieżącego

nadzoru

D.2.4.1 for dispatchers

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE

PAŹ/OCT-2011

ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

0 2.4.1- 1/8

D.2

PROGRAMY SZKOLEŃ ORAZ SPRAWDZIANÓW.

TRAINING SYLLABI AND CHECKING PROGRAMS.

D.2.4.1

PERSONEL PLANUJĄCY OPERACJE.

PERSONNEL PLANNING OPERATIONS

Ważność szkoleń i sprawdzianów okresowych wynosi 12 miesięcy od końca miesiąca, w którym zostało przeprowadzone. Jeśli szkolenie lub sprawdzian przeprowadza się w okresie 3 miesięcy kalendarzowych przed upływem okresu 12 miesięcy kalendarzowych, następne szkolenie i sprawdzian muszą zostać ukończone przed upływem 12 miesięcy kalendarzowych od daty wygaśnięcia ważności poprzedniego szkolenia naziemnego i wznawiającego.

Validity of recurrent trainings and checks shall be 12 months since the end of month in which training took place. If revalidated within the final 3 calendar months before expiration of 12 calendar months period, then the next training and check must be performed before expiration of 12 calendar months from the expiry date of previous ground and refresher training.

Tabela 1 / Table 1 PERSONEL PLANUJĄCY OPERACJE PERSONNEL PLANNING OPERATIONS RODZAJ SZKOLENIA TYPE OF TRAINING

ZAKRES SZKOLENIA / SCOPE OF TRAINING WST

PRZ

OKR

PRAWO LOTNICZE / AIR LAW REGULATIONS Zasady ruchu lotniczego (w oparciu o aneks 2) Air traffic regulations ( based in Annex 2)



Procedury służb żeglugi powietrznej operacje statków powietrznych (ICAO doc. 8168 - ops/611, tom 1) Air Navigation Services procedures – aircrafts Operations (ICAO doc,8168 – ops/611, vol.1)



Służby ruchu lotniczego (w oparciu o aneks 11 i ICAO doc. 4444) Air Navigation Services (based on Anne 11 and ICAO doc.4444)



Służba informacji lotniczej (w oparciu o ICAO aneks 15) Aviation Information Services (based on ICAO Annex 15)



Lotniska (w oparciu o ICAO aneks 14, tom 1 i 2) Aerodromes (based on ICAO Annex 14, vol. 1 and 2)



Aneks 6 - operacje cywilnych statków powietrznych Anne 6 – Operations of civil aircrafts



EU-OPS







Prawo lotnicze (ustawa z dnia 3.07.2002r. Dz. U nr 130 poz. 1112 z Późniejszymi zmianami) Air law (Act from 3.07.2002 Dz.U.nr 130 pos.1112 with later modifications)







Prawo lotnicze i różnice w odniesieniu do odnośnych aneksów ICAO, JAR, EASA Aviation law and differences



Przepisy dotyczące licencjonowania personelu lotniczego w zakresie dotyczącym licencji FDL i uprawnień do niej wpisywanych. Regulations concerning licensing of flight crew in a scope of FDL license and qualifi-



WZN

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE

PAŹ/OCT-2011

ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

0 2.4.1- 2/8

cations written in it. Przepisy dotyczące czasu pracy i wypoczynku członków załóg statków powietrznych oraz kontrolerów ruchu lotniczego Regulations concerning working and rest time of crew members and air traffic controllers



Przepisy dotyczące badań lotniczo – lekarskich Regulations concerning air medical examinations



Przepisy dotyczące egzaminów państwowych na licencje lub uprawnienia lotnicze Regulations concerning state examinations on licenses or air qualifications



Przepisy dotyczące opłaty lotniczej Regulations concerning air fee



Przepisy dotyczące badania wypadków i incydentów lotniczych Regulations concerning investigation of aircraft crashes and incidents



Przepisy dotyczące bezpieczeństwa eksploatacji statków powietrznych w zakresie dotyczącym poszczególnych licencji, Świadectw kwalifikacji i uprawnień do nich wpisywanych Regulations concerning safety of aircraft exploitation in a scope of particular licenses, qualification certificates and qualifications written in licenses.



Przepisy dotyczące zakazów lub ograniczeń lotów na czas dłuższy niż 3 miesiące Regulations concerning prohibition and flight restrictions for time longer than 3 months



Przepisy dotyczące ograniczeń lotów na czas nie dłuższy niż 3 miesiące Regulations concerning flight restrictions for the time not longer than 3 months



Przepisy dotyczące wyjątków od zakazu wykonywania lotów próbnych i akrobacyjnych nad osiedlami i innymi skupiskami ludności Regulations concerning exceptions from prohibition of performing probation and acrobatic flights over housing estates or other agglomerations of population



Przepisy dotyczące zrzutów ze statku powietrznego Regulations concerning airdrops



Obowiązki, odpowiedzialność i uprawnienia dyspozytora lotniczego Duties, responsibility and qualifications of flight dispatcher







Obciążenia płatowca w powietrzu i na ziemi Airframe loading in the air and on the ground



Zespoły napędowe Power units



Systemy i instalacje Systems and installations



Przyrządy Instruments



Przyrządy silnikowe – rodzaje Engine instruments - types













OGÓLNA WIEDZA O STATKU POWIETRZNYM / GENERAL KNOWLEDGE ABOUT AIRCRAFT Budowa płatowca – samolot Construction of airframe - aircraft



INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE

PAŹ/OCT-2011

ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

0 2.4.1- 3/8

Inne przyrządy – rodzaje Other instruments - types



Zdatność do lotu Airworthiness







OSIĄGI I PLANOWANIE LOTU / PERFORMANCES AND FLIGHT PLANNING Wprowadzenie do masy i wyważenia Introduction to weight and balance



Załadowanie Loading







Środek ciężkości Centre of gravity







Osiągi samolotów certyfikowanych wg przepisów JAR/FAR 25 osiągi klasy a Performances of aircrafts certified according to JAR/FAR 25 regulations Performances class A



Planowanie i monitorowanie lotu samolotu Planning and flight monitoring







CZŁOWIEK – MOŻLIWOŚCI I OGRANICZENIA / HUMAN – POSSIBILITIES AND LIMITATIONS Środowisko atmosferyczne pracy pilota Atmospheric environment of pilot work



Wybrane zagadnienia z lotów na dużych wysokościach Selected issues of flights on high altitudes



Efekty działania przyspieszeń na organizm pilota Effect of acceleration activity on pilot organism



Laryngologia lotnicza Air laryngology



Okulistyka lotnicza Air ophthalmology



Wybrane zagadnienia mające wpływ na wykonywanie czynności lotniczych Selected issues which having influence on performing flight duties



Pierwsza pomoc First aid



Psychologia lotnicza Air psychology



Zarządzanie zasobami załogi Crew Resource Management (CRM)











INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE

PAŹ/OCT-2011

ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

0 2.4.1- 4/8

METEOROLOGIA / METEOROLOGY Atmosfera / Atmosphere



Wiatr / Wind



Termodynamika / Thermodynamics



Chmury i mgła / Cloud and fog



Opady / Falls



Masy powietrza i fronty / Air mass and fronts



Układy baryczne / Pressure systems



Klimatologia / Climatology



Meteorologiczne zagrożenia bezpieczeństwa lotów Meteorological hazards of flight safety









Informacje meteorologiczne / Meteorological informations









Podstawy nawigacji / Principles of navigation





Mapy / Charts





Nawigacja zliczeniowa / Dead reckoning navigation



Nawigacja podczas lotu / Navigation during the flight



System nawigacji bezwładnościowej (ins)/ Inertial navigation system



Radionawigacja / Radio navigation



Pomoce radionawigacyjne / Navigational aids



Podstawowe zasady działania radaru / General principles of radar activity



Systemy nawigacji obszarowej (RNAV) / Area Navigation Systems (RNAV)



Niezależne systemy nawigacyjne oraz systemy oparte o sygnały zewnętrzne Independent navigation systems and systems based on external signals



NAWIGACJA / NAVIGATION



PROCEDURY OPERACYJNE / OPERATION PROCEDURES ICAO Aneks 6, Część II - operacje statków powietrznych ICAO Annex 6, Part II – aircrafts operations



ICAO Aneks 12 - poszukiwanie i ratownictwo ICAO Annex 12 – search and rescue



ICAO Aneks 13 - badanie wypadków lotniczych ICAO Annex 13 – investigation of airplane crashes



Naruszenie przepisów lotniczych Violation of air regulations

 ZASADY LOTU / FLIGHT PRINCIPLES

Zasady lotu – samolot Flight principles - aircraft







INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE

PAŹ/OCT-2011

ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

0 2.4.1- 5/8

ŁĄCZNOŚĆ / COMMUNICATION Ogólne procedury operacyjne, w tym zasady prowadzenia Łączności radiotelegraficznej, techniki nadawania, alfabet ICAO, Zasady nadawania liczb oraz nadawania czasu w łączności RTF. General operation procedures, including procedures of leading of radiotelegraph communication, techniques of transmission, ICAO alphabet. Procedures of transmission of numbers and time in RTF communication.



Prawidłowe stosowanie standardowych słów i wyrażeń w łączności RTF. Proper use of standard words and phrases in RTF communication.



Nawiązanie i utrzymanie łączności Liaison and maintaining of communication



Procedury sprawdzania łączności Procedures of checking communication



Stosowanie i rozróżnianie odpowiednich znaków wywoławczych Use and discerning of adequate call signs



Przyjmowanie oraz nadawanie planów lotu z powietrza. Receiving and transmitting flight plans from air.



Skróty lotnicze i meteorologiczne. Air and meteorological abbreviations.





Procedury w sytuacjach niebezpiecznych i naglących. Procedures in dangerous and urgent situations.



Depesze w niebezpieczeństwie. Cablegrams in danger.



Stosowanie ciszy radiowej. Use of radio silence.



Pilne depesze. Urgent cablegrams.

























Przekazywanie informacji meteorologicznych, o stanie lotniska oraz o ruchu innych statków powietrznych. Przekazywanie Informacji o niebezpiecznych zjawiskach meteorologicznych na trasie. Transmission of meteorological information about airport condition and traffic at airport. Transmission of information concerning dangerous meteorological occurrences on route.









Prowadzenie łączności związanej z szeroko pojętą obsługą statku powietrznego. Leading of communication connected with aircraft service.















OPERACJE LOTNICZE PRZEWOŹNIKA / CARRIERS FLIGHT OPERATIONS Struktura i charakterystyka kontraktów. Contracts structure and characteristic.





Charakterystyka bazy głównej i baz operacyjnych. Characteristic of the head office and operation bases.







Zasady planowania i powiadamiania załóg. Crew planning and crew notification procedures.







Charakterystyka tras i lotnisk wykorzystywanych przez przewoźnika. Characteristic of airports and routes used by Operator.









INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE

PAŹ/OCT-2011

ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

0 2.4.1- 6/8

Charakterystyka samolotów przewoźnika oraz różnice. Characteristic of Operator’s aircrafts and differences between aircrafts.





Współdziałanie elementów struktury organizacyjnej przewoźnika podczas planowania i nadzorowania operacji. Joint action of elements of Operator organization structure during operation’s planning and supervision.





Zakres obowiązków pracownika oraz zakresy obowiązków osób współpracujących. Employee scope of duties and scope of duties of cooperating persons.



Świadomość znaczenia wykonywania obowiązków na bezpieczeństwo operacji. Awareness of meaning of fulfilling duties with relation to operations safety. Łączność i meldunki operacyjne między przewoźnikiem a centrami kierowania kontrahentów. Communication and operation reports between Operator and contractor’s management centers.























CENTRUM KIEROWANIA OPERACJAMI / OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT CENTER Posługiwanie się urządzeniami stanowiącymi wyposażenie Centrum Kierowania Operacjami. Use of Operations Management Center equipment.





Posługiwanie się programami komputerowymi wspomagającymi planowanie. Use of computer programs supporting planning.





BHP i P.poż. Industrial safety and fire fighting procedures





Ochrona przewoźnika. Operators’ security.







Zasady ciągłości i przekazywania nadzoru operacyjnego nad operacjami przewoźnika. Procedures of continuation and directing of operation supervision over Carrier’s operations.









Dokumentacja systemowa, operacyjna i nawigacyjna. System, operation and navigation documentation.









System i procedury działania w sytuacjach kryzysowych. System and procedures of dealing in critical situations.









System dokumentacji i raportowania. Documentation and reporting system.













INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE

PAŹ/OCT-2011

ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

0 2.4.1- 7/8

BEZPIECZEŃSTWO NA PŁYCIE LOTNISKA, W HANGARZE I W KABINIE SAMOLOTU / SAFETY ON APRON, IN HANGAR AND IN AIRCRAFT CABIN. Dostęp do stref zastrzeżonych. Access to reserved zones.





Zasady ruchu pieszego i samochodowego na lotnisku. Pierwszeństwo drogi. Airport pedestrian and motor traffic regulations. Right of way.





Wymagania dotyczące ubrania i identyfikatora. Requirements concerning clothing and ID.





Bezpieczeństwo w pobliżu samolotu z pracującym i niepracującym silnikiem. Safety hard upon the aircraft with operating and not operating engine.





Otwieranie i zamykanie drzwi samolotu oraz posługiwanie się oświetleniem kabiny. Door operation and use of cabin lighting.





Rozłożenie wyposażenia i dokumentacji w samolocie. Location of equipment and documentation on board the aircraft.





Zasady informowania służby technicznej lub załogi o zdarzeniach mających lub mogących mieć znaczenie dla bezpieczeństwa. Procedures of informing maintenance services or crew about incidents which affect or may affect safety.



Procedury bezpieczeństwa podczas lotu. In-flight safety procedures.

















Planowanie lotu Flight planning







Dyżur operacyjny Operation duty







Powiadamianie normalne i alarmowe Normal and emergency notification.





Operacja na lotnisku Operation at airport.





Lot w kabinie załogi Flight in a cockpit.





SZKOLENIE PRAKTYCZNE / PRACTICAL TRAINING







SPECJALNE PROCEDURY NAWIGACYJNE/ SPECIAL NAVIGATIONAL PROCEDURES RNAV Charakterystyka metody nawigacji RNAV. Specification of RNAV navigations method.



Nawigacja B-RNAV. Navigation B-RNAV



Nawigacja P-RNAV. Navigation P-RNAV



Dokładność nawigowania i RNP. Precision of navigation and RNP



Wymagania RNP dla różnych obszarów nawigacyjnych. RNP requirements for different navigation area.











Planowanie i nadzorowanie lotu z wykorzystaniem nawigacji RNAV. Planning, dispatch and flight watch of RNAV flights.





Plan lotu FPL do lotu z wykorzystaniem nawigacji RNAV. FPL for RNAV flight.







 

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA

CZĘŚĆ

OPERATIONS MANUAL

PART

D

DATA/DATE

PAŹ/OCT-2011

ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

0 2.4.1- 8/8

Analiza NOTAM w zakresie operacji RNAV. NOTAM’s analyze for RNAV operations.



Analiza MEL w zakresie operacji RNAV. MEL’s analyze for RNAV operations.





Procedury na wypadek degradacji systemów uniemożliwiające kontynuowanie lotu z wykorzystaniem nawigacji RNAV. Procedures in case of degradation of systems during RNAV operations.





Charakterystyka obszaru nawigacji RVSM. (EUR/ NAT) Specification of RVSM in EUR and NAT.





Lot pomiędzy obszarami RVSM i nie RVSM. Operations between RVSM and non-RVSM area.





Wymagania RVSM dla różnych obszarów nawigacyjnych. Requirements of RVSM for different navigations area.





Planowanie i nadzorowanie lotu z wykorzystaniem RVSM. Planning, dispatch and flight watch of RVSM flights.





Plan lotu FPL do lotu z wykorzystaniem RVSM. FPL for RVSM flight.







Analiza METEO w zakresie operacji RVSM. METEO’s analyze for RVSM operations.



Analiza NOTAM w zakresie operacji RVSM. NOTAM’s analyze for RVSM operations.



Analiza MEL w zakresie operacji RVSM. MEL’s analyze for RVSM operations.







Procedury na wypadek degradacji systemów uniemożliwiające kontynuowanie lotu z wykorzystaniem nawigacji RVSM. Procedures in case of degradation of systems during RVSM operations.









RVSM 







INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE

PAŹ/OCT-2011

ZMIANA/REVISION

0

STRONA/PAGE

2.4.2- 1/6

D.2

PROGRAMY SZKOLEŃ ORAZ SPRAWDZIANÓW.

TRAINING SYLLABI AND CHECKING PROGRAMS.

D.2.4.2

PERSONEL NADZORUJĄCY OPERACJE.

PERSONNEL SUPERVISING OPERATIONS.

Ważność szkoleń i sprawdzianów okresowych wynosi 12 miesięcy od końca miesiąca, w którym zostało przeprowadzone. Jeśli szkolenie lub sprawdzian przeprowadza się w okresie 3 miesięcy kalendarzowych przed upływem okresu 12 miesięcy kalendarzowych, następne szkolenie i sprawdzian muszą zostać ukończone przed upływem 12 miesięcy kalendarzowych od daty wygaśnięcia ważności poprzedniego szkolenia naziemnego i wznawiającego.

Validity of recurrent trainings and checks shall be 12 months since the end of month in which training took place. If revalidated within 3 calendar months before expiration of 12 calendar months period, then the next training and check must be performed before expiration of 12 calendar months from the expiry date of previous ground and refresher training.

Tabela 2 / Table 2 PERSONEL NADZORUJĄCY OPERACJE PERSONNEL SUPERVISING OPERATIONS ZAKRES SZKOLENIA SCOPE OF TRAINING

RODZAJ SZKOLENIA TYPE OF TRAINING WST

PRZ

OKR

WZN

PRAWO LOTNICZE / AIR LAW REGULATIONS Zasady ruchu lotniczego (w oparciu o aneks 2) Air traffic principles ( based in Annex 2)



Procedury służb żeglugi powietrznej operacje statków powietrznych (ICAO doc. 8168 - ops/611, tom 1) Air Navigation Services procedures – aircrafts Operations (ICAO doc,8168 – ops/611, vol.1)



Służby ruchu lotniczego (w oparciu o aneks 11 i ICAO doc. 4444) Air Navigation Services (based on Anne 11 and ICAO doc.4444)



Służba informacji lotniczej (w oparciu o ICAO aneks 15) Aviation Information Services (based on ICAO Annex 15)



Lotniska (w oparciu o ICAO aneks 14, tom 1 i 2) Aerodromes (based on ICAO Annex 14, vol.1 and 2)



EU-OPS







Prawo lotnicze (ustawa z dnia 3.07.2002r. Dz. U nr 130 poz. 1112 z Późniejszymi zmianami) Air law (Act from 3.07.2002 Dz.U.nr 130 pos.1112 with later modifications)







Przepisy dotyczące czasu pracy i wypoczynku członków załóg statków powietrznych oraz kontrolerów ruchu lotniczego. Regulations concerning working and rest time of crew members and air traffic controllers.







Przepisy dotyczące badania wypadków i incydentów lotniczych Regulations concerning investigation of aircraft crashes and flight incidents.





Przepisy dotyczące bezpieczeństwa eksploatacji statków powietrznych w zakresie dotyczącym poszczególnych licencji, Świadectw kwalifikacji i uprawnień do nich





INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE

PAŹ/OCT-2011

ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

0 2.4.2- 2/6

wpisywanych Regulations concerning safety of aircraft exploitation in a scope of particular licenses, qualification certificates and qualifications written in licenses. Obowiązki, odpowiedzialność i uprawnienia dyspozytora lotniczego Duties, responsibility and qualifications of flight dispatcher.









OGÓLNA WIEDZA O STATKU POWIETRZNYM / GENERAL KNOWLEDGE ABOUT AIRCRAFT Budowa płatowca – samolot Construction of airframe - aircraft



Zespoły napędowe Power units



Systemy i instalacje Systems and installations



Przyrządy Instruments



Zdatność do lotu Airworthiness







OSIĄGI I PLANOWANIE LOTU / PERFORMANCES AND FLIGHT PLANNING Wprowadzenie do masy i wyważenia Introduction to weight and balance



Załadowanie Loading







Środek ciężkości Centre of gravity







Planowanie i monitorowanie lotu samoloty Flight planning and monitoring











CZŁOWIEK – MOŻLIWOŚCI I OGRANICZENIA / HUMAN – POSSIBILITIES AND LIMITATIONS Środowisko atmosferyczne pracy pilota Atmospheric environment of pilot work



Pierwsza pomoc First aid



Zarządzanie zasobami załogi Crew Resource Management (CRM)











METEOROLOGIA / METEOROLOGY Atmosfera / Atmosphere



Wiatr / Wind



Termodynamika / Thermodynamics



Chmury i mgła / Clouds and fog



Opady / Falls



Masy powietrza i fronty / Air mass and fronts



Układy baryczne / Pressure systems



Klimatologia / Climatology



Meteorologiczne zagrożenia bezpieczeństwa lotów





INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE

PAŹ/OCT-2011

ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

0 2.4.2- 3/6

Meteorological hazards of flight safety Informacje meteorologiczne / Meteorological informations





Podstawy nawigacji / Principles of navigation





Mapy / Charts









NAWIGACJA / NAVIGATION

PROCEDURY OPERACYJNE / OPERATION PROCEDURES ICAO Aneks 12 - poszukiwanie i ratownictwo ICAO Annex 12 – search and rescue



ICAO Aneks 13 - badanie wypadków lotniczych ICAO Annex 13 – investigation of aircraft crashes



Naruszenie przepisów lotniczych Violation of air refulations







ZASADY LOTU / FLIGHT PRINCIPLES Zasady lotu – samolot Flight principles - aircraft

 ŁĄCZNOŚĆ / COMMUNICATION

Ogólne procedury operacyjne, w tym zasady prowadzenia łączności radiotelegraficznej, techniki nadawania, alfabet ICAO, Zasady nadawania liczb oraz nadawania czasu w łączności RTF. General operation procedures, including procedures of leading of radiotelegraph communication, techniques of transmission, ICAO alphabet. Procedures of transmission of numbers and time in RTF communication.



Prawidłowe stosowanie standardowych słów i wyrażeń w łączności RTF. Proper use of standard words and phrases in RTF communication.



Nawiązanie i utrzymanie łączności Liaison and maintaining of communication



Procedury sprawdzania łączności Procedures of checking communication



Stosowanie i rozróżnianie odpowiednich znaków wywoławczych Use and discerning of adequate call signs



Przyjmowanie oraz nadawanie planów lotu z powietrza. Receiving and transmitting flight plans from air.



Skróty lotnicze i meteorologiczne. Air and meteorological abbreviations.





Procedury w sytuacjach niebezpiecznych i naglących. Procedures in urgent and dangerous situations.



Depesze w niebezpieczeństwie. Cablegrams in danger.



Stosowanie ciszy radiowej. Use of radio silence.



Pilne depesze. Urgent cablegrams. Przekazywanie informacji meteorologicznych, o stanie lotniska oraz o ruchu innych



































INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE

PAŹ/OCT-2011

ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

0 2.4.2- 4/6

statków powietrznych. Przekazywanie Informacji o niebezpiecznych zjawiskach meteorologicznych na trasie. Transmission of meteorological information about airport condition and traffic at airport. Transmission of information concerning dangerous meteorological occurrences on route. Prowadzenie łączności związanej z szeroko pojętą obsługą statku powietrznego. Leading of communication connected with aircraft service.













OPERACJE LOTNICZE PRZEWOŹNIKA / CARRIER’S FLIGHT OPERATIONS Struktura i charakterystyka kontraktów. Contracts structure and characteristic.





Charakterystyka bazy głównej i baz operacyjnych. Characteristic of head office and operation bases.







Zasady planowania i powiadamiania załóg. Procedures of planning and crews notification.







Charakterystyka tras i lotnisk wykorzystywanych przez przewoźnika. Characteristic of airport and routes used by the Operator.









Charakterystyka samolotów przewoźnika oraz różnice. Characteristic of Operator’s aircrafts and differences between aircrafts.









Współdziałanie elementów struktury organizacyjnej przewoźnika podczas planowania i nadzorowania operacji. Joint action of elements of Operator organization structure during operation’s planning and supervision.





Zakres obowiązków pracownika oraz zakresy obowiązków osób współpracujących. Employee scope of duties and scope of duties of cooperating persons.









Świadomość znaczenia wykonywania obowiązków na bezpieczeństwo operacji. Awareness of meaning of fulfilling duties with relation to operations safety.











Łączność i meldunki operacyjne między przewoźnikiem a centrami kierowania kontrahentów. Communication and operation reports between Operator and contractor’s management centers.



CENTRUM KIEROWANIA OPERACJAMI / OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT CENTER Posługiwanie się urządzeniami stanowiącego wyposażenie Centrum Kierowania Operacjami. Use of Operations Management Center equipment.





Posługiwanie się programami komputerowymi wspomagającymi planowanie. Use of computer programs supporting planning.





BHP i P.poż. Industrial safety and fire fighting procedures.





Ochrona przewoźnika. Operator’s security.







Zasady ciągłości i przekazywania nadzoru operacyjnego nad operacjami przewoźnika. Procedures of continuation and directing of operation supervision over Carrier’s operations.













INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA

CZĘŚĆ

OPERATIONS MANUAL

PART

D

DATA/DATE

PAŹ/OCT-2011

ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

0 2.4.2- 5/6

Dokumentacja systemowa, operacyjna i nawigacyjna. System, operation and navigation documentation.









System i procedury działania w sytuacjach kryzysowych. System and procedures of dealing in critical situations.









System dokumentacji i raportowania. Documentation and reporting system.















BEZPIECZEŃSTWO NA PŁYCIE LOTNISKA, W HANGARZE I W KABINIE SAMOLOTU. SAFETY ON APRON, IN HANGAR AND IN AIRCRAFT CABIN. Dostęp do stref zastrzeżonych. Access to reserved zones.





Zasady ruchu pieszego i samochodowego na lotnisku. Pierszeństwo drogi. Airport pedestrian and motor traffic regulations. Right of way.





Wymagania dotyczące ubrania i identyfikatora. Requirements concerning clothing and ID.





Bezpieczeństwo w pobliżu samolotu z pracującym i niepracującym silnikiem. Safety within easy reach of aircraft with operating and not operating engine.





Otwieranie i zamykanie drzwi samolotu oraz posługiwanie się oświetleniem kabiny. Door operation and use of cabin lighting.





Rozłożenie wyposażenia i dokumentacji w samolocie. Location of equipment and documentation on board the aircraft.





Zasady informowania służby technicznej lub załogi o zdarzeniach mających lub mogących mieć znaczenie dla bezpieczeństwa. Procedures of informing maintenance services or crew about incidents which affect or may affect safety.







Procedury bezpieczeństwa podczas lotu. In-flight safety procedures.







Planowanie lotu Flight planning







Dyżur operacyjny Operation duty







Powiadamianie normalne i alarmowe Normal and emergency notification





Operacja na lotnisku Operation at airport





SZKOLENIE PRAKTYCZNE / PRACTICAL TRAINING





SPECJALNE PROCEDURY NAWIGACYJNE/ SPECIAL NAVIGATIONAL PROCEDURES RNAV Charakterystyka metody nawigacji RNAV. Specification of RNAV navigations method.







Wymagania RNP dla różnych obszarów nawigacyjnych. RNP requirements for different navigation area.







Planowanie i nadzorowanie lotu z wykorzystaniem nawigacji RNAV. Planning, dispatch and flight watch of RNAV flights.









INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA

CZĘŚĆ

OPERATIONS MANUAL

PART

D

DATA/DATE

PAŹ/OCT-2011

ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

0 2.4.2- 6/6

Plan lotu FPL do lotu z wykorzystaniem nawigacji RNAV. FPL for RNAV flight.



Analiza NOTAM w zakresie operacji RNAV. NOTAM’s analyze for RNAV operations.



Analiza MEL w zakresie operacji RNAV. MEL’s analyze for RNAV operations.





Procedury na wypadek degradacji systemów uniemożliwiające kontynuowanie lotu z wykorzystaniem nawigacji RNAV. Procedures in case of degradation of systems during RNAV operations.





Charakterystyka obszaru nawigacji RVSM. (EUR/ NAT) Specification of RVSM in EUR and NAT.





Planowanie i nadzorowanie lotu z wykorzystaniem RVSM. Planning, dispatch and flight watch of RVSM flights.





Plan lotu FPL do lotu z wykorzystaniem RVSM. FPL for RVSM flight.







Analiza METEO w zakresie operacji RVSM. METEO’s analyze for RVSM operations.



Analiza NOTAM w zakresie operacji RVSM. NOTAM’s analyze for RVSM operations.



Analiza MEL w zakresie operacji RVSM. MEL’s analyze for RVSM operations.







Procedury na wypadek degradacji systemów uniemożliwiające kontynuowanie lotu z wykorzystaniem nawigacji RVSM. Procedures in case of degradation of systems during RVSM operations.













RVSM  





INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE

PAŹ/OCT-2011

ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

0 3.1- 1/14

D.3

PROCEDURY

D.3.1

PROCEDURY DOTYCZĄCE SPRAWDZIANÓW.

D.3.1.1

INFORMACJE OGÓLNE

GENERAL INFORMATION

Wszystkie grupy zawodowe podlegają wstępnemu szkoleniu zapoznawczemu, które organizuje Kierownik Działu Szkolenia, a które obejmuje zagadnienia:

All professional groups undergo initial familiarization training, which organizes Training Manager. Training contains:

- Charakterystyka i organizacja przedsiębiorstwa.

-Characteristic and organization of the Company.

- Regulamin Pracy.

- Work Regulations.

- BHP i ochrona p.poż.

- Industrial safety.

- Wybrane części Instrukcji Operacyjnej.

- Selected parts of Operation Manual.

- Instrukcja Ochrony Operatora.

- Operator's Security Programme.

- Świadomość bezpieczeństwa.

- Awareness of safety.

- System łączności i komunikacji wewnętrznej przedsiębiorstwa.

- Communication system and company internal communication system.

Pracownicy operacyjni licencjonowani i nielicencjonowaniu podlegają szkoleniom i sprawdzianom zgodnie z kolejnymi punktami instrukcji.

Operation staff licensed and non-licensed undergo trainings and checks according to following points of instruction.

Personel lotniczy i personel pokładowy podlegają szkoleniom i sprawdzianom zgodnie z OPS 1 cz. N, O; OM: A.5.2; D.2.1; D.2.2; D.2.3.

Flight crew ads cabin crew personnel undergo training and checks according to OPS 1 part N, O; OM: A.5.2; D.2.1; D.2.2; D 2.3.

Pozostały naziemny personel operacyjny podlega szkoleniom i sprawdzianom zgodnie z OM: A.5.5; D.2.3; D.2.4.

Other ground operations personnel undergo trainings and checks according to OM A 5.5; D 2.3, D.2.4.

PROCEDURY OKREŚLANIA DODATKOWYCH POTRZEB SZKOLEŃ OKRESOWYCH I DOSKONALĄCYCH ZWIĄZANYCH Z ROZSZERZANIEM DZIAŁALNOŚCI OPERACYJNEJ.

PROCEDURES OF DETERMINATION OF ADDITIONAL NEEDS OF RECURRENT AND IMPROVING TRAININGS CONNECTED WITH EXTENTION OF OPERATION ACTIVITY.

Dodatkowe szkolenia personelu operacyjnego prowadzone są w następujących przypadkach:

Additional trainings of operation personnel supposed to be conducted in following cases:

- Zmiana obszaru nawigacyjnego wykonywania operacji.

- Change of operation's navigation area.

- Nowe zadania operacyjne lub poważna zmiana w realizacji dotychczasowych zadań (kontraktów).

- New operation tasks or serious change in realization of prevoius tasks (contracts).

- Wprowadzenie nowych procedur operacyjnych lub nawigacyjnych.

- Introduction of new operation or navigation procedures.

D.3.1.2

PROCEDURES SZKOLEŃ

I

PROCEDURES CONCERNING TRAININGS AND CHECKS.

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 3.1- 2/14

- Zmiana wyposażenia statków powietrznych.

-Change of aircrafts equipment.

- Wprowadzenie nowej lub znaczna modyfikacja aktualnej dokumentacji.

- Introduction of new documentation or substantial modification of current documentation.

- Poważne zdarzenie lotnicze.

- Serious air incident.

- Polecenie Władzy.

- Recommendation of Authority.

- Na wniosek Kierownika Odpowiedzialnego lub Kierownika Nominowanego.

- On proposal of Accountable Manager or Nominated Manager.

Jeżeli zakres dodatkowego szkolenia nie jest określony przez Władzę, Kierownika Odpowiedzialnego lub Kierownika Nominowanego, to zakres szkolenia określa Kierownik komórki organizacyjnej organizującej szkolenie w porozumieniu z Kierownikiem Działu Szkolenia oraz Kierownikami komórek organizacyjnych przedsiębiorstwa, których dotyczy szkolenie.

If the scope of additional training is not determined by Authority, Accountable Manager or Nominated Manager, then scope of training is determined by the Manager of the Department organizing training in cooperation with Training Department Manager and other department's managers, whom training concerns.

W każdym przypadku o dodatkowym szkoleniu musi być powiadomiony Kierownik Działu Personalnego, który ma obowiązek wyegzekwowania udziału w szkoleniu wszystkich osób, które to szkolenie obejmuje.

In each case, Human Resources Manager must be notified about additional training. HR Manager is responsible for enforcing training participants to participate the training.

Plan dodatkowego szkolenia Kierownik Odpowiedzialny.

Additional training schedule is approved by Accountable Manager.

zatwierdza

Plan szkolenia musi zawierać:

Training schedule must include:

Powód szkolenia,

The reason of training,

Zakres tematów prowadzenia,

szkolenia

ich

Scope of training subjects and training methods,

Określenie grupy zawodowej, której szkolenie dotyczy,

Determination of professional group, which training concerns,

Imienny wykaz wykładowców (instruktorów), egzaminatorów,

Name list of lecturers (instructors), examiners,

Harmonogram szkolenia,

Training timetable,

Miejsce szkolenia,

Place of training,

Wykaz pomocy szkoleniowych,

List of training aids,

Przewidywany koszt szkolenia,

Expected cost of training,

Sposób sprawdzenia szkolenia.

i

wiedzy

metody

uczestników

Method of checking knowledge of training participants.

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

D.3.1.3

D.3.1.4

SYMULOWANIE SYTUACJI NIENORMALNYCH.

AWARYJNYCH

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE

PAŹ/OCT-2011

ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

0 3.1- 3/14

I

SIMULATION OF EMERGENCY AND ABNORMAL SITUATIONS.

Podczas każdego szkolenia lub sprawdzianu należy dążyć do prowadzenia go w warunkach jak najbardziej zbliżonego do warunków rzeczywistych. Jednak demonstrowanie sytuacji awaryjnych i nienormalnych podlega ograniczeniom opisanym w D.3.3 oraz poniżej.

During each training or check it is necessary to aim to carry on the training in the conditions closest to real circumstances. However demonstration of emergency and abnormal situations undergoes restrictions described in D.3.3 and below.

Każda demonstracja sytuacji awaryjnej lub nienormalnej musi być poprzedzona analizą jej wpływu na normalna działalność operatora lub innych zainteresowanych podmiotów oraz

Each demonstration of emergency or abnormal situation must be preluded of analysis of it's influence on normal activity of Operator and

Muszą być o niej powiadomione osoby nie biorące udziału w szkoleniu.

Persons who do not participate the training must be notified about the training.

O każdej planowanej demonstracji sytuacji awaryjnej lub nienormalnej musi być powiadomiony z odpowiednim wyprzedzeniem Kierownik Działu/Sekcji, które są zaangażowane w pokaz.

Manager of the Department/Section involved in demonstration, must be notified in advance about each planned demonstration of emergency or abnormal situation.

Ostateczny plan demonstracji sytuacji awaryjnej lub nienormalnej musi być zatwierdzony przez Kierownika Odpowiedzialnego.

The final schedule of emergency and abnormal situation must be approved by Accountable Manager.

OBOWIĄZKI I ODPOWIEDZIALNOŚĆ PERSONELU KIEROWNICZEGO PRZEWOŹNIKA ZA WŁAŚCIWE, TERMINOWE SZKOLENIE PODLEGŁEGO MU PERSONELU.

DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITY OF OPERATOR'S MANAGEMENT FOR PROPER AND PUNCTUAL TRAINING OF THEIR SUBORDINATED PERSONNEL.

Licencjonowany personel lotniczy.

Licensed flight personnel.

Za poinformowanie przełożonego o upływu terminie ważności szkolenia okresowego lub okresowego sprawdzianu nie później niż jeden miesiąc przed upływem tego terminu odpowiedzialny jest posiadacz licencji.

Holder of license is responsible for notification of his superior about expiration of his recurrent training or check not later than one month before expiry date of training.

Kierownik Działu Szkolenia odpowiada za terminowe przygotowanie i przeprowadzenia standardowego szkolenia okresowego personelu.

Training Department Manager is responsible for punctual arrangement and execution of standard recurrent training for personnel.

Nielicencjonowany personel operacyjny.

Non-licensed operation personnel.

Za poinformowanie pracownika o upływie terminie ważności szkolenia okresowego lub okresowego sprawdzianu nie później niż jeden miesiąc przed upływem tego terminu odpowiedzialny jest Kierownik Działu w którym zatrudniony jest pracownik.

Manager of the Department is responsible for informing employee about expiration of his recurrent training validity not later than one month before expiry date of training.

Kierownik Działu Szkolenia odpowiada za terminowe przygotowanie i przeprowadzenia standardowego szkolenia okresowego personelu.

Training Department Manager is responsible for punctual arrangement and execution of standard recurrent training for personnel.

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

D.3.1.5

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 3.1- 4/14

Szkolenie pracowników należy zorganizować wg potrzeb, ale zaleca się nie częściej niż dwa razy w roku.

Training should be organized according to actual needs, but it is not recommended to arrange it more than twice a year.

Dodatkowe szkolenie może być organizowane za zgodą Kierownika Odpowiedzialnego.

Additional training may be organized by consent of Accountable Manager.

ZASADY PRZECHOWYWANIA, ZABEZPIECZENIA I UDOSTĘPNIANIA DANYCH O SZKOLENIU PERSONELU W POSZCZEGÓLNYCH KOMÓRKACH ORGANIZACYJNYCH PRZEWOŹNIKA.

RUDIMENTS OF STORAGE, SECURING AND MAKING ACCESIBLE OF PERSONNEL TRAINING DATA IN PARTICULAR DEPARTMENTS OF CARRIER.

Wykaz przechowywanych dokumentów oraz czas przechowywania opisany jest w punkcie D.4

List of stored documents and period of their storage is described in point D.4.

Dokumenty organizujące sesje szkoleniowe i egzaminacyjne, konspekty, harmonogramy, materiały szkoleniowe, testy itp. przechowuje Kierownik Działu Szkolenia nie krócej niż 3 lata.

Documents arranging training and examination sessions, conspectus, schedules, training materials and aids, tests etc. are stored by Training Department Manager for at least 3 months (not shorter).

ZASADY WPISYWANIA SPRAWDZIANÓW DO DOKUMENTACJI OSOBISTEJ I POTWIERDZANIA WPISÓW.

RUDIMENTS OF INSCRIPTION TRAINING AND CHECKS TO PERSONAL DOCUMENTATION AND CONFIRMATION OF INSCRIPTIONS.

Wpisy dotyczące bieżącej praktyki.

Inscriptions concerning current practice.

Zbiorczy wykaz operacji wykonany na podstawie zapisów w komputerowej bazie danych o lotach przygotowuje Kierownik Działu Operacji Naziemnych.

Summary specification of operations based on recording in computer flight database prepares Ground Operations Manager.

Wpisy do dokumentacji osobistej pilotów i personelu pokładowego potwierdza Kierownik Działu Lotniczego.

Inscriptions to pilot’s and cabin crew personal documentation confirm Flight Department Manager.

Zbiorczy wykaz praktyki dyspozytorów lotniczych, naziemnych pracowników operacyjnych wykonany na podstawie sprawozdań z dyżurów przygotowuje Kierownik Działu Operacji Naziemnych.

Summary specification of flight dispatchers and ground operations personnel practice, made upon reports from duty, prepares Ground Operations Manager.

Wpisy do dokumentacji osobistej dyspozytorów lotniczych i operacyjnego personelu naziemnego potwierdza Kierownik Działu Operacji Naziemnych.

Inscriptions to personal documentation of flight dispatchers and ground operations personnel confirm Ground Operations Manager.

Każde potwierdzenie musi być opatrzone datą oraz podpisem i czytelnym imieniem i nazwiskiem (może być pieczęć imienna) osoby potwierdzającej wpis.

Each confirmation must be provided with date, signature and readable name and surname (name-stamp is also acceptable) of a person confirming inscription.

Kierownik Odpowiedzialny potwierdzać wszystkie wpisy do szkoleniowej personelu przedsiębiorstwa z wyjątkiem potwierdzanej zgodnie z szczegółowymi przepisami.

Accountable Manager has a right to confirm all inscriptions to personal documentation of Operator’s operations staff, except documentation, which supposed to be confirmed according to individual regulations.

ma prawo dokumentacji operacyjnego dokumentacji odrębnymi

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

D.3.1.6

D.3.1.7

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 3.1- 5/14

DOKUMENTOWANIE KWALIFIKACJI UZYSKANYCH POZA PRZEDSIEBIORSTWEM.

EVIDENCE OF QUALIFICATIONS OBTAINED BEYOND OPERATOR.

W celu uznania kwalifikacji uzyskanych poza przedsiębiorstwem należy przedstawić do wglądu Kierownikowi Działu Szkolenia oryginał lub poświadczoną kopię dokumentu zaświadczającego o nabyciu kwalifikacji.

In order to accept (admit) qualifications obtained beyond Operator, it is necessary to present to Training Department Manager original or authenticated copy of certificate confirming obtaining qualifications.

Zaświadczenie musi zawierać informacje, kto i jakie uprawnienia nadał, według jakiego programu i przez kogo zatwierdzonego było prowadzone szkolenie w celu nabycia tych kwalifikacji.

Certificate must contain information concerning: kind of qualifications and name of person who authorized it, training programme according which qualifications has been obtained and name of person who approved training programme.

Kierownik Działu Szkolenia ma obowiązek zweryfikować dokument stwierdzający nabycie kwalifikacji lub zakres szkolenia jeżeli budzą one wątpliwości.

Training Department Manager has obligation to verify documentation certifying acquisition of qualifications or scope of training, if there are any doubts.

Do czasu potwierdzenia kwalifikacji przez Kierownika Działu Szkolenia pracownik nie może samodzielnie korzystać z tych kwalifikacji / uprawnień.

Till the time of confirming qualification by Training Department Manager, employee must not use those qualifications / powers.

UDOSTĘPNIANIE SZKOLENIOWEJ.

DOKUMENTACJI

MAKING ACESIBLE OF TRAINING DOCUMENTATION.

Prawo wglądu w teczki osobowe i wyszkolenia mają:

The right to insight into training personal files have:

Przełożeni w stosunku do podległego personelu.

Superiors in relation to their subordinated personnel.

Kierownik Odpowiedzialny, Kierownik Działu Szkolenia, Kierownik Działu Personalnego w stosunku do wszystkich pracowników przedsiębiorstwa.

Accountable Manager, Training Department Manager, Human Resources Manager in relation to all employees.

Teczki personalne i wyszkolenia, uprawnione osoby mogą przeglądać tylko w obecności Kierownika Działu Personalnego lub Kierownika Działu Szkolenia (albo uprawnionego pracownika działu) w wyznaczonych pomieszczeniach.

Authorized persons may review training and personal files only in the presence of Human Resources Manager or Training Department Manager (or authorized person from particular department) in appointed rooms.

Udostępnianie własnych zainteresowanym pracownikom.

dokumentów

Provide access to employees private documentation.

W okresie zatrudnienia w przedsiębiorstwie pracownik ma prawo do otrzymania kopii każdego dokumentu stwierdzającego jego wyszkolenie lub praktykę zawodową.

In a period of employment in a company, employee has right to receive copy of each document certifying his qualifications or practice / experience.

Wraz ze świadectwem pracy, po rozwiązaniu stosunku pracy z przedsiębiorstwem pracownik może otrzymać oryginał dokumentu stwierdzającego jego wyszkolenie lub praktykę zawodową.

After termination work contract, employee receives certificate of employment and also has right to receive original document certifying his qualifications or practice / experience.

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

D.3.1.8

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE

PAŹ/OCT-2011

ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

0 3.1- 6/14

Jeżeli pracownikowi wydawany jest oryginał dokumentu to w archiwizowanej teczce wyszkolenia musi pozostać potwierdzona kopia dokumentu z własnoręcznym pokwitowaniem otrzymania przez pracownika oryginału.

If employee receives original document, then in recorded training file must be left confirmed copy of document with receipt signed by employee as a proof of receiving original version of document by employee.

ZASADY WSPÓŁPRACY PERSONELU KIEROWNICZEGO PRZEWOŹNIKA Z OŚRODKAMI SZKOLENIOWYMI, WYNAJĘTYMI DO PROWADZENIA SZKOLENIA PERSONELU.

RUDIMENTS OF COOPERATION BETWEEN CARRIER’S MANAGEMENT PERSONNEL AND TRAINING CENTERS HIRED TO PROVIDE TRAININGS FOR PERSONNEL.

Operator nie szkoleniowego.

ośrodka

Operator does not possess own training center.

Operator zleca szkolenia Ośrodkom wykazanym w Tabeli 3

Operator commission trainings to Training Centers shown in a Table 3.

Jeżeli ośrodek szkolenia posiada uznanie Władzy lotniczej państw członków EASA to nie jest wymagane audytowanie ośrodka.

Training center audit is not required if training center possess approval of EASA members Civil Aviation Authority.

Jeżeli ośrodek nie posiada uznania Władzy lotniczej to Kierownik Działu Szkolenia i Kierownik Działu Jakości wykonują audyt ośrodka w celu stwierdzenia zgodności poziomu deklarowanych usług z wymaganiami przedsiębiorstwa i obowiązujących ją przepisów lotniczych.

If training center does not possess CAA approval, then Training Department Manager and Quality Manager perform audit aiming to ascertain conformity of the training services level with requirements of Operator and actual regulations.

Jeżeli oferowane usługi szkoleniowe nie odpowiadają w pełni potrzebom przedsiębiorstwa, to Kierownik Działu Szkolenia zwraca się do Kierownika Ośrodka z wnioskiem o modyfikację (dostosowanie) programów szkolenia oraz przekazuje niezbędną dokumentację własną. Np. SOP, Instrukcje Operacyjną, charakterystyki samomotów itp.

If offered training services do not meet Operator’s needs, then Training Department Manager applies to Training Center management with motion of modification (adjustment) training programmes and presents essential Operator’s documentation e.g. SOP (Standard Operation Procedures), Operation Manual , characteristics of aircrafts etc.

Współpraca z ośrodkiem.

Cooperation with training center.

Za bezpośrednią współpracę z ośrodkami szkolenia odpowiada Kierownik Działu Szkolenia.

Training Department Manager is responsible for direct cooperation with training centers.

Współpraca z ośrodkiem polega na:

Cooperation with training center consists on:

•

posiada

własnego

Monitorowaniu ważności certyfikatu ośrodka. •

Monitoring of validity of Certificate

• Uzgadnianiu z Kierownikiem ośrodka planu szkoleń personelu.

•

• Uzgadnianiu z Kierownikiem ośrodka modyfikacji programów szkolenia w celu dopasowania ich do bieżących potrzeb przedsiębiorstwa. • Okresowym audytowaniu ośrodka w celu sprawdzenia zgodności oferowanych usług z

•

•

Establishing trainings schedule/timetable with Training Center Manager. Establishing with Training Center Manager training programmes modifications to adjust them to actual airline needs. Periodic auditing training center aiming to ascertain conformity of offered

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

umową. • Wymianie uwag i informacji o postępach w szkoleniu kierowanego do ośrodka przez przedsiębiorstwo personelu. • Wymianie uzgodnionej szkoleniowej.

D.3.1.9

dokumentacji

Rozkład zajęć lekcyjnych (przykład)

DATA/DATE

D

STRONA/PAGE

•

•

D.3.1.10

0 3.1- 7/14

training services with agreement. Exchange of comments and information concerning progress in training personnel directed to training center by Operator. Exchange training documentation between training center and Operator.

Lectures timetable (example)

CZAS LEKCJI LECTURE TIME AND DURATION

PRZERWA BREAK

1

09:00

09:50

(05)

2

09:55

10:45

(15)

3

11:00

11:50

(05)

4

11:55

12:45

(1:15)

12:45

PAŹ/OCT-2011

ZMIANA/REVISION

14:00

Przerwa obiadowa Lunch break

14:00

14:50

(05)

6

14:55

15:45

(15)

7

16:00

16:50

Rekomendowane wyposażenie sali wykładowej:

Reccomended classroom equipment:

Pomoce audiowizualne:

Audiovisual aids:

Tablica i pisaki oraz materiał do ścierania tablicy,

Blackboard, markers and material to clean blackboard,

Projektor komputerowy, komputer i ekran,

Computer projector, computer and screen,

Plansze, Przekroje, Modele,

Display panels, profiles and models,

MOCKUP

MOCKUP

Podczas szkolenia CBT jeden zestaw PC na dwóch szkolonych.

For CBT training one PC set for two trainees.

Wyposażenie:

Equipment:

Stoły i krzesła w ilości odpowiedniej dla szkolonej grupy.

Tables and chairs in a quantity adequate to training group.

Stół i krzesło dla wykładowcy.

Table and chair for lecturer / instructor.

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA

CZĘŚĆ

OPERATIONS MANUAL

D.3.1.11

D

ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 3.1- 8/14

Woda, kawa, herbata, napoje.

Drinking water, coffee, tea, beverages.

Konspekt do prowadzenia zajęć.

Syllabus (conspectus) to carry on lectures.

Wykładowca musi posiadać konspekt na prowadzenie zajęć, z co najmniej wykazem głównych zagadnień wykładu.

Lecturer / instructor must possess syllabus (conspectus) to carry on lectures. Syllabus must contain at least list of main issues of lecture.

Rolę konspektu może spełniać zapis elektroniczny komputerowej prezentacji multimedialnej.

The role of syllabus can fulfill electronic record of computer multimedial presentation.

Zawartość programu szkolenia naziemnego.

Ground training programme contents.

Program szkolenia naziemnego musi zawierać:

Ground training programme must contain:

Nazwę szkolenia (kursu),

Name of training (course),

Czas trwania szkolenia,

Training duration,

Rozkład zajęć (data, godzina, temat, wykładowca, miejsce),

Lectures timetable (data, hour, subject, instructor/lecturer, place),

Datę przygotowania planu szkolenia,

Date of preparation training timetable,

Nazwiska osoby przygotowującej szkolenia i zatwierdzającej, Wykaz wykładowców przedmiotów (tematów),

D.3.1.12

PART

DATA/DATE

program

poszczególnych

Name of person who prepares and approves training programme, List of instructors of particular subjects (topics),

Cel szkolenia,

Goal of training,

Grupę zawodową, której szkolenie dotyczy,

Proffesional group, which training concerns,

Wymagania szkolenia,

Initial requirement concerning training participants,

wstępne dotyczące uczestników

Cel kursu (szkolenia),

Goal of course (training),

Przedmioty (moduły) i główne zagadnienia,

Subjects (modules) and main issues,

Sposób weryfikacji znajomości przedmiotu przez uczestników szkolenia,

Method of verification of subjects knowledge of training participants,

Uwagi organizacyjne i wskazówki metodyczne.

Comments and methodical instructions.

Zasady oceniania.

Rudiments of evaluation.

Wszystkie obowiązujące sprawdziany oceniane są jako ZALICZONE lub NIEZALICZONE.

All obligatory checks are evaluated as PASSED or FAILED.

Tabela 2 zawiera wymagania do zaliczenia sprawdzianu w zależności od oceny uzyskanej w różnych skalach.

Table 2 contains requirements of passing check depending on rate obtained in different scales.

W zależności od metody oceniania wyników mogą być stosowane są trzy skale oceniania:

Depending on evaluation method, there can be applied three scales of evaluation:

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA

CZĘŚĆ

OPERATIONS MANUAL

PART

D

DATA/DATE

PAŹ/OCT-2011

ZMIANA/REVISION

0

STRONA/PAGE

3.1- 9/14

„0-1” stosowana jest przy ocenianiu znajomości zagadnień, które sprawdzana osoba musi znać bezwzględnie w ustalonej niepodlegającej interpretacji formie.

„0-1” is applied to evaluate knowledge of issues, which examined person must know in established in a form which is not a subject of interpretation.

Zna – Nie zna

Knows – doesn't know (passed – failed).

(Zaliczone – Niezliczone).

Bezwzględna – stosowana przy ocenie testów:

Arbitrary – is applied to evaluate tests:

Od 90 %

From 90% of correct answers

rate 5

Od 75% do 89% prawidłowych odpowiedzi – 4

From 75% to 89% of correct answers

rate 4

Od 55% do 74% prawidłowych odpowiedzi – 3

From 55% to 74% of correct answers

rate 3

Do 54%

Below 54% of correct answers

rate 2

prawidłowych odpowiedzi – 5

prawidłowych odpowiedzi – 2

Względna - stosowana do oceny wypowiedzi lub innych działań subiektywnie ocenianych przez instruktora-egzaminatora. Interpretację ocen zawiera Tabela 3.

Relative – is applied to evaluate statements or other activities subjectively evaluated by instructor-examiner. Interpretation of rates contains Table 3.

Kryteria oceny umiejętności pilota zawiera dodatek OM-D.6 dodatek 11

The appendix no 11 of OM-D.6 contains the Criteria of pilot’s technical and non-technical skill.

Tabela 1/ Table 1 ZALICZONE

Skala/Scale Ocena/Rate „0-1” „Bezwzględna” ”Arbitrary” „Względna”? ”Relative”

PASSED



NIEZALICZONE

FAILED



1

0

Od 75 %

Do 74 %

Bardzo dobrze i Dobrze Very good and good

Dostatecznie i Niedostatecznie Satisfactory and unsatisfactory

Podczas sprawdzianów w ramach szkolenia przejściowego obowiązują zaostrzone kryteria oceny jak w tabeli 2 poniżej.

The operator conversion course test criteria are more stronger and descript in table 2 below.

Tabela 2 / Table 2 Temat/ Subject Ograniczenia Limitations Operacje LVTO & CAT II/IIIA

Minimum dla zaliczenia Minimum for passed 85 % 85 %

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

Operations LVTO & CAT II/IIIA Osiągi Performance Masa i Wyważenie Mass & Balance Sytuacje awaryjne Emergency

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 3.1- 10/14

85 % 85 % 90 %

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA

CZĘŚĆ

OPERATIONS MANUAL

PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 3.1- 11/14

Tabela 3 / Table 3 Ocena / Rate Słowna Verbal

2

Niedostatecznie

Unsatisfactory

3

Dostatecznie

Satisfactory

4

Dobrze

Good

5

Bardzo dobrze

Very good

Cyfrowa Numeral

Komentarz do ocen / Comment to rates Wiadomości teoretyczne Theoretical knowledge

Umiejętności praktyczne Practical knowledge

Opanowanie materiału bardzo dobre w zakresie oczekiwanym przez egzaminatora. Umiejętność rozwinięcia i uzasadnienia prawidłowości podanej odpowiedzi.

Bezbłędne wykonanie zadania oraz umiejętność skomentowania i uzasadnienia jego prawidłowości. Umiejętność wyboru optymalnego wariantu wykonania zadania oraz umiejętność przewidywania następstw wykonania zadania w sposób inny niż tego dokonano.

Perfect performance of task and skill to comment and motiVery good knowledge of training issues in a scope vate its correctness. Skilled in choosing optimum variant of expected by examiner. Skill of development and sub- task performance and anticipation sequences of task performance in a different way than the way the task been perstantiation of correctness of given answer. formed. Prawidłowe opanowanie danego tematu. Udzielenie poprawnej odpowiedzi. Dopuszczalne niewielkie błędy bez istotnego znaczenia dla poprawności przedstawionego tematu.

Prawidłowe wykonanie zadania bez umiejętności dokonania analizy poprawności jego wykonania ani przewidywania następstw wynikających z innych wariantów jego wykonania. Dopuszczalne niewielkie błędy bez znaczenia dla całości poprawnego efektu końcowego. Umiejętność poprawienia popełnionych błędów.

Good knowledge of subject. Correct answering the Correct task performance without skill of analyzing correctquestions. Possible small mistakes without essential ness of task performance and anticipation sequences resulted from other variants of its performance. Possible small mismeaning for correctness of presented subject. takes without essential meaning for correctional result. Skill of correction of made mistakes. Opanowanie tematu w stopniu wystarczającym. Zadowalająca odpowiedź obarczona błędami niepowodującymi jednak możliwości wyciągania fałszywych wniosków na zadany temat.

Poprawne wykonanie zadania. Błędne lub niewłaściwe wykonanie niektórych elementów zadania, nierzutujące jednak na poprawność efektu końcowego. Umiejętność niedopuszczania do narastania popełnionych błędów. Poprawne wnioskowanie i decydowanie.

Satisfactory knowledge of subject. Satisfactory answer Correct task performance. Uncorrected or inappropriate but loaded by mistakes which do not cause possibility performance of some elements of task, what do not affect on to draw false conclusions in given subject. correctness of final result. Skill of abstaining of increasing of made mistakes. Correct conclusion and decision-making.

Opanowanie tematu w stopniu niewystarczającym. Udzielanie odpowiedzi obarczonej dużymi błędami, prowadzącymi do fałszywych wniosków lub fałszywy sposób wnioskowania. Nieznajomość zadanego tematu w ogóle. Korzystanie z niedopuszczalnych przez egzaminatora pomocy. Zbyt długi czas w przypadku niektórych odpowiedzi.

Błędne wykonanie całości zadania. Dopuszczenie do narastania i rozwoju popełnionych błędów, rzutujących w sposób wyraźny na obniżenie jakości wykonanego zadania. Błędne wnioskowanie. Błędne decydowanie. Brak działania lub opóźnione działanie.

Unsatisfactory knowledge of subject. Answering questions loaded by large mistakes, leading to false conclusions or false way of conclusion. Total lack of knowledge the subject. Using aids inadmissible by examiner. Too long time in case of some answers.

Incorrect task performance. Admission to increasing of made mistakes affecting definitely the quality of performed task. Incorrect conclusion. Incorrect decision-making. Lack of activity or delayed activity.

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE

PAŹ/OCT-2011

ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

0 3.1- 12/14

D.3.1.13

WYKŁADOWCY I EGZAMINATORZY ZATWIERDZENI PRZEZ KIEROWNIKA ODPOWIEDZIALNEGO INSTRUCTORS (LECTURERS) AND EXAMINERS APPROVED BY ACCOUNTABLE MANAGER NA ROK / IN YEAR ________________ Wykaz wypełnia się, co 12 miesięcy na nowy okres szkoleniowy / List shall be filled every 12 months for new training period Grupa zawodowa, której dotyczy Wykładowca Przedmiot Subject

Lecturer (instructor) Stanowisko

Uprawnienia Qualifications

Position Szkolenie/ Training Sprawdzanie / Check Szkolenie/ Training Sprawdzanie / Check Szkolenie/ Training Sprawdzanie/Check Szkolenie/ Training Sprawdzanie/Check Szkolenie/ Training Sprawdzanie / Check Szkolenie / Training Sprawdzanie / Check Szkolenie / Training Sprawdzanie/Check Szkolenie/ Training Sprawdzanie/Check

Piloci Pilots

Personel Pokładowy Cabin Crew

Naziemny personel operacyjny Ground operations personnel

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE

PAŹ/OCT-2011

ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

0 3.1- 13/14

D.3.1.14 UZNANE OŚRODKI SZKOLENIOWE (WYKAZ I ZAKRES PROWADZONYCH SZKOLEŃ ORAZ POSIADANE ZEZWOLENIA). APPROVED TRAINING CENTERS (LIST AND SCOPE OF OFFERED TRAININGS AND POSSESED PERMISSIONS).

Lp

Nazwa ośrodka

Adres

Kontakt

Zakres szkolenia

Name of Training Center

Address

Contact

Scope of training

1.

FSB Berlin

B 737 EFIS/NG simulator

2.

RWL Mönchengladbach

B 737 EFIS/NG simulator

3.

SAS Flight Academy Stockholm

B 737 EFIS/NG simulator

4.

Alteon Seattle

B 737 EFIS/NG simulator

5.

FSC Amsterodam

B 737 EFIS/NG simulator

6.

CAE Amsterdam

B 737 NG simulator

7.

CAE Brussels

B 737 NG simulator

8.

CAE Emirates Dubai

B 737 NG simulator

9.

Malev Budapest

B 737 NG simulator

10.

Travel Service a.s.

Letiště Praha-Ruzyně K letišti 1068/30 P.O. 68 Box 119 160 08 Praha 6 Czech Republic

Stan na dzień / Condition on day 31.12.2011

+420 2 2011 5498 +420 2 2011 5511

Nr uznania przez Władzę The number of Authority approval

Data ważności uznania Validity date of approval

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 3.1- 14/14

STRONA CELOWO POZOSTAWIONA PUSTA PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE

PAŹ/OCT-2011

ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

0 3.2- 1/4

D.3

PROCEDURY

PROCEDURES

D.3.2

PROCEDURY, JAKIE MAJĄ BYĆ ZASTOSOWANE, W RAZIE GDY PERSONEL NIE OSIĄGA LUB NIE UTRZYMUJE WYMAGANYCH STANDARDÓW.

PROCEDURES TO BE APPLIED IN THE EVENT THAT PERSONNEL DO NOT ACHIEVE OR MAINTAIN THE REQUIRED STANDARDS.

D.3.2.1

PODCZAS SZKOLENIA WSTĘPNEGO PRZEJŚCIOWEGO W CELU NABYCIA OKREŚLONYCH UPRAWNIEŃ.

DURING INITIAL, CONVERSION TRAINING OR IN ORDER TO GET DEFINED CERTIFICATES.

Nowo zatrudniony pracownik lub pracownik wyznaczony na nowe stanowisko pracy musi spełniać wymagania określone w karcie stanowiskowej.

New employee or employee set for new post must fulfill requirements defined in description of work position card.

Jeżeli, szkolony pracownik nie przyswaja wymaganego zakresu wiedzy w czasie standardowego szkolenia należy:

If trained employee doesn’t acquire required scope of knowledge during standard training it must be:

Wyznaczyć dla niego konsultanta,

Set a consultant/adviser for him,

Wyznaczyć termin wiadomości.

D.3.2.2

powtórnego

sprawdzenia

Set date of second check.

Powtórny sprawdzian powinien się odbyć między 7 a 21 dniem od pierwszego, niezliczonego sprawdzianu, ale nie później niż okres ważności umowy szkoleniowej o pracę.

The second check should be conducted between 7 and 21 day from the first not passed one, but not later than period of validity of training part of work contract.

Jeżeli pracownik sprawdzianu, to:

powtórnego

If the employee didn’t pass the second check, then:

Z nowo zatrudnionym pracownikiem nie jest podpisywana umowa o pracę na czas określony.

Company doesn’t sign the work term contract with the new employee.

Pracownik, który miał być wyznaczony na nowe stanowisko pozostaje na dotychczasowym stanowisku.

Employee who supposes to work at new post stays at the old one.

OKRESOWE LUB OKOLICZNOŚCIOWE SPRAWDZENIA WIADOMOŚCI I/LUB UMIEJĘTNOŚCI LICENCJONOWANEGO PERSONELU OPERACYJNY EGO.

RECCURENT OR OCCASIONAL CHECK OR SKILLS OF LICENSED OPERATIONS PERSONNEL.

Pierwsza sesja.

First session.

Niezaliczenie egzaminu/sprawdzianu powoduje niezwłoczne zawieszenie w wykonywaniu czynności operacyjnych. Nawet, jeżeli negatywna ocena została wystawiona w okresie ważności aktualnego sprawdzianu.

Not passing exam or check causes immediate suspension in performing operations activity. Even if negative mark was achieved during period of validation of current check.

Egzaminator określa termin ponownego egzaminu umożliwiający egzaminowanemu uzupełnienie wiadomości.

Examiner sets the date of next exam that gives possibility to fill up all knowledge to the person being checked.

Egzaminator, w formie pisemnej, powiadamia Kierownika Działu Szkolenia o niezaliczeniu egzaminu.

Examiner must inform on paper Training Department Manager about failing exam.

Druga sesja (poprawkowa).

Second session (make-up exam).

nie

zdał

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

D.3.2.3

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 3.2- 2/4

Ponowny egzamin przeprowadza ten sam instruktor, który w pierwszej sesji wystawił ocenę negatywną.

The second exam undergoes with the same instructor that during first session decide about not passing.

Ponowny egzamin przeprowadza się w pełnym zakresie.

The second exam must be done with full scope.

Zaliczenie egzaminu powoduje przywrócenie prawa do wykonywania czynności operacyjnych.

Passing the exam causes restoring authorization for performing operations activity.

Niezaliczenie egzaminu powoduje dalsze zawieszenie w wykonywaniu czynności operacyjnych oraz konsekwencje finansowe zgodnie z Zakładowym Regulaminem Pracy.

Not passing the exam causes suspension in performing operations activity and financial consequences according to the Company Work Regulations.

Kierownik Działu Szkolenia na wniosek egzaminowanego powołuje komisję do przeprowadzenia ponownej weryfikacji umiejętności oraz wiadomości egzaminowanego.

On requirement of person passing exam, the Traini8ng Department Manager sets committee to verify once again knowledge and skills of that person.

Egzamin komisyjny.

Corporate exam.

Egzamin komisyjny przeprowadza wyznaczona komisja (wyznaczony instruktor) w składzie, której nie może uczestniczyć egzaminator, który dwukrotnie wystawił ocenę negatywną.

Corporate exam conducts set Committee (fixed instructor) inside which there can’t be examiner that twice failed the same person.

Zdanie egzaminu komisyjnego powoduje przywrócenie prawa do wykonywania czynności operacyjnych.

Passing the Corporate exam causes restoring authorization for performing operations activity.

Niezaliczenie egzaminu powoduje dalsze zawieszenie w wykonywaniu czynności operacyjnych oraz przeniesienie na inne stanowisko albo rozwiązanie umowy o pracę z powodu niewywiązywania się z obowiązków służbowych.

Failing that exam causes suspension in performing operations activity and moving to another post or terminating the contract because of not fulfilling all requirements concerning employee’s responsibilities.

W ciągu 7 dni od decyzji komisji egzaminacyjnej przysługuje zainteresowanemu odwołanie do Kierownika Odpowiedzialnego.

The employee can appeal to Responsible Manager of committee decision within 7 days.

Wszystkie czynności związane z egzaminem komisyjnym muszą być protokołowane.

All activities concerning corporate exam must be write down in protocol.

OKRESOWE LUB OKOLICZNOŚCIOWE SPRAWDZENIA WIADOMOŚCI I/LUB UMIEJĘTNOŚCI NIELICENCJONOWANEGO PERSONELU OPERACYJNEGO.

RECCURENT OR OCCASIONAL CHECK OR SKILLS OF NOT LICENSED OPERATIONS PERSONNEL.

Pierwsza sesja.

First session.

Niezaliczenie egzaminu/sprawdzianu powoduje niezwłoczne cofnięcie upoważnienia do samodzielnego wykonywania czynności operacyjnych. Nawet, jeżeli negatywna ocena została wystawiona w okresie ważności aktualnego sprawdzianu.

Not passing exam/test causes immediate retractation of authorization for independent performing operations activities. Even if negative mark was achieved during period of validation of current check.

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE

PAŹ/OCT-2011

ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

0 3.2- 3/4

Egzaminator określa termin ponownego egzaminu umożliwiający egzaminowanemu uzupełnienie wiadomości.

Examiner sets the date of next exam that gives possibility to fill up all knowledge to the person being checked.

Egzaminator, w formie pisemnej, powiadamia Kierownika Działu Szkolenia i Kierownika Działu Zarządzania Zasobami Ludzkimi o niezaliczeniu egzaminu.

Examiner must inform on paper Training Department Manager and Human resources Manager about failing exam.

Druga sesja (poprawkowa).

Second session (make-up exam).

Ponowny egzamin przeprowadza ten sam instruktor, który w pierwszej sesji wystawił ocenę negatywną.

The second exam undergoes with the same instructor that during first session decide about not passing.

Ponowny egzamin przeprowadza się w pełnym zakresie.

The second exam must be done with full scope.

Zaliczenie egzaminu powoduje przywrócenie prawa do wykonywania czynności operacyjnych.

Passing the exam causes restoring authorization for performing operations activity.

Niezaliczenie egzaminu powoduje dalsze zawieszenie w wykonywaniu czynności operacyjnych oraz konsekwencje finansowe zgodnie z Regulaminem Pracy.

Not passing the exam causes suspension in performing operations activity and financial consequences according to Work Low.

Kierownik Działu Szkolenia na wniosek egzaminowanego powołuje komisję do przeprowadzenia ponownej weryfikacji umiejętności oraz wiadomości egzaminowanego.

On requirement of person passing exam, the Traini8ng Department Manager sets committee to verify once again knowledge and skills of that person.

Egzamin komisyjny.

Corporate exam.

Egzamin komisyjny przeprowadza wyznaczona komisja (wyznaczony instruktor) w składzie, której nie może uczestniczyć egzaminator, który dwukrotnie wystawił ocenę negatywną.

Corporate exam conducts set Committee (fixed instructor) inside which there can’t be examiner that twice failed the same person.

Zdanie egzaminu komisyjnego powoduje przywrócenie prawa do wykonywania czynności operacyjnych.

Passing the Corporate exam causes restoring authorization for performing operations activity.

Niezaliczenie egzaminu powoduje dalsze zawieszenie w wykonywaniu czynności operacyjnych oraz przeniesienie na inne stanowisko albo rozwiązanie umowy o pracę z powodu niewywiązywania się z obowiązków służbowych.

Failing that exam causes suspension in performing operations activity and moving to another post or terminating the contract because of not fulfilling all requirements concerning employee’s responsibilities.

Od decyzji egzaminacyjnej przysługuje w ciągu 7 dni, odwołanie do Kierownika Odpowiedzialnego.

The employee can appeal to Responsible Manager of committee decision within 7 days.

Wszystkie czynności związane z egzaminem komisyjnym muszą być protokołowane.

All activities concerning corporate exam must be write down in protocol.

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

MIEJSCE CELOWO POZOSTAWIONE PUSTE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 3.2- 4/4

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 3.3- 1/2

D.3

PROCEDURY

PROCEDURES

D.3.3

SYMULOWANE SYTUACJE NIENORMALNE LUB AWARYJNE ORAZ IMC

AFFECTATION OF ABNORMAL OR EMERGENCY SITUATIONS AND IMC.

Procedury zapewniające, by w lotach zarobkowego przewozu lotniczego nie były symulowane sytuacje nienormalne lub awaryjne wymagające zastosowania części lub wszystkich procedur nienormalnych lub awaryjnych oraz by w takich lotach nie miała miejsca symulacja IMC za pomocą środków technicznych.

Procedures to ensure that abnormal or emergency situations requiring the application of part or all of abnormal or emergency procedures and simulation of IMC by artificial means are not simulated during commercial air transportation flights

W lotach zarobkowego przewozu lotniczego zabronione jest symulowanie sytuacji nienormalnych lub awaryjnych, wymagających zastosowania w części lub w całości procedur postępowania w sytuacjach nienormalnych lub awaryjnych i sztucznego symulowania IMC (warunków meteorologicznych dla lotów wg wskazań przyrządów). W lotach szkolnych, treningowych lub sprawdzających, gdy manewry z wyłączonym silnikiem są wykonywane w samolocie, niesprawność silnika musi być wyłącznie pozorowana.

The simulated abnormal or emergency situations requiring the application of part or all of abnormal or emergency procedures and simulation of IMC by artificial means during commercial air transportation flights are prohibited

Szkolenie w zakresie RTO (przerwany start), może być wykonywane w przypadku gdy dostępny jest symulator lotu, w przeciwnym razie wyłącznie ćwiczenia manualne;

When engine-out maneuvers are carried out in an airplane, the engine failure shall be simulated during training or checking flights.

RTO (rejected take-off) training can be execute when a flight simulator is available, otherwise touch drills only;

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

MIEJSCE CELOWO POZOSTAWIONE PUSTE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 3.3- 2/2

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 4.1- 1/2

D.4

DOKUMENTACJA

DOCUMENTATION

D.4.1.1

OPIS DOKUMENTACJI.

DESCRIPTION OF DOCUMENTATION TO BE STORED

Szkolenia zbiorowe dokumentowane dziennikach szkolenia.

są

w

Group training is documented in register.

Szkolenia indywidualne dokumentowane są w protokołach szkolenia.

Individual training is documented in protocol.

Wszystkie sprawdziany dokumentowane są w indywidualnych kartach egzaminacyjnych.

Every checks are documented in personal examination cards.

Każdy uczestnik szkolenia otrzymuje świadectwo ukończenia szkolenia, jeżeli było ono zakończone sprawdzianem lub egzaminem, lub

Every participant of training received the certificate of competency, if the exam / check has been passed, or

Świadectwo uczestnictwa w szkoleniu jeżeli szkolenie nie było zakończone sprawdzianem.

He/her received the certificate of attendance, if the training do not finish with exam or check.

Operator akceptuje druki ośrodków realizujących szkolenia i /lub sprawdziany na jego zlecenie.

The operator accepted the forms of the organizations conducted the training or/and checks on its order.

Dokumentowane są następujące szkolenia i sprawdziany:

The operator keeps the track of trainings and checks as below:

SZKOLENIA PRZEJŚCIOWE I SPRAWDZIANY.

CONVERSION TRAINING AND CHECKING.

SZKOLENIE NA DOWÓDCĘ (W TYM SPRAWDZIAN).

COMMAND COURSE (INCLUDING CHECKING)

SZKOLENIA I SPRAWDZIANY OKRESOWE.

RECURRENT TRAINING AND CHECKING.

SZKOLENIA I SPRAWDZIANY DO WYKONYWANIA LOTÓW Z KAŻDEGO STANOWISKA PILOTA

TRAINING AND CHECKING FOR RIGHT-HAND SETS

BIEŻĄCA PRAKTYKA

RECENT EXPERIENCE

KWALIFIKACJE W ZAKRESIE TRAS I LOTNISK.

ROUTE AND AERODROME COMPETENCE

SZKOLENIE I KWALIFIKACJE DO SZCZEGÓLNYCH OPERACJI WYMAGANYCH PRZEZ OPS

TRAINING AND QUALIFICATION FOR SPECIFIC OPERATIONS WHEN REQUIRED BY OPS

SZKOLENIE DOTYCZĄCE NIEBEZPIECZNYCH, W PRZYPADKACH.

DANGEROUS GOODS TRAINING AS APPROPRIATE

MATERIAŁÓW STOSOWNYCH

SZKOLENIE DOTYCZĄCE OCHRONY

SECURITY TRAINING

Wzory kart szkolenia i sprawdzianów znajdują się w cz. D.5

Specimens of training and check documentation are in section D.5

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

D.4.1.2

OKRESY PRZECHOWYWANIA.

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE

PAŹ/OCT-2011

ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

0 4.1- 2/2

STORAGE PERIODS

REJESTRY SZKOLENIA I SPRAWDZIANÓW ZAŁOGI LOTNICZEJ FLIGHT CREW TRAININGAND CHECKING RECORDS SZKOLENIA PRZEJŚCIOWE I SPRAWDZIANY. CONVERSION TRAINING AND CHECKING.

3 lata 3 years

SZKOLENIE NA DOWÓDCĘ (W TYM SPRAWDZIAN). COMMAND COURSE (INCLUDING CHECKING)

3 lata 3 years

SZKOLENIA I SPRAWDZIANY OKRESOWE. RECURRENT TRAINING AND CHECKING.

3 lata 3 years

SZKOLENIA I SPRAWDZIANY DO WYKONYWANIA LOTÓW Z KAŻDEGO STANOWISKA PILOTA

3 lata 3 years

BIEŻĄCA PRAKTYKA (MA ZASTOSOWANIE DO OPS 1.970). RECENT EXPERIENCE (OPS 1.970 REFERS).

15 miesięcy 15 months

KWALIFIKACJE W ZAKRESIE TRAS I LOTNISK (MA ZASTOSOWANIE DO OPS 1.975). ROUTE AND AERODROME COMPETENCE (OPS1.975 REFERS).

3 lata 3 years

SZKOLENIE I KWALIFIKACJE DO SZCZEGÓLNYCH OPERACJI WYMAGANYCH PRZEZ OPS (NP. OPERACJE ETOPS KAT. II/III). TRAINING AND QUALIFICATION FOR SPECIFIC OPERATIONS WHEN REQUIRED BY OPS (E.G. ETOPS CATII/III OPERATIONS).

3 lata 3 years

SZKOLENIE DOTYCZĄCE MATERIAŁÓW NIEBEZPIECZNYCH, W STOSOWNYCH PRZYPADKACH. DANGEROUS GOODS TRAINING AS APPROPRIATE

3 lata 3 years

REJESTRY SZKOLENIA I SPRAWDZENIA POZOSTAŁYCH CZŁONKÓW PERSONELU OPERACYJNEGO RECORDS OF TRAINING AND CHECKING FOR OTHER OPERATIONS PERSONNEL SZKOLENIA/KWALIFIKACJE RESZTY PERSONELU, DLA KTÓREGO WYMAGANY JEST PRZEZ OPS ZATWIERDZONY PROGRAM SZKOLENIA. TRAINING/QUALIFICATION RECORDS OF OTHER PERSONNEL FOR WHOM AN APPROVED TRAINING PROGRAMME IS REQUIRED BY OPS

Zapisy ostatnich 2 szkoleń. Last 2 training records

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE

PAŹ/OCT-2011

ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

0 5.0- 1/2

D.5

DOKUMENTACJA

DOCUMENTATION

D.5.0

WZORY DOKUMENTACJI.

SPECIMENTS OF DOCUMENTATION

NR DOC. FORM No

NAZWA FORMULARZA

NAME OF FORM

1/1

SZKOLENIE OKRESOWE NA SYMULATRORZE

RECURRENT FLIGHT SIMULATOR TRAINING REPORT

1/2

SPRAWDZENIE UMIEJETNOSCI PRZEZ OPERATORA

OPERATOR PROFICIENCY CHECK REPORT

1/3

zarezerwowane

reserved

1/4

zarezerwowane

reserved

1/5

SPRAWDZENIE Z OBU FOTELI PILOTA

EITHER PILOT’S SEAT CHECK REPORT

1/6

SPRAWDZENIE W LOCIE LINIOWYM

LINE CHECK REPORT

1/7

zarezerwowane

reserved

1/8

SZKOLENIE PRZEJSCIOWE NA SYMULATORZE

CONVERSION COURSE SIMULATOR TRAINING REPORT

2

SZKOLENIE PRZEJŚCIOWE

CONVERSION COURSE

3

SZKOLENIE DOWÓDCZE

COMMAND COURSE

3A

POŁACZONE SZKOLENIE PRZEJSCIOWE I DOWÓDZCE

COMBINED CONVERSION AND COMMAND COURSE

4/1

SZKOLENIE ZAPOZNAWCZE SAMOLOT B737 EFIS

FAMILIARIZATION B 737EFIS

TRAINING

FOR

BOEING

4/2

SZKOLENIE ZAPOZNAWCZE SAMOLOT B737 NG

FAMILIARIZATION B 737NG

TRAINING

FOR

BOEING

SZKOLOENIE W RÓŻNICACH

DIFFERENCES TRAINING

6A

SZKOLENIE ZE ZNAJOMOSCI TRAS I LOTNISK

ROUTE AND AERODROME COMPETENCE TRAINING

6B

SZKOLENIE ZE ZNAJOMOSCI TRAS I LOTNISKzbiorczy

ROUTE AND AERODROME COMPETENCE TRAININGcollective

7

SZKOLENIE LVTO

LOW VISIBILITY OPERATION TRAINING

8

SZKOLENIE OKRESOWE - PODSUMOWANIE

RECURRENT TRAINING- SUMMARY

9

zarezerwowane

reserved

10

zarezerwowane

reserved

11

SZKOLENIE Z OBU FOTELI PILIOTA

EITHER PILOT’S SEAT TRAINING

13

zarezerwowane

reserved

14

zarezerwowane

reserved

15

zarezerwowane

reserved

16

zarezerwowane

reserved

5

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

MIEJSCE CELOWO POZOSTAWIONE PUSTE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 5.0- 2/2

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 5.1- 1/2

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

MIEJSCE CELOWO POZOSTAWIONE PUSTE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 5.1- 2/2

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 5.2- 1/2

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

MIEJSCE CELOWO POZOSTAWIONE PUSTE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 5.2- 2/2

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 5.3- 1/2

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

MIEJSCE CELOWO POZOSTAWIONE PUSTE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 5.3- 2/2

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 5.4- 1/2

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

MIEJSCE CELOWO POZOSTAWIONE PUSTE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 5.4- 2/2

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 5.5- 1/14

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 5.5- 2/14

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 5.5- 3/14

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 5.5- 4/14

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 5.5- 5/14

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 5.5- 6/14

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 5.5- 7/14

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 5.5- 8/14

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 5.5- 9/14

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 5.5- 10/14

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 5.5- 11/14

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 5.5- 12/14

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 5.5- 13/14

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 5.5- 14/14

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

D

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 5.6- 1/4

- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Please  or/and  as appropriate

I cpt. ________________________________________________________________________ , Personal code |

|

|

|

hereby certify that I have completed route and airport (re)-familiarization for flights with __________ A/C Type

____________________ Airport name

__________ ICAO Code

□

Published Approach:

ILS

Visual Approach aids:

HIRL □

Weather minima:

_________ IATA Code

___________ Hours of OPS

VOR □

NDB □

DME □

ALS □

HAILS □

CL □

__________ Elevation

________________ Apt.Category

RADAR □ NONE □ SFL □

REIL □

RVR □ VASI T-VASI □

PAPI □

(Higher of Jeppesen or Aerodrome Operating Minima EU-OPS 1.430) __________

←

Runway

__________(ft)

→

DA/MDA

__________(m)

__________(ft)

RVR

__________(m)

__________ __________(m)

Visibility

__________(m) Highest obstacle on approach chart:

___________(ft)

Danger, restricted, prohibited areas:

Y/N ______________________________________________________

MIN holding alt:

PCN _______ Fire cat. F____

___________(ft)

Runway Information:

MSA from: ____________ __________

←

__________(m)

Landing distance available

__________(m)

__________(m)

Take off dist. available

__________(m)

__________(+/-)

Slope %

__________(+/-)

T/O performance charts available

Y/N

Max allowable T/O Mass ISA conditions

Flaps______(˚)

Runway

→

__________

___________________(kg)

Limitations / Remarks / Restrictions ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………... ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Alternate apt. data: _________________________ Airport __________ ft MEA/MORA

____________________ ICAO code / IATA code

________ NM Distance

____________ 0 Track to altn.

________ ft AMSL Elevation

_________ Main RWY

____________ ft RWY Length

I certify that I have familiarized myself with all available data for the airport and that I am also familiar with applicable information in the Operating Manual.

__________________________ Noted/Recorded

Note:

Date: dd

_________ /_____________/_______ mm yy

_____________________ Signature of Commander

If no entry into the airport concerned has been made within the last 12 months, this “AIRPORT BRIEFING FORM” must be completed and submitted to Flight Operations Department.

- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

Pilot name

CZĘŚĆ PART

Pilot personal code

st

Date of 1 issue

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

Apt. ICAO code

Apt. IATA code

Valid (+12 m)

Date of last flight

nd

issue

Valid (+12 m)

Date of last flight

th

issue

Valid (+12 m)

Date of last flight

th

issue

Valid (+12 m)

Date of last flight

th

issue

Valid (+12 m)

Date of last flight

Date of 2 Prolonged till

Date of 3 Prolonged till

Date of 4 Prolonged till

Date of 5 Prolonged till

REMARKS

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 5.6- 2/4

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 5.6- 3/4

- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Pilot name

Pilot personal code

KWALIFIKACJE W ZAKRESIE TRAS I LOTNISK. ROUTE AND AERODROME COMPETENCE QUALIFICATION.

Airport code ICAO IATA

Issue

Prolonged till

1

2

3

4

Page 1 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 5.6- 4/4

- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

Airport code ICAO IATA

Page ____

Prolonged till

Issue

Pilot personal code

1

|

|

|

2

3

4

|

- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 5.7- 1/16

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 5.7- 2/16

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 5.7- 3/16

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 5.7- 4/16

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 5.7- 5/16

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 5.7- 6/16

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 5.7- 7/16

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 5.7- 8/16

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 5.7- 9/16

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 5.7- 10/16

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 5.7- 11/16

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 5.7- 12/16

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 5.7- 13/16

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 5.7- 14/16

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 5.7- 15/16

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 5.7- 16/16

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 5.8- 1/12

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 5.8- 2/12

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 5.8- 3/12

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 5.8- 4/12

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 5.8- 5/12

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 5.8- 6/12

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 5.8- 7/12

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 5.8- 8/12

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 5.8- 9/12

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 5.8- 10/12

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 5.8- 11/12

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 5.8- 12/12

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 5.9- 1/2

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 5.9- 2/2

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 5.10- 1/2

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 5.10- 2/2

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 5.11- 1/6

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 5.11- 2/6

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 5.11- 3/6

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 5.11- 4/6

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 5.11- 5/6

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

MIEJSCE CELOWO POZOSTAWIONE PUSTE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 5.11- 6/6

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 5.12- 1/8

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 5.12- 2/8

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 5.12- 3/8

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 5.12- 4/8

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 5.12- 5/8

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 5.12- 6/8

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 5.12- 7/8

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

MIEJSCE CELOWO POZOSTAWIONE PUSTE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 5.12- 8/8

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 5.13- 1/2

RECURRENT TRAINING SUMMARY (check list) SZKOLENIE OKRESOWE PODSUMOWANIE (lista kontolna) Nazwisko

Kod

CPT

FO

TRI

LC

Rok/Year

Name

Code









20

Course / Qualification

Date

Last

Valid to

By

Sign

CBT I  CBT II  REC I  REC II  LVTO I II IIIA LVTO I II IIIA OPC I OPC II Either seat I Either seat II Line Check AOM-A LTI LTE TRE OPS procedures Accident/Incident SEC ESE (12) ESE (36) CRM    DGR Ditching Fire Fight

NOTICE

Date

Signature of Training PH

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

MIEJSCE CELOWO POZOSTAWIONE PUSTE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 5.13- 2/2

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 5.14- 1/4

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 5.14- 2/4

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 5.14- 3/4

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 5.14- 4/4

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

D.6

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.1- 1/2

ZAŁACZNIKI

ATTACHMENTS

Konspekty do szkoleń opisanych w cz. D.2.1

Conspectuses for trainings described in para D.2.1

ATT/2

Szkolenie przejsciowe

Conversion course

ATT/4

Szkolenie zapoznawcze

Familiarization training

ATT/5

Szkolenie w różnicach B737 NG & EFIS

Difference training for B737 NG & EFIS

ATT/6

Szkolenie w zakresie tras I lotnisk

Route and Aerodrome competence training

ATT/7

Szkolenie LVTO

LVTO Training

ATT/8

Szkolenie okresowe

Recurrent training

ATT/9

Sprawdzian okresowy

Recurrent checking

ATT/10

Scenariusze szkolenia okresowego

Recurrent training scenario

ATT/11

Ocenianie

Grading

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

MIEJSCE CELOWO POZOSTAWIONE PUSTE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.1- 2/2

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE

PAŹ/OCT-2011

ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

0 6.2- 1/28

ATTACHMENT 2 CONVERSION COURSE CONSPECTUS 2.1. 2.1.1. 2.1.2. 2.1.3. 2.1.4. 2.1.5.

TRAINING PLAN Aim of the Course Entry Requirements Credit for Previous Experience General Rules Conversion Course types

2.2. 2.2.1. 2.2.2. 2.2.3. 2.2.4. 2.2.5. 2.2.6. 2.2.7. 2.2.8. 2.2.9. 2.2.10. 2.2.11.

TRAINING PROGRAM Description Basic Indoctrination Type Rating Training / Simulator Conversion Training Emergency and Safety Equipment Training and Check Crew Resource Management Training (CRM) Familiarization Training Differences Training Operator Proficiency Check Route and Airport Competence Training Line Flying under Supervision Line Check

2.3.

TRAINING RECORD

APPENDIX 1 APPENDIX 2 APPENDIX 3 APPENDIX 4

COURSE CONTENTS - Basic indoctrination COURSE CONTENTS - Emergency and safety equipment training and check COURSE CONTENTS - Crew resource management training (CRM) TOPICS for Line Flying

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL 2.1.

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE

PAŹ/OCT-2011

ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

0 6.2- 2/28

TRAINING PLAN

2.1.1. Aim of the Course A flight crew member being hired for a pilot position at TRAVEL SERVICE company or a flight crew member having been qualified as a pilot on a TRAVEL SERVICE airplane without a valid Type rating for the airplane shall have completed the Conversion Course. The objective of the Conversion Course is to train a flight crew member to level of proficiency required for operation on the TRAVEL SERVICE company airplanes. The Conversion course meets the requirements of the OPS 1.945. 2.1.2. Entry Requirements A flight crew member shall meet this requirements as a minimum for: a) CO-PILOT position • CPL with theoretical check for ATPL completed (confirmed by CAA) • valid MCC course ♦CPL valid for international flights • IR for multiengine airplanes • 100 flight hours as the pilot in command • Satisfactorily completed selection procedure For selection procedure is responsible company: AeroJOB, s.r.o. Prague 4, Jílovská 1167/71 b) COMMANDER position • ATPL • 500 flight hours as the multi-engine multi-pilot airplane commander • 500 flight hours on the airplane type • satisfactorily completed the interview with Flight department management or: • • •

ATPL 1000 flight hours as the multi-engine multi-pilot airplane commander satisfactorily completed the interview with Flight department management

2.1.3. Credits for Previous Experience The extent of training required by the Conversion course will be determined after due note has been taken of the flight crew member’s previous experience and training as recorded in training records and pilot log book. 2.1.4. General Rules Once the Conversion Course has been commenced, a flight crew member shall not undertake flying duties on another type or class until the course is completed or terminated.

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.2- 3/28

2.1.5. Conversion Course Types (a)

(b) 1 2 (c)

OPERATOR CONVERSION COURSE A flight crew member being hired for a first pilot position at TRAVEL SERVICE company with a valid Type Rating for the airplane shall have completed the Operator Conversion Course. INITIAL CONVERSION COURSE A flight crew member being hired for a first pilot position at TRAVEL SERVICE company without a valid or renewable Type Rating for the aircraft: with previous experience on the multi-pilot multi-engine jet airplane without previous experience on the multi-pilot multi-engine jet airplane shall have completed the Initial Conversion Course. TYPE CONVERSION COURSE A flight crew member having been qualified as a pilot on a TRAVEL SERVICE airplane and without a valid or renewable Type Rating for the other type of aircraft shall have completed the Type Conversion Course.

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL 2.2.

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.2- 4/28

TRAINING PROGRAM

2.2.1. Description 2.2.1.1. The Conversion Course includes following parts: (a) Basic Indoctrination (b) Type Rating Training / Simulator Conversion Training (c) Emergency and Safety Equipment Training and Check (d) Crew Resource Management Training (CRM) (e) Differences Training (f) Familiarization Training (g) Operator Proficiency Check (h) Route and Aerodrome Competence Training (i) Line Flying under Supervision (j) Line Check 2.2.1.2. The Conversion Course contents varies according to type of course and flight crew member experience as stated in paragraph 2.1.5. 2.2.1.2.1.

Operator Conversion Course (paragraph 2.1.5a):

Course (Paragraph)

Contents

Basic Indoctrination (2.2.2)

In the extent of the paragraph 2.2.2.3.a,b,c if the Dangerous Goods Transportation Training/Check, Security Procedures Training and Passenger Air Transportation Regulations are valid and acknowledged from the previous operator otherwise in its entirely. Simulator Conversion Simulator Conversion Training in the extent of the 3 flight hours. This training can be substituted by Simulator Recurrent Training in Training (2.2.3) the extent of the 6 flight hours – the appropriate Simulator Recurrent Training Volume used in company at real time. Emergency and Safety In the extent of the paragraph 2.2.4.5.d,e and checking if the Initial Equipment Training and and Recurrent Emergency and Safety Training is valid and Check (2.2.4) acknowledged from previous operator otherwise in its entirely. Crew Resource Management N/A, if the Initial CRM training has been completed in compliance Training (CRM) (2.2.5) with paragraph 2.2.5.6. and the Recurrent CRM training is valid and acknowledged from the previous operator otherwise in its entirely. Differences Training (2.2.6) Carry out if trained for the other airplane variants. Familiarization Training (2.2.7) Operator Proficiency Check (2.2.8) Route and Aerodrome Competence Training (2.2.9)

Carry out if trained for the other airplane version and the training according to the paragraph 2.2.6 is not required. In its entirely. N/A, if the previous operator has the same structure and extent of the routes and areas otherwise in its entirely.

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.2- 5/28

Line Flying under Supervision In the extent of the paragraph 2.2.10.4 c). (2.2.10) Line Check (2.2.11) In its entirely.

2.2.1.2.2.

Initial Conversion Course (paragraph 2.1.5b) 1)):

Course (Paragraph) Basic Indoctrination (2.2.2)

Contents

In the extent of the paragraph 2.2.2.3.a,b,c if the Dangerous Goods Transportation Training/Check, Security Procedures Training and Passenger Air Transportation Regulations are valid and acknowledged from the previous operator otherwise in its entirely. Type Rating Course (2.2.3) In its entirely in compliance with approved type rating training program. Emergency and Safety In the extent of the paragraph 2.2.4.5.d,e and checking if the Initial Equipment Training and and Recurrent Emergency and Safety Training is valid and Check (2.2.4) acknowledged from previous operator otherwise in its entirely. Crew Resource Management N/A, if the Initial CRM training has been completed in compliance Training (CRM) (2.2.5) with paragraph 2.2.5.6. and the Recurrent CRM training is valid and acknowledged from the previous operator otherwise in its entirely. Differences Training Carry out if trained for the other airplane variants. (2.2.6) Familiarization Training Carry out if trained for the other airplane version and the training (2.2.7) according to the paragraph 2.2.6 is not required. Operator Proficiency Check In its entirely. (2.2.8) Route and Aerodrome N/A, if there is the same structure and extent of the routes and Competence Training (2.2.9) areas otherwise in its entirely. Line Flying under Supervision (2.2.10) Line Check (2.2.11)

In the extent of the paragraph 2.2.10.4 b) . In its entirely.

2.2.1.2.3. Initial Conversion Course (paragraph 2.1.5 b) 2)): Course (Paragraph) Basic Indoctrination (2.2.2)

Contents In the extent of the paragraph 2.2.2.3.a,b,c if the Dangerous Goods Transportation Training/Check, Security Procedures Training and Passenger Air Transportation Regulations are valid and acknowledged from the previous operator otherwise in its entirely.

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.2- 6/28

Type Rating Course (2.2.3)

In its entirely in compliance with approved type rating training program. Emergency and Safety In the extent of the paragraph 2.2.4.5.d,e and checking if the Initial Equipment Training and and Recurrent Emergency and Safety Training is valid and Check (2.2.4) acknowledged from previous operator otherwise in its entirely. Crew Resource Management N/A, if the Initial CRM training has been completed in compliance Training (CRM) (2.2.5) with paragraph 2.2.5.6. and the Recurrent CRM training is valid and acknowledged from the previous operator otherwise in its entirely. Differences Training Carry out if trained for the other airplane variants. (2.2.6) Familiarization Training Carry out if trained for the other airplane version and the training (2.2.7) according to the paragraph 2.2.6 is not required. Operator Proficiency Check In its entirely. (2.2.8) Route and Aerodrome In its entirely. Competence Training (2.2.9) Line Flying under Supervision (2.2.10) Line Check (2.2.11)

In the extension of the paragraph 2.2.10.4 a). In its entirely.

2.2.1.2.4. Type Conversion Course (paragraph 2.1.5c)): Course Contents (Paragraph) Basic Indoctrination N/A (2.2.2) Type Rating Course In its entirely in compliance with approved type rating training (2.2.3) program. Emergency and Safety In the extent of the last 3 hours of the paragraph 2.2.4.5 and Equipment Training and checking if the Initial Emergency and Safety Training is valid from the previous operator otherwise in its entirely. Check (2.2.4) Crew Resource Management N/A Training (CRM) (2.2.5) Differences Training (2.2.6) Familiarization Training (2.2.7) Operator Proficiency Check (2.2.8)

N/A N/A In its entirely.

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE

PAŹ/OCT-2011

ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

0 6.2- 7/28

Route and Aerodrome Carry out if there is the change of the routes and areas in the structure and extent. Competence Training (2.2.9) Line Flying under Supervision In the extent of the paragraph 2.2.10.4 c) . (2.2.10) Line Check (2.2.11) In its entirely. 2.2.2.

Basic Indoctrination

2.2.2.1 The flight crew member shall have completed Basic Indoctrination with contents as appointed in paragraph 2.2.2.3 in the extent specified in Appendix 1 2.2.2.2. The Basic Indoctrination shall be conducted by suitable qualified personnel 2.2.2.3 Contents of Basic Indoctrination: CONTENTS a. TRAVEL SERVICE Company Structure b. Employment Relationship c. Company Procedures and Regulations d. Dangerous Goods Transportation Training + Test e. Security Procedures f. Passenger Air Transport Regulations TOTAL

HOURS 1 1 6 2 2 1 13

2.2.2.4. The flight crew member shall have completed written test at the end of the Dangerous Goods Transportation Training. 2.2.2.5. Dangerous Goods Transportation Training and Check shall be conducted by the authorized personnel acceptable for CAA. 2.2.2.6. The TVS Flight Crew Training Manager can acknowledge the items stated in paragraphs 2.2.2.3.d,e,f if there is verifiable confirmation from previous operator. 2.2.3. Type Rating Training / Simulator Conversion Training 2.2.3.1. Type Rating Training a. The flight crew member shall have satisfactorily completed the Type Rating Training for Boeing B 737-300-900 airplane with appropriate familiarization or differences training as determined in TRAVEL SERVICE Operation Manual part D. b. The Type Rating Training shall be executed in the Type Rating Training Organization. c. The TRTOs and their training programs authorized by CAA for TRAVEL SERVICE company (Appendix 3): • CSA training centre • CAE Emirates Dubai

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.2- 8/28

d. The Type Rating Training shall be conducted by suitable qualified Type Rating Instructor or Synthetic Flight Instructor. 2.2.3.2. Simulator Conversion Training a. The flight crew member shall have satisfactorily completed the Simulator Conversion Training in the extent of 3 flight hours to familiarize and practice TVS company Normal, Abnormal and Emergency procedures with emphasis to OM-B and SOP. b. The Simulator Conversion Training can be accomplished either in the Boeing B 737EFIS or Boeing B 737NG simulators. c. Conversion training syllabus . • • •

• • • • • • • • • • • • • •

Start up procedure with ground air source, engine N°1 hot start, engine N°2 no N1 rotation. Normal take off (VMC), visual circle, full landing stop. Normal take off, prepare for ILS approach. During radar vectoring simulate ground proximity (glass mountain) , terrain avoidance maneuver is needed. Continue ILS approach till minima and make go around due to obstacle on the RWY (follow miss approach procedure as published). Fly to IF for non precision approach, TCAS RA maneuver due to opposite traffic at same altitude. Then after join holding pattern over IF (or any other suitable point), prepare for non precision APP, full landing stop. Reposition to take off position, increase weight up to max TOW, shortly before V1 engine stall ( bird strike), rejected take off, during deceleration engine fire (non extinguishable), passenger evacuation. Reposition to take off position (max TOW), cross wind 15, gusty 20 KTS, wind shear shortly after take off. After wind shear escape maneuver climb to flight level 100 and perform stall recovery (1 x clean configuration, 1 x full landing configuration) Reduce gross weight, reposition to FL 370, cabin altitude warning, rapid depressurization, emergency descent. Pilot incapacitation, continue to nearest suitable airport, full stop landing. During take off near off V1 engine failure (severe damage), ILS approach, on short final go around (ATC requirement), reposition to 6 NM final and make full landing stop. Normal take off, shortly after lift off the FMC fail. Radar service is not provided, own navigation follow one off suitable STAR, join holding pattern, prepare for ILS approach (manual setting Vref and N1). Reposition to down wind leg, switch off A/T, A/P, F/D, and proceed for ILS approach (raw data APP). Reposition to long final ILS approach with circle-to-land to opposite runway. LVO take off RVR 125m, no speed indication, rejected take off LVO take off RVR 125m, high speed reject (ATC requirement). LVO take off RVR 125m, at speed 100 KTS visibility 0, continue takeoff, at position down wind leg make briefing for ILS approach CAT II. Make normal approach and landing. Reposition 3 NM final ILS CAT II go around due to weather Reposition 3 NM final ILS CAT II go around due to ATC Reposition 3 NM final ILS CAT II, localizer INOP, during go around TO/GA button is INOP.

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL • • • • • •

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE

PAŹ/OCT-2011

ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

0 6.2- 9/28

Reposition 3 NM final ILS CAT II go around due to RA fail Reposition to 6 NM final CAT IIIA, make normal approach and landing Reposition to 3 NM final CAT IIIA, NO FLARE mode Reposition 3 NM final ILS CAT III, GS INOP Reposition 3 NM final ILS CAT III NO RETARD Reposition 3 NM final ILS CAT III A/T fail full stop landing.

d. This training can be substituted by Simulator Recurrent Training in the extent of the 6 . flight hours with contents of the appropriate Simulator Recurrent Training Volume used in company at real time. 2.2.4. Emergency and Safety Equipment Training and Check 2.2.4.1. The flight crew member shall have satisfactorily completed the Initial Emergency and Safety Equipment Training and Check as appointed in paragraph 2.2.4.5 and the extent specified in Appendix 2. 2.2.4.2. Emergency and Safety Equipment Training may be combined with Emergency and Safety Equipment Checking and shall be conducted in an airplane or a suitable alternative training device. 2.2.4.3. Type related parts of training are relevant to the version or variant for which the flight crew member is trained. 2.2.4.4. Emergency and Safety Equipment Training and Check shall be conducted by the authorized personnel of the TRAVEL SERVICE company (GCI) which is acceptable for CAA. 2.2.4.5. Initial Emergency and Safety Equipment Training and Check can be accomplished in suitable training device in compliance with Emergency and Safety Equipment Training program, which is acceptable for CAA. 2.2.4.6. Contents of the Initial Emergency and Safety Equipment Training : CONTENTS a. Aeromedicine b. Survival c. Security, Rescue and Emergency services d. Emergency and Safety equipment e. Emergency procedures TOTAL

HOURS 5 1 1 1 2 10

2.2.4.6. Topics for Emergency and Safety Equipment Check: Aeromedicine Emergency and Safe equipment Emergency procedures 2.2.4.7. The period of validity of an Emergency and Safety Equipment Check is 12 calendar months in

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE

PAŹ/OCT-2011

ZMIANA/REVISION

0

STRONA/PAGE

6.2- 10/28

addition to the remainder of the month of issue. If issued within the final 3 calendar months of validity of a previous Emergency and Safety Equipment Check, the period of validity shall extend from the date of issue until 12 calendar months from the expiry date of that previous Emergency and Safety Equipment Check. 2.2.4.8. The period of validity of an Emergency and Safety Equipment Practical Demonstration Check is 36 calendar months in addition to the remainder of the month of issue. If issued within the final 3 calendar months of validity of a previous Emergency and Safety Equipment Check, the period of validity shall extend from the date of issue until 36 calendar months from the expiry date of that previous Emergency and Safety Equipment Practical Demonstration Check. 2.2.4.9. The TVS Flight Crew Training Manager can acknowledge the items stated in paragraphs 2.2.4.5.a,b,c if there is verifiable confirmation from previous operator. 2.2.5. Crew Resource Management Training (CRM) 2.2.5.1. The flight crew member shall have satisfactorily completed the Initial Crew Resource Management Training, as described in paragraph 2.2.5.4 and Appendix 3. 2.2.5.2. Initial Crew Resource Management Training shall be conducted by the authorized personnel (GCI) which is acceptable for CAA. 2.2.5.3. Initial Crew Resource Management Training can be accomplished in suitable training device in compliance with CRM Training program, which is acceptable for CAA. 2.2.5.4. Initial Crew Resource Management Training contents: CONTENTS a. Human error and reliability, error chain, error prevention and detection company safety culture, SOP, organizational factors b. Stress, stress management, fatigue and vigilance c. Information acquisition and processing, situational awareness, workload management d. Decision making e. Communication and coordination inside and outside the cockpit f. Leadership and team behavior, synergy g. Automation and philosophy of the use of automation h. Specific type related differences i. Case based studies TOTAL

HOURS 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 2 17

2.2.5.5. The flight crew member shall be not assessed during Crew Resource Management Training. 2.2.5.6. An operator can accept the Initial Crew Resource Management Training provided by the other operator or suitable training device for completion of paragraph 2.2.5.1 if authorized by CAA. 2.2.5.7. TVS Flight Crew Training Manager can acknowledge the items stated in paragraph 2.2.5.4. if there is verifiable confirmation from previous operator.

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE

PAŹ/OCT-2011

ZMIANA/REVISION

0

STRONA/PAGE

6.2- 11/28

2.2.6. Familiarization Training 2.2.6.1. The flight crew member shall have satisfactorily completed the Familiarization training: •

for Boeing B 737-400 variant, if the Type rating training was accomplished in the simulator of other variants (B 737-300 or B 737-500)

•

for Boeing B 737-800 variant, if the Type rating training was accomplished in the simulator of other variants (B 737-600 or B 737-700).

2.2.6.2. Familiarization training shall be completed before commencing the Flight training for obtaining the type rating conceivably before the Line training under supervision. 2.2.6.3. Familiarization training requires the acquisition of additional knowledge but does not required simulator training.

2.2.6.4.

Familiarization training contents for Boeing B 737EFIS variant:

Summary of differences General dimensions Limitations Pneumatics and Air conditioning Auto flight Engine instrument system Flaps speeds, Tail skid, Air stairs Electrical Checklist Bulletins TOTAL

0.30 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.30 5:00

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL 2.2.6.5.

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE

PAŹ/OCT-2011

ZMIANA/REVISION

0

STRONA/PAGE

6.2- 12/28

Familiarization training contents for Boeing B 737NG variant:

Summary of differences General dimensions Limitations Pneumatics and Air conditioning Flaps speeds, Tail skid Electrical Checklist Bulletins TOTAL

0.30 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.30 4:00

2.2.7. Differences Training 2.2.7.1. The flight crew member shall have satisfactorily completed the Differences training if changing to operate from Boeing B737EFIS to Boeing B 737NG and vice versa 2.2.7.2. The flight crew member shall have the type rating for Boeing B 737 as the part of one type rating confirmation in the pilot license ( Boeing B 737-300 – 900 ). 2.2.7.3. The Differences training requires additional knowledge and training on an appropriate training device (simulator) or the airplane. 2.2.8.

Operator Proficiency Check

2.2.8.1. Each flight crew member shall undergo the Operator Proficiency Check as a part of Conversion training. 2.2.8.2. The flight crew member shall have satisfactorily completed the Operator Proficiency Check to demonstrate his competence in carrying out TVS company Normal, Abnormal and Emergency procedures with emphasis to OM-B and SOP. 2.2.8.3. The flight crew member shall undergo Operator Proficiency Check as a part of normal flight complement. 2.2.8.4. Operator Proficiency Check required by EU-OPS , may be combined with type or class rating Skill test required by JAR-FCL. 2.2.8.5. The Operator Proficiency Checks shall comprise following maneuvers: Rejected take-off. Take-off with engine failure between V1 and V2. Single engine precision instrument approach to minimum (manually). Non-precision approach to minimum. Single engine instrument missed approach from minimum (manually) Single engine landing. Category II/IIIA approach.

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.2- 13/28

Missed approach from category II/IIIA minimum. Landing from category II/IIIA minimum. LVO take-off to the applicable minimum 2.2.8.6. The Operator Proficiency Check shall be conducted by Type Rating Examiner (TRE) or if check is conducted in a flight simulator qualified and approved for the purpose in accordance with JAR STD 1A a Synthetic Flight Examiner (SFE). 2.2.8.7. Type Rating Examiner (TRE) shall fill in the OPERATOR PROFICIENCY CHECK REPORT FORM if the Operator Proficiency Check was completed successfully. 2.2.8.8. Type Rating Examiner (TRE) shall fill in the ATPL TYPE RATING RECORD and APPLICATION REPORT FORM if the Operator Proficiency Check is carried out in accordance with paragraph 2.2.8.4. 2.2.8.9. The period of validity of Operator Proficiency Check is 6 calendar months in addition to the remainder of the month of issue. If issued within the final 3 calendar months of validity of a previous Operator Proficiency Check, the period of validity shall extend from the date of issue until 6 calendar months from the expiry date of that previous Operator Proficiency Check. 2.2.9.

Route and Airport Competence Training

2.2.9.1. A flight crew member shall have completed a ground phase of the Route and Aerodrome Competence Training before commencing the Line Flying under supervision. 2.2.9.2. The ground phase of the Route and Aerodrome Competence Training shall be executed as a theoretical ground briefing. 2.2.9.3. The ground phase of the Route and Aerodrome Competence Training shall comprise the RVSM, NAT-MNPS, ETOPS, TURKEY and IRAN TERRITORY training. 2.2.9.4. The RVSM training contents: • EUR RVSM Airspace Competency • Flight planning • Flight plan filling in • Pre-flight procedures • Procedures prior to RVSM airspace entry • Normal in-flight RVSM procedures • Contingency in-flight RVSM procedures • Post flight procedures • Phraseology 2.2.9.5. The NAT-MNPS training contents: • NAT-MNPS/RVSM airspace • Criteria for required minimum navigation equipment • The TVS company aircraft equipment for long range navigation • Flight planning, Selection of suitable routes • Selection of suitable routes

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL • • • • • • • •

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE STRONA/PAGE

Pre-flight preparation En-route procedures (Oceanic clearance, Flight within MNPS airspace) Procedures in case of navigation capacity decrease Scheduling of necessary fuel quantity RVSM procedures during flight North Atlantic communication procedures Common procedures for radio communication failure Special procedures for in flight contingencies

2.2.9.6. The ETOPS training contents: • Definitions • Area of operations • Diversion strategies • ETOPS fuel requirements • Dispatch weather minima for En-route alternate aerodromes • ETOPS Operations Flight Plan • Flight Crew Procedures • In-flight diversion strategies • Flight

PAŹ/OCT-2011

ZMIANA/REVISION

0 6.2- 14/28

in

NAT-MNPS

dispatch

2.2.9.7. The TURKEY and IRAN TERRITORY flyover training contents: • Area definition • Pressurization loss over East Turkey and Iran • Procedures in appropriate sectors 2.2.9.8. After passing each individual part of Route and Aerodrome Competence Training (RVSM, NAT-MNPS, ETOPS, TURKEY and IRAN TERRITORY) the flight crew member shall successfully complete the written test. 2.2.9.9. The trainings introduced in paragraph 2.2.9.3. above can be completed as independent training according to appropriate chapter of OM-D. 2.2.9.10. A flight crew member shall have completed a flight phase of the Route and Aerodrome Competence Training within the Line Flying under supervision. 2.2.9.11. It is mandatory to complete the Basic Route Competency Qualification training during Conversion course while the Additional Route Competency Qualification training is optional and can be completed as an independent Route Competency Qualification training. 2.2.9.12. Route Competence Qualification 2.2.9.12.1. For the less complex routes, familiarization by self-briefing with route documentation or by means of programmed instruction is required. 2.2.9.12.2. Route Competence training should include knowledge of: ♦Terrain and minimum safe altitudes ♦Seasonal meteorological conditions ♦Meteorological, communication and air traffic facilities, services and procedures ♦Search and rescue procedures ♦Navigational facilities associated with the route along which the flight is to take place

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.2- 15/28

2.2.9.12.3. For the more complex routes, in addition to sub paragraph above 2.2.9.11.1 in-flight familiarization as a commander, co-pilot or observer under supervision or familiarization in an flight simulator using a data base appropriate to the route concerned is required. 2.2.9.12.4. It is mandatory to complete the Basic Route Competency Qualification training during Conversion course while the Additional Route Competency Qualification training is optional and can be completed as an independent Route Competency Qualification training. 2.2.9.12.5. Basic Route Competency Qualification required for the TRAVEL SERVICE flight crew member consist of areas: •

Europe

•

North Africa

2.2.9.12.6. To obtain the Basic Route Competency Qualification the flight crew member shall operate on one of mostly used routes to following destinations: Europe any two A/D in region North Africa any A/D in region 2.2.9.12.7. Additional Route Competency Qualification required for the TRAVEL SERVICE flight crew member consist of areas: •

Near East

•

Middle East (including Turkey and Iran territory flyover)

•

Far East

•

Cape Verde

•

NAT MNPS – Iceland

•

NAT MNPS – North and Central America

•

Central + South Africa

•

Russia

•

South Atlantic

• ETOPS 2.2.9.12.8. To obtain the Additional Route Competency Qualification the flight crew member shall operate on one of mostly used routes to following destinations: •

Near East

Any A/D in region

•

Middle East

Any A/D in region

•

Far East

Any A/D in region

•

Cape Verde

Any A/D in region

•

NAT MNPS – Iceland

Any A/D in region

•

NAT MNPS – North and Central America

Any A/D in region

•

Central + South Africa

Any A/D in region

•

Russia

Any A/D in region

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL • 2.2.9.13.

South Atlantic

• ETOPS Airport Competency Qualification

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.2- 16/28

Any A/D in region Flight along ETOPS route

2.2.9.13.1. The Travel Service company airport classification is appointed in TVS OM part C. 2.2.9.13.2. To obtain or revalidate airport category B competency qualification the flight crew member shall complete a ground briefing conducted by LTI or complete the self-briefing by means of programmed instruction. 2.2.9.13.3. A flight crew member shall acknowledge that he pass the ground training mentioned in paragraph 2.2.9.12.2 above. 2.2.9.13.4. To obtain or revalidate airport category C competency qualification the flight crew member shall complete a briefing as stated in paragraph 2.2.9.12.2. In addition the flight crew member shall perform a flight to that aerodrome as an observer (the same variant or type is not required) or flight crew member with LTI (with valid aerodrome competency) or perform flight to that aerodrome in flight simulator training. Additional training on simulator or airplane may be required by Czech CAA or State CAA). 2.2.9.13.5. The Flight crew training manager of the TRAVEL SERVICE or his nominated deputy shall confirm the training mentioned in paragraph 2.2.9.12.4. 2.2.9.14.

The period of validity of the Route and Aerodrome Competence Qualification is 12 calendar months in addition to the remainder of the month of the last flight on the route or to the A/D.

2.2.9.15.

Route and Aerodrome Competence Qualification shall be revalidated by operating on the route or to the aerodrome within the period of validity prescribed in paragraph 2.2.9.13.

2.2.9.16.

If revalidated within the final 3 calendar months of validity of previous Route and Aerodrome Competence Qualification, the period of validity shall extend from the date of revalidation until 12 calendar months from the expiry date of previous Route and Aerodrome Competence Qualification.

2.2.10.

Line Flying Under Supervision

2.2.10.1.

A flight crew member shall have completed all training and checking mentioned above before commencing Line Flying under supervision.

2.2.10.2.

Line Flying under supervision provides the opportunity for a flight crew member to carry into practice the procedures and techniques he has been made familiar with during the ground and flight training of a Conversion Training.

2.2.10.3.

Line Flying shall be conducted under supervision of the Line Training Instructor (LTI), acceptable for CAA.

2.2.10.4.

The flight crew member shall successfully complete as the minimum:

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.2- 17/28

(a) Co-pilot, that completes Conversion Course for first multi-pilot multi-engine jet airplane min 40 sectors/ 100 flying hours (b) Commander or co-pilot, if previously qualified on another multi-pilot multi-engine jet airplane min 20 sectors (c) Commander or co-pilot, with valid type rating for appropriate multi-pilot multi-engine jet airplane min 10 sectors 2.2.10.5. At least during the first 10 sectors the crew shall be augmented by an experienced flight crew member operating in the observer seat (jump seat) if training is conducted according to paragraph 2.2.10.4 a) or 2.2.10.4 b). 2.2.10.6. The actual release for the Line Flying under supervision in two-man crew requires the successful completion of the Line Check. 2.2.10.7. A flight crew member shall have completed tasks, as prescribed in appendix 4 to the Conversion Course, within the Line Flying under supervision if training is conducted according to paragraph 2.2.10.4 a). 2.2.10.8. A flight crew member shall have completed one CAT II and one CAT IIIA, within the Line Flying under supervision if training is conducted according to paragraph 2.2.10.4 c) and the LVO authorization is valid from previous operator. 2.2.10.9. A flight crew member shall have completed independent Low Visibility Training if the Conversion Course Line Flying under supervision is conducted according to paragraph 2.2.10.4 a) or 2.2.10.4 b) or the LVO authorization is not valid from previous operator. 2.2.10.10. Each flight shall be entered and granted in the Line Flying Training Form by a LTI. 2.2.10.11. At the end of the Line Flying under supervision the crew member should be able to perform a safe and efficient flight conducted within the tasks of pilot on the respective position for which is trained. 2.2.11.

Line Check

2.2.11.1. The flight crew member shall have satisfactorily completed the Line Check as a part of Conversion training after the Line training under supervision is completed. 2.2.11.2. The flight crew member shall have satisfactorily completed the Line Check to demonstrate his competence in carrying out normal complete line operation including the pre-flight and postflight procedures and use of the equipment provided as specified in the Operations Manual. The CRM skills shall be included in the overall assessment. 2.2.11.3. Line check must be completed in an airplane and a flight crew member shall be checked as a pilot flying and pilot not flying. 2.2.11.4. The Line check content is described in the LINE CHECK REPORT FORM. 2.2.11.5. Line check shall be conducted by the Line Training Examiner (LTE). The LTE shall occupy the observer seat (jump seat).

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE

PAŹ/OCT-2011

ZMIANA/REVISION

0

STRONA/PAGE

6.2- 18/28

2.2.11.6. The Line Training Examiner (LTE) shall fill in the LINE CHECK REPORT FORM if the Line check was completed successfully. 2.2.11.7. Upon satisfactorily completion of a Line check a flight crew member completes the Conversion Course and obtains a competency to conduct unsupervised line flying. 2.2.11.8. Upon completion of a Line Flying a flight crew member shall be considered as a not experienced on type until : min 100 flying hours and flown 10 legs within a consolidation period of 120 consecutive days or min

150

flying

hours

and

flown

20

legs

(no

time

limit)

2.2.11.9. For the time period stated in paragraph 2.2.11.8, the flight crew member shall be scheduled to flight crew with flight personnel that meets this requirements : min 500 hours on type and min 1 year practice on type 2.2.11.10. The period of validity of the Line Check is 12 calendar months in addition to the remainder of the month of issue. If issued within the final 3 calendar months of validity of a previous Line Check, the period of validity shall extend from the date of issue until 12 calendar months from the expiry date of that previous Line Check .

2.3. TRAINING RECORD 2.3.1. The Training Record shall be issued for the Conversion Training. 2.3.2. The Training Record shall include all Check Forms relevant for the Conversion Training. 2.3.3. The instructor or authorized personnel initials and signature are to be used to confirm an assessment and annotation. 2.3.4. Flight Crew Training Manager shall check and acknowledge the Training Record before storage to the personal envelope.

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE

PAŹ/OCT-2011

ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

0 6.2- 19/28

APPENDIX 1 COURSE

CONTENTS

-

Basic

Company introduction Company organization structure Company management Company culture Flight department overview Labour Laws and Employment Relationship Labour Code Normal Work Wage regulations Pilot seniority Safety and protection of health at work Personal, object and aircraft insurance Company Regulations and Procedures Description of company procedures Description of: operational control and supervision qualification requirements crew composition crew health precaution flight time and duty limitations flight preparation instruction ground handling instruction flight procedures use of MEL, AFM, MDL handling of accident and incident flight data recorder policy Dangerous Goods General philosophy Limitations on DG in air-transport Classification and list of DG Package marking and labeling Loading, restriction on loading and segregation Provision of information to commander DG in passenger baggage Emergency procedures Security Security requirements Action to prevent acts of unlawful interference Reporting acts of unlawful interference Negotiation skills

indoctrination

Airline

Organization

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

Aeroplane search procedure checklist Passenger Air Transport Regulations Check-in procedures Handling of passenger Handling of disabled passenger Route and Aerodrome Instruction Jeppesen Company Aeronautical information services

Airway flight

Manual plan

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.2- 20/28

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.2- 21/28

APPENDIX 2 COURSE CONTENTS Emergency and safety equipment training and check Aeromedicine Main risks:

Conditions susceptible to hypoxia:

Conditions susceptible to pressure changes:

Decompression sickness: Other conditions:

pressure changes decompression sickness time zone changes uncomfortable position in seat congestive cardiac failure, recent myocardial infarction and significant cardiac arrhythmia pneumothorax cerebral infarction epileptic fit bronchial asthma acute otitis and sinusitis acute barotraumas pneumothorax, tension pneumothorax divers who board an aircraft too soon after drive diabetes mellitus (timing of injection of insulin) fixed wiring of the jaws (accompanied by an escort) psychical disordes (accompanied by an escort)

Aeromedical topics Hypoxia Hyperventilation Contamination of the skin/eyes by aviation fuel or hydraulic or other fluids Hygiene and food poisoning Malaria Survival Survival information:

sea high mountains use of survival equipment

Security, Rescue and Emergency services Security services – operational procedures Rescue and emergency services – operational procedures Emergency and Safety Equipment Location and use of emergency exits: Location and use of doors and hatches:

cockpit crew hatch and escape rope emergency exits in cabin cabins door service door cargo door

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.2- 22/28

cockpit communication hatch entrance light switches Location and use of emergency and safety equipment: lifejacket protective breathing equipment fire extinguishers other emergency and safety equipment Emergency Procedures Emergency landing: Landing on land:

Ditching procedures:

Fire fighting: Effect of smoke:

Emergency evacuation: Emergency descent:

selecting landing place informing ATC briefing cabin crew informing passengers differences compared to landing on land wet-drill training: actual donning and inflation of lifejackets in water using equipment on an actual or simulated fire effect of smoke in enclosed area actual use of equipment in a simulated smoke-filled environment duties of cockpit crew duties of cabin crew high speed descent low speed descent

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE

PAŹ/OCT-2011

ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

0 6.2- 23/28

APPENDIX 3 COURSE CONTENTS -Crew resource management training (CRM) Basic Aviation Psychology Human information processing: Attention and vigilance: Perception:

Memory:

Response selection:

Human error and reliability:

Theory and model of human error Error generation: Decision making: Decision-making concepts:

Avoiding and managing errors: Safety awareness: Co-ordination Co-operation:

Communications:

Personality: Individual differences in personality: Identification of hazardous attitudes Human overload and under-load:

selectivity of attention divided attention perceptual illusions subjectivity of perception “bottom-up” / ”top-down” processing sensory memory working memory long term memory motor memory (skills) learning principles and techniques Drives motivation and performance Reliability of human behavior Hypotheses on reality: similarity, frequency completion causality internal factors (cognitive styles) external factors (ergonomics, economics, social environment) structure (phases) Limits risk assessment practical application cockpit management identification of error proneness identification of error sources situation awareness small group dynamics leadership, management styles duty and role communications model(s) verbal and non-verbal communication communications barriers conflict management Personality and attitudes: development environmental influences self-concepts

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL Arousal Stress: Fatigue: Body rhythm and sleep: Fatigue and stress management: Advanced cockpit automation:

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.2- 24/28

definitions, concepts, models anxiety and stress effects of stress types, causes, symptoms effects of fatigue rhythm disturbances symptoms, effects, management coping strategies management techniques Advantages and disadvantages (criticalities) Automation complacency Working concepts System and human limitations associated with the use of automation

Standard Operating Procedures Company safety culture Company standard operating procedures Organizational factors Statistics and Examples Statistics of Human factors related accidents Examples of Human factors related accidents Remark: Assesement of CRM skills in accordance with OM-D

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.2- 25/28

HUMAN FACTORS COURSE Human factors: Basic Concepts Human factors in aviation: Competence and limitations Becoming a competent pilot: the traditional approach towards proficiency the human factors approach towards professionalism Accident statistics Flight safety concepts Basic Aviation Physiology and Health Maintenance The atmosphere Respiratory and circulatory system: functional anatomy hypobaric environment pressurization, decompression rapid decompression hyperventilation accelerations High altitude environment: ozone, radiation, humidity Man and environment: the sensory system Central and peripheral nervous system: sensory threshold, sensitivity, adaptation Habituation reflexes and biological control systems Vision: functional anatomy visual field, foveal and peripheral vision binocular and monocular vision monocular vision cues night vision Hearing: functional anatomy flight related hazards to hearing Equilibrium: functional anatomy motion, acceleration, verticality motion sickness Integration of sensory inputs: spatial disorientation illusions (physical, physiological, psychological) approach and landing problems Personal hygiene Common minor ailments: cold Influenza gastro-intestinal upset Problem areas for pilots: hearing loss defective vision hypotension, hypertension, coronaric disease obesity nutrition hygiene tropical climates epidemic diseases Intoxication: tobacco Alcohol

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

Incapacitation: operating coping procedures

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

drugs and self-medication various toxic materials symptoms and causes recognition

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.2- 26/28

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

APPENDIX 4 TOPICS for Line Flying Various kinds of approaches • 3x ILS CAT I approach without using auto-pilot and flight director • 3x NON PRECISION approach • 3x VISUAL approach • 3x Automatic landing Various kinds of Take-off • Take-off with flaps 15 • Improved Take-off • No bleed Take-off Documents and library in the a/c Fuelling procedures MTOW determination, power setting at take off Use of TAKE-OFF data book Use of WX radar TCAS switches and test indication Push back procedures Taxiing and manoeuvring on ground Use of external lights Expedited and intersection take off Turbulence penetration, wake turbulence occurrence Down hill rule, drift down procedures Emergency/Communication failure procedures Descend profile, descend planning Glide Slope interception from above Insufficient aeroplane deceleration Landing technique Storage of information used for the flight MLAW determination power setting at GA Fuel calculation and determination Company fuel scenario, Company tankering policy Alternate airport selection and fuel calculation ICAO holding procedures with adequate speeds RVSM contingency procedures SOP HF communication procedures Stabilized approach – definition and practice

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.2- 27/28

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

MIEJSCE CELOWO POZOSTAWIONE PUSTE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.2- 28/28

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

ATTACHEMENT 3 COMMAND COURSE B- 737 EFIS/NG 3.1.

TRAINING PLAN

3.1.1. Aim of the Course 3.1.2. Pre-entry Requirements 3.1.3. Credit for Previous Experience 3.1.4. General Rules 3.2.

PILOTS WITHOUT VALID TYPE RATING B 737

3.2.1. Time Scale 3.2.2. Type Rating Course 3.2.3. Basic Training for Pilot-in-command 3.2.4.

Training for Pilot-in-command B 737

3.2.5. Crew resource management 3.2.6. Route and Aerodrome Competence Training 3.2.7. Aircraft Basic Training 3.2.8.

Line Training Under Supervision

3.2.9. Command Line Check 3.2.10. Crew Member after Completed Line Training 3.3.

PILOTS WITH VALID TYPE RATING B 737

3.3.1.

Time Scale

3.3.2.

Difference Training (if applicable)

3.3.3. Basic Training for Pilot-in-command 3.3.4.

Training for Pilot-in-command B 737

3.3.5. Crew Resource Management 3.3.6.

Flight Simulator Training

3.3.7. Skill Test / Operator Proficiency Check 3.3.8. Route and Aerodrome Competence Training 3.3.9.

Line Training Under Supervision

3.3.10. Command Line Check 3.3.11. Crew member after completed line training

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.3 - 1/28

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

3.1.

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.3 - 2/28

TRAINING PLAN

3.1.1. Aim of the Course After completion of the course the student must be able to: 1. Exercise the functions required by a commander regarding preparations, executions and termination of a commercial IFR flight. 2. Make such decisions and take measures necessary, should an emergency or any other incident make it possible or unjustifiable to continue the flight as planned 3. Exercise sound judgment and good airmanship 4. fly the B737EFIS/NG during normal and abnormal maneuvers within limits an a calm and correct manner 5. Application of emergency procedures 6. Use crew co-ordination and incapacity procedures 3.1.2. Pre-entry Requirements The student shall hold and fulfill following conditions: • • • • • •

A valid ATPL Minimum 1000 hours as pilot-in-command on multi-engine multi-pilot airplane or Minimum 1500 hours as co-pilot B 737 without previous experiences on multi-pilot airplane or Minimum 1000 hours as co-pilot B 737 with previous experiences minimum 500 hours on multi-pilot airplane or Minimum 500 hours as co-pilot with minimum previous experiences 500 hours as pilot-incommand on multi-engine multi-pilots airplanes Satisfactorily completed the interview with Flight department management

3.1.3. Credit for Previous Experience If student has valid type rating “B 737 co-pilot only” will follow syllabi section 3.3 If student has not valid type rating B 737 will follow syllabi section 3.2 Remark: Pilot with valid type rating B 737 can hold valid rating for same or different version B 737. As same version is: a) B 737 400 version B 737 300/500 b) B 737 800 version B 737 600/700

3.1.4. General Rules Once the Command course has been commenced, a flight crew member shall not undertake flying duties on another type or class until the course is completed or terminated. 3.2. PILOTS WITHOUT VALID TYPE RATING B 737 3.2.1. Time Scale 1. Type Rating Course

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.3 - 3/28

2. Basic training for pilot-in-command 3. Training for pilot-in-command B 737 4. CRM 5. Route and aerodrome competence training 6. Aircraft base training 7. Line flying under supervision 8. Command line check 3.2.2. Type Rating Course • • •

• •

The flight crew member shall have satisfactorily completed the Type Rating Course for Boeing B 737 300 – 900 airplane. The Type Rating Course shall be executed in the Type Rating Training organization. The Travel Service company uses TRTO: a) CSA Training centre b) RWL Mönchengladbach c) CAE Emirates Dubai The TRTO and its training program shall be authorized by CAA. The Type Rating Course shall be conducted by suitable qualified Type Rating Instructor or Synthetic Flight Instructor.

3.2.3. Basic Training for Pilot-in-command •

•

Lessons are focused to Czech Air Law, Czech Aviation regulations and JAR, TVS Operation manual part A, B, C, Minimum Equipped List, AOM and duties and responsibilities of the pilot in- command during preparation, execution and termination of commercial IFR flight, include non standard or emergency situation. Pilot with logged more than 500 PIC flight hours on multi-pilots airplanes are not performed this part of training.

3.2.4. Training for Pilot-in-command B 737 •

Lessons familiarises with B 737 construction and equipment, performance of B 737, flight planning standard operation procedures, non-normal procedures, emergency procedures and performing LVO.

3.2.5. Crew resource management •

Lessons are focused to rights and responsibilities of the pilot in command, crew coordination, communication and captaincy.

3.2.6. Route and Aerodrome Competence Training • •

Lessons are carried as self-study or with the instructor who has valid aerodrome competence for particular airport. It is not performed for these airports, for which the student has valid competence.

3.2.7. Aircraft Basic Training • •

Pilot must have the Type Rating Training passed. Before commencing training a TRI will familiarise the trained pilot with: a) systems of the airplane and its handling on real airplane

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.3 - 4/28

b) performing outside and inside pre-flight check

• Aircraft base training is carried on the airplane without passengers. • Training contains minimum: 3 landings and 1 missed approach. Aircraft base training is performed by TRE acceptable by CAA. • Crew composition: LH pilot seat – pilot in training RH pilot seat – TRE Observer seat – stand-by pilot - (unrestricted B 737 rated pilot) • TRE shall fill the “Base and line training log” in. 3.2.8. Line Training Under Supervision • Aircraft base training must be completed before commencing Line training. • Trained pilot must hold ATPL with valid B 737 rating. Crew composition and position: LH pilot seat – pilot in training RH pilot seat – TRI / LTI • The crew is augmented by fully qualified crew member for minimum 10 legs. • The student will carry out all the duties normally performed by the captain, except signing any documents and executing actual ILS CAT II/IIIa approach 3.2.9. Command Line Check • • • • •

The “Command line check” shall be performed by the TRE CAA or operator TRE after 20 legs or 50 flying hours and recommendation of the TRI. Recommendation is issued if the TRI overall opinion on the line flying reports indicates, that the student is able to operate as a commander on B 737 The student shall be checked in both functions ( PF/PM ). The TRE/LTE shall occupy the observer seat during this check and the co-pilot seat shall be occupied by the category “A” Travel Service First Officer. After successful “Command line check” the TRE/LTE will fill the Line Check Report Form in.

3.2.10. Crew Member after Completed Line Training •

After successful “Command line check” the captain will be evaluated as category “B” crew member until he has logged on type minimum: a) 100 hours and 10 legs at 120 consecutive days or b) o 150 hours and 20 legs (without time limitation)

3.3. PILOTS WITH VALID TYPE RATING B 737 3.3.1. Time Scale 1. Difference training (if applicable) 2. Basic training for pilot-in-command 3. Training for pilot-in-command B 737 4. CRM 5. Flight simulator training 6. Skill Test / Operator Proficiency Check 7. Route and aerodrome competence training 8. Line flying under supervision

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.3 - 5/28

9. Command line check 3.3.2. Difference Training (if applicable) • • •

The flight crew member shall have satisfactorily completed Differences Training for Boeing 737 300-900 airplane. The TRTO and its training program shall be authorized by CAA. The Differences Training shall be conducted by suitable qualified Type Rating Instructor or Synthetic Flight Instructor.

3.3.3. Basic Training for Pilot-in-command •

•

Lessons are focused to Air Law, CAA Aviation regulations and EASA, TVS Operation manual part A, B, C, Minimum Equipped List, AOM and duties and responsibilities of the pilot-incommand during preparation, execution and termination of commercial IFR flight, include non standard or emergency situation. Pilot with logged more than 500 PIC flight hours on multi-pilots airplanes are not performed this part of training.

3.3.4. Training for Pilot-in-command B 737 •

Lessons familiarizes with B 737 construction and equipment, performance of B 737, flight planning standard operation procedures, non-normal procedures, emergency procedures and performing LVO.

3.3.5. Crew Resource Management •

Lessons are focused to rights and responsibilities of the pilot in command, crew coordination, communication and captaincy.

3.3.6. Flight Simulator Training • •

Only the simulator level “C” and higher is acceptable for training The simulator training consists of 4 two hours lessons

Lesson contents: Lesson 1: Preflight – normal procedures Engine start – normal Taxi – normal procedures Normal take off, visual circuit, full stop Normal take off, visual circuit, go around 2 engine, visual circuit, full stop Normal take off, ILS APP F/D, full stop Normal take off, , ILS APP no F/D, full stop Normal take off, flaps asymmetry, VOR-DME APP, full stop Engine fail after v1, ILS APP, go around with one engine inoperative, ILS APP no F/D full stop Engine fire after v1, APP no F/D, engine fire on final – no extinguishable, emergency evacuation Lesson 2: Preflight – normal procedures Engine start – some fails during engine start Taxi – normal procedures Normal take off, visual circuit, full stop Normal take off, generator fail, visual circuit, wind shear on final, go around, visual circuit, full stop Normal take off, reposition to FL 370, rapid depressurization, emergency descent to FL 100, loss of both engine, in-flight start one engine, one engine inoperative descent, NDB APP, full stop

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.3 - 6/28

Normal take off, jammed stabilizer, VOR-DME APP, full stop Engine fail before v1 Normal take off, after T/O gear lever not move up, VOR-DME APP, brake pressure indicator - zero PSI, full stop Engine fire after v1, APP no F/D, engine fire on final – no extinguishable, emergency evacuation Lesson 3 : Preflight – APU fire Engine start – some fails during engine start Taxi – normal procedures Normal take off, visual circuit, Duct Overheat, loss of hydraulic system B, X-wind landing, full stop Normal take off, asymmetrical trailing edge flaps (less than 1o), after landing spoilers don’t rise, full stop Normal take off, after T/O flame out, in-flight start engine, NDB APP, one engine inoperative go around, NDB APP, full stop Normal take off, jammed stabilizer, VOR-DME APP, full stop Engine fail before v1 Normal take off, after T/O jammed or restricted flight controls, ILS APP, full stop Engine fire after v1, ILS APP no F/D, engine fire on final – no extinguishable, emergency evacuation Lesson 4 : Preflight – APU fire Engine start – Engine start with ground source Engine 2 start with cross bleed start some fails during engine start Taxi – some fail during taxi Normal take off, reposition to FL 370, rapid depressurization, emergency descent to FL 100, steep turn, APP to stall, ILS APP, engine fire no extinguishable, emergency evacuation Normal take off. After T/O loss hydraulic A, ILS APP no F/D, full stop Normal take off, asymmetrical trailing edge flaps (less than 1o), after landing spoilers don’t rise, full stop Engine fail before v1 Engine fire after v1, ILS APP no F/D, go around, engine fire on final – no extinguishable, emergency evacuation Normal take off, after T/O runaway stabilizer, NDB APP, full stop 3.3.7. Skill Test / Operator Proficiency Check • • •

Skill Test / Operator Proficiency Check is performed by TRE acceptable by CAA. Duration of the Skill Test for pilot with valid ATPL 2.00 hrs for pilots obtaining ATPL 4.00 hrs The contents of the Skill Test / Operator Proficiency Check is in appropriate Report Forms.

3.3.8. Route and Aerodrome Competence Training • •

Lessons are carried as self-study or with the instructor who has valid aerodrome competence for particular airport. It is not performed for these airports, for which the student has valid competence.

3.3.9. Line Training Under Supervision • •

Trained pilot must hold ATPL with valid B 737 rating. Crew composition and position: LH pilot seat – pilot in training RH pilot seat – F/O (CAT A) or LTI Observer seat – LTI in case there is F/O in the RH pilot seat

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

•

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.3 - 7/28

The student will carry out all the duties normally performed by the captain, except signing any documents and executing actual ILS CAT II/IIIa approach

3.3.10. Command Line Check • • • • •

The “Command line check” shall be performed by the TRE after 20 legs or 50 flying hours and recommendation of the TRI. Recommendation is issued if the TRI overall opinion on the line flying reports indicates, that the student is able to operate as a commander on B 737 The student shall be checked in both functions ( PF/PM ). The TRE/LTE shall occupy the observer seat during this check and the co-pilot seat shall be occupied by the category “A” Travel Service First Officer. After successful “Command line check” the TRE/LTE will fill the Line Check Report Form in.

3.3.11. Crew Member after Completed Line Training •

After successful “Command line check” the captain will be evaluated as category “B” crew member until he has logged on type minimum: a) 100 hours and 10 legs at 120 consecutive days

or b) o 150 hours and 20 legs (without time limitation)

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE

PAŹ/OCT-2011

ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

ATTACHEMENT 3A - COMBINED CONVERSION AND COMMAND COURSE 3A.1. TRAINING PLAN 3A.1.1. Aim of the Course 3A.1.2. Entry Requirements 3A.1.3. Credit for Previous Experience 3A.1.4. General Rules 3A.2. TRAINING PROGRAM 3A.2.0. Description 3A.2.1. Basic Indoctrination 3A.2.2. Operator Ground Training B737 3A.2.3. Operator Simulator Training 3A.2.4. Emergency and Safety Equipment Training and Check 3A.2.5. Crew Resource Management Training (CRM) 3A.2.6. Familiarization Training 3A.2.7. Differences Training 3A.2.8. Operator Proficiency Check 3A.2.9. Route and Airport Competence Training 3A.2.10. Line Flying under Supervision 3A.2.11. Line Check 3A.3. TRAINING RECORD APPENDIX 1 COURSE CONTENTS - Basic indoctrination APPENDIX 2 COURSE CONTENTS - Emergency and safety equipment training and check APPENDIX 3 COURSE CONTENTS - Crew resource management training (CRM) APPENDIX 4 TOPICS for Line Flying

0 6.3 - 8/28

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.3 - 9/28

3A.1. TRAINING PLAN 3A.1.1. Aim of the Course A flight crew member being hired for a captain position at TRAVEL SERVICE company. The objective of the Combined Conversion and Command Course is to train a flight crew member to level of proficiency required for operation on B737 at TRAVEL SERVICE company in a commander position The Combined Conversion and Command Course meets the requirements of the OPS 1.945. and 1.955. 3A.1.2. Entry Requirements A flight crew member shall meet these requirements: • •

Have valid B737 Type rating as a commander Minimum experience 500 flight hours as commander B737 or 1 000 flight hours as commander multi-engine multi-pilot airplane above 15 000 kg • Have satisfactorily completed the hire process including theoretical test, interview and simulator test For hire process excluding simulator test is responsible company: AeroJOB, s.r.o. Prague 4, . Jílovská 1167/71 3A.1.3. Credits for Previous Experience The extent of training required by the Conversion course will be determined after due note has been taken of the flight crew member’s previous experience and training as recorded in training records and pilot log book. 3A.1.4. General Rules Once the Combined Conversion and Command Course has been commenced, a flight crew member shall not undertake flying duties on another type or class until the course is completed or terminated. 3A.2. TRAINING PROGRAM 3A.2.0. Description 3A.2.0.1. The Combined Conversion and Command Course includes following parts: a) b) c) d) e) f) g) h) i) j) k)

Basic Indoctrination Operator Ground Training B737 Operator Simulator Training Emergency and Safety Equipment Training and Check Crew Resource Management Training (CRM) Differences Training Familiarization Training Operator Proficiency Check Route and Aerodrome Competence Training Line Flying under Supervision Line Check

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE

PAŹ/OCT-2011

ZMIANA/REVISION

0

STRONA/PAGE

6.3 - 10/28

3A.2.1. Basic Indoctrination 3A.2.1.1.The flight crew member shall have completed Basic Indoctrination with contents as prescribed in paragraph 3A.2.1.3 in the extent specified in Appendix 1. 3A.2.1.2.The Basic Indoctrination shall be conducted by suitable qualified personnel. 3A.2.1.3. Contents of Basic Indoctrination: CONTENTS TRAVEL SERVICE Company Structure Employment Relationship Company Procedures and Regulations Dangerous Goods Transportation Training + Test Security Procedures TOTAL

HOURS 1 1 5 2 2 11

3A.2.1.4. The flight crew member shall have completed written test at the end of the Dangerous Goods Transportation Training. 3A.2.1.5.Dangerous Goods Transportation Training and Check shall be performed by e-learning method approved by the authorized personnel acceptable for CAA. 3A.2.2. Operator Ground Training B737 3A.2.2.1. The flight crew member shall have completed with contents Operator Ground Training B737 as prescribed in paragraph 3A.2.2.3 3A.2.2.2. The Operator Ground Training B737 shall be conducted by suitable qualified personnel. 3A.2.2.3. Contents of Operator Ground training CONTENTS Difference training Limitations Performance, Load and Balance Standard Operation Procedures RVSM,TCAS, R-NAV, RNP APCH TOTAL

HOURS 4 1 3 8 2 18

3A.2.3. Operator Simulator Training 3A.2.1.1. The flight crew member shall have satisfactorily completed the Operator Simulator Training in the extent of 4 flight hours to familiarize and practice TVS company Normal, Abnormal and Emergency procedures with emphasis to OM-B and SOP. 3A.2.1.2. The Simulator Conversion Training can be accomplished either in the Boeing B 737EFIS or Boeing B 737NG simulators. 3A.2.1.3. Syllabus for simulator training: • • •

Start up procedure with ground air source, engine N°1 hot start, engine N°2 no N1 rotation. Normal take off (VMC), visual circle, full landing stop. Normal take off, prepare for ILS approach. During radar vectoring simulate ground proximity (glass mountain) , terrain avoidance maneuver is needed. Continue ILS approach till minima

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.3 - 11/28

and make go around due to obstacle on the RWY (follow miss approach procedure as published). • Fly to IF for non precision approach, TCAS RA maneuver due to opposite traffic at same altitude. Then after join holding pattern over IF (or any other suitable point), prepare for non precision APP, full landing stop. • Reposition to take off position, increase weight up to max TOW, shortly before V1 engine stall ( bird strike), rejected take off, during deceleration engine fire (non extinguishable), passenger evacuation. • Reposition to take off position (max TOW), cross wind 15, gusty 20 KTS, wind shear shortly after take off. After wind shear escape maneuver climb to flight level 100 and perform stall recovery (1 x clean configuration, 1 x full landing configuration) • Reduce gross weight, reposition to FL 370, cabin altitude warning, rapid depressurization, emergency descent. Pilot incapacitation, continue to nearest suitable airport, full stop landing. • During take off near off V1 engine failure (severe damage), ILS approach, on short final go around (ATC requirement), reposition to 6 NM final and make full landing stop. • Normal take off, shortly after lift off the FMC fail. Radar service is not provided, own navigation follow one off suitable STAR, join holding pattern, prepare for ILS approach (manual setting Vref and N1). • Reposition to down wind leg, switch off A/T, A/P, F/D, and proceed for ILS approach (raw data APP). • Reposition to long final ILS approach with circle-to-land to opposite runway. • LVO take off RVR 125m, no speed indication, rejected take off • LVO take off RVR 125m, high speed reject (ATC requirement). • LVO take off RVR 125m, at speed 100 KTS visibility 0, continue takeoff, at position down wind leg make briefing for ILS approach CAT II. Make normal approach and landing. • Reposition 3 NM final ILS CAT II go around due to weather • Reposition 3 NM final ILS CAT II go around due to ATC • Reposition 3 NM final ILS CAT II, localizer INOP, during go around TO/GA button is INOP. • Reposition 3 NM final ILS CAT II go around due to RA fail • Reposition to 6 NM final CAT IIIA, make normal approach and landing • Reposition to 3 NM final CAT IIIA, NO FLARE mode • Reposition 3 NM final ILS CAT III, GS INOP • Reposition 3 NM final ILS CAT III NO RETARD • Reposition 3 NM final ILS CAT III A/T fail full stop landing. This training can be substituted by Simulator Recurrent Training in the extent of the 6 flight hours with contents of the appropriate Simulator Recurrent Training Volume used in company at real time.

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.3 - 12/28

3.A.2.4. Emergency and Safety Equipment Training and Check 3A.2.4.0 The flight crew member shall have satisfactorily completed the Initial Emergency and Safety Equipment Training and Check as appointed in paragraph 3A.2.4.6. and the extent specified in Appendix 2. 3A.2.4.1 Emergency and Safety Equipment Training may be combined with Emergency and Safety Equipment Checking and shall be conducted in an airplane or a suitable alternative training device. 3A.2.4.2 Type related parts of training are relevant to the version or variant for which the flight crew member is trained. 3A.2.4.3 Emergency and Safety Equipment Training and Check shall be conducted by the authorized personnel of the TRAVEL SERVICE company (GCI) which is acceptable for CAA. 3A.2.4.4 Initial Emergency and Safety Equipment Training and Check can be accomplished in suitable training device in compliance with Emergency and Safety Equipment Training program, which is acceptable for CAA. 3A.2.4.5 Contents of the Initial Emergency and Safety Equipment Training: CONTENTS a. Aeromedicine b.Survival c. Security, Rescue and Emergency services d. Emergency and Safety equipment e. Emergency procedures TOTAL

HOURS 5 1 1 1 2 10

3A.2.4.6 Topics for Emergency and Safety Equipment Check: Aeromedicine Emergency and Safety equipment Emergency procedures The TVS Flight Crew Training Manager can acknowledge the items stated in paragraphs 3A.2.4.6.a, b, c if there is verifiable confirmation from previous operator. 3A.2.5 Crew Resource Management Training (CRM) 3A.2.5.1 The flight crew member shall have satisfactorily completed the Initial Crew Resource Management Training, as described in paragraph 3A.2.5.4 and Appendix 3. 3A.2.5.2 Initial Crew Resource Management Training shall be conducted by the authorized personnel (GCI) which is acceptable for CAA. 3A.2.5.3 Initial Crew Resource Management Training can be accomplished in suitable training device in compliance with CRM Training program, which is acceptable for CAA.

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE

PAŹ/OCT-2011

ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

0 6.3 - 13/28

3A.2.5.4 Crew Resource Management Training contents: CONTENTS a. Human error and reliability, error chain, error prevention and detection company safety culture, SOP, organizational factors b. Company safety culture, SOP c. Communication and coordination inside and outside the cockpit d. Leadership and team behavior, synergy e. Automation and philosophy of the use of automation f. Case based studies TOTAL

HOURS 1 1 0,5 0,5 0,5 0,5 4

3A.2.5.5. The flight crew member shall be not assessed during Crew Resource Management Training. 3A.2.5.6.An operator can accept the Initial Crew Resource Management Training provided by the other operator or suitable training device for completion of paragraph 3A.2.5.1 if authorized by CAA. 3A.2.6. Familiarization Training 3A.2.6.1.The flight crew member shall have satisfactorily completed the Familiarization training: • •

for Boeing B 737-400 variant, if the Type rating training was accomplished in the simulator of other variants (B 737-300 or B 737-500). for Boeing B 737-800 variant, if the Type rating training was accomplished in the simulator of other variants (B 737-600 or B 737-700).

3A.2.6.2. Familiarization training shall be completed before commencing the Flight training for obtaining the type rating conceivably before the Line training under supervision. 3A.2.6.3. Familiarization training requires the acquisition of additional knowledge but does not required simulator training. 3A.2.6.4.Familiarization training contents for Boeing B 737EFIS variant: CONTENTS General dimensions Limitations Pneumatics and Air conditioning Auto flight Engine instrument system Flaps speeds, Tail skid, Air stairs Electrical Checklist Bulletins TOTAL

HOURS 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.30 5:00

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.3 - 14/28

3A.2.6.5. Familiarization training contents for Boeing B 737NG variant: CONTENTS Summary of differences General dimensions Limitations Pneumatics and Air conditioning Flaps speeds, Tail skid Electrical Checklist Bulletins TOTAL

HOURS 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.30 4:00

3A.2.7. Differences Training 3A.2.7.1.The flight crew member shall have satisfactorily completed the Differences training if changing to operate from Boeing B737EFIS to Boeing B 737NG and vice versa 3A.2.7.2.The flight crew member shall have the type rating for Boeing B 737 as the part of one type rating confirmation in the pilot license (Boeing B 737-300 – 900 ). 3A.2.7.3.The Differences training requires additional knowledge and training on an appropriate training device (simulator) or the airplane. 3A.2.8 Operator Proficiency Check 3A.2.8.1.Each flight crew member shall undergo the Operator Proficiency Check as a part of Conversion training. 3A.2.8.2.The flight crew member shall have satisfactorily completed the Operator Proficiency Check to demonstrate his competence in carrying out TVS company Normal, Abnormal and Emergency procedures with emphasis to OM-B and SOP. 3A.2.8.3.The flight crew member shall undergo Operator Proficiency Check as a part of normal flight complement. 3A.2.8.4.Operator Proficiency Check required by EU-OPS , may be combined with type or class rating Skill test required by JAR-FCL. 3A.2.8.5.The Operator Proficiency Checks shall comprise following maneuvers: Maneuvers Rejected take-off. Take-off with engine failure between V1 and V2. Single engine precision instrument approach to minimum (manually). Non-precision approach to minimum. Single engine instrument missed approach from minimum (manually) Single engine landing. Category II/IIIA approach. Missed approach from category II/IIIA minimum. Landing from category II/IIIA minimum. LVO take-off to the applicable minimum

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.3 - 15/28

3A.2.8.6.The Operator Proficiency Check shall be conducted by Type Rating Examiner (TRE) or if check is conducted in a flight simulator qualified and approved for the purpose in accordance with JAR STD 1A a Synthetic Flight Examiner (SFE). 3A.2.8.7.Type Rating Examiner (TRE) shall fill in the OPERATOR PROFICIENCY CHECK REPORT FORM if the Operator Proficiency Check was completed successfully. 3A.2.8.8.Type Rating Examiner (TRE) shall fill in the ATPL TYPE RATING RECORD and APPLICATION REPORT FORM if the Operator Proficiency Check is carried out in accordance with paragraph 3A.2.8.4. 3A.2.8.9.The period of validity of Operator Proficiency Check is 6 calendar months in addition to the remainder of the month of issue. If issued within the final 3 calendar months of validity of a previous Operator Proficiency Check, the period of validity shall extend from the date of issue until 6 calendar months from the expiry date of that previous Operator Proficiency Check. 3A.2.9. Route and Airport Competence Training A flight crew member shall have completed a ground phase of the Route and Aerodrome Competence Training before commencing the Line Flying under supervision. The ground phase of the Route and Aerodrome Competence Training shall be executed as a theoretical ground briefing. The ground phase of the Route and Aerodrome Competence Training shall comprise the RVSM, NATMNPS, RNP-10, P-RNAV, RNP APCH, ETOPS, training The RVSM training contents: • • • • • • • • •

EUR RVSM Airspace Competency Flight planning Flight plan filling in Pre-flight procedures Procedures prior to RVSM airspace entry Normal in-flight RVSM procedures Contingency in-flight RVSM procedures Post flight procedures Phraseology

The NAT-MNPS training contents: • • • • • • • • • • • •

NAT-MNPS/RVSM airspace Criteria for required minimum navigation equipment The TVS company aircraft equipment for long range navigation Flight planning, Selection of suitable routes Selection of suitable routes Pre-flight preparation En-route procedures (Oceanic clearance, Flight within MNPS airspace) Procedures in case of navigation capacity decrease Scheduling of necessary fuel quantity RVSM procedures during flight North Atlantic communication procedures Common procedures for radio communication failure

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

•

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.3 - 16/28

Special procedures for in flight contingencies in NAT-MNPS

The ETOPS training contents: • Definitions • Area of operations • Diversion strategies • ETOPS fuel requirements • Dispatch weather minima for En-route alternate aerodromes • ETOPS Operations Flight Plan • Flight Crew Procedures • In-flight diversion strategies • Flight dispatch All other trainings are performed according syllabuses from Chapter 6. After passing each individual part of Route and Aerodrome Competence Training (RVSM, NAT-MNPS, ETOPS, RNP-10, P-RNAV, RNP APCH ) the flight crew member shall successfully complete the computer or oral test. The trainings introduced in paragraph 3A.2.9.3. can be completed as independent training according to appropriate chapter of OM-D. A flight crew member shall have completed a flight phase of the Route and Aerodrome Competence Training within the Line Flying under supervision. It is mandatory to complete the Basic Route Competency Qualification training during Conversion course while the Additional Route Competency Qualification training is optional and can be completed as an independent Route Competency Qualification training. Route Competence Qualification 3A.2.9.1. For the less complex routes, familiarization by self briefing with route documentation or by means of programmed instruction is required. 3A.2.9.2. Route Competence training should include knowledge of: • • • • •

Terrain and minimum safe altitudes Seasonal meteorological conditions Meteorological, communication and air traffic facilities, services and procedures Search and rescue procedures Navigational facilities associated with the route along which the flight is to take place

3A.2.9..3. For the more complex routes, in addition to sub paragraph above 3A.2.9.1 in-flight familiarization as a commander, co-pilot or observer under supervision or familiarization in an flight simulator using a data base appropriate to the route concerned is required. 3A.2.9..4. It is mandatory to complete the Basic Route Competency Qualification training during Conversion course while the Additional Route Competency Qualification training is optional and can be completed as an independent Route Competency Qualification training. 3A.2.9..5. Basic Route Competency Qualification required for the TRAVEL SERVICE flight crew member consist of areas: • •

Europe North Africa

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE

PAŹ/OCT-2011

ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

0 6.3 - 17/28

3A.2.9.6. To obtain the Basic Route Competency Qualification the flight crew member shall operate on one of mostly used routes to following destinations: • •

Europe North Africa any

any two A/D in region A/D in region

3A.2.9.7. Additional Route Competency Qualification required for the TRAVEL SERVICE flight crew member consist of areas: • • • • • • • • • •

Near East Middle East (including Turkey and Iran territory flyover) Far East Cape Verde NAT MNPS – Iceland NAT MNPS – North and Central America Central + South Africa Russia South Atlantic ETOPS

3A.2.9.8. To obtain the Additional Route Competency Qualification the flight crew member shall operate on one of mostly used routes to following destinations: • • • • • • • • • •

Near East Middle East Far East Any Cape Verde NAT MNPS – Iceland NAT MNPS – North and Central America Central + South Africa Russia Any South Atlantic ETOPS

Any A/D in region Any A/D in region A/D in region Any A/D in region Any A/D in region Any A/D in region Any A/D in region A/D in region Any A/D in region Flight along ETOPS route

Airport Competency Qualification 3A.2.9.9. The Travel Service company airport classification is appointed in TVS OM part C. 3A.2.9.10. To obtain or revalidate airport category B competency qualification the flight crew member shall complete a ground briefing conducted by LTI or complete the self briefing by means of programmed instruction. 3A.2.9.11. A flight crew member shall acknowledge that he pass the ground training mentioned in paragraph 3A.2.9.12. 3A.2.9.12. To obtain or revalidate airport category C competency qualification the flight crew member shall complete a appropriate briefing. In addition the flight crew member shall perform a flight to that aerodrome as an observer (the same variant or type is not required) or flight crew member with LTI (with valid aerodrome competency) or perform flight to that aerodrome in flight simulator training. Additional training on simulator or airplane may be required by CAA). 3A.2.9.13. The Flight crew training manager of the TRAVEL SERVICE or his nominated deputy shall confirm the training mentioned in paragraph 3A.2.9.12.

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.3 - 18/28

The period of validity of the Route and Aerodrome Competence Qualification is 12calendar months in addition to the remainder of the month of the last flight on the route or to the A/D. Route and Aerodrome Competence Qualification shall be revalidated by operating on the route or to the aerodrome within the period of validity prescribed in paragraph 3A.2.9.13. If revalidated within the final 3 calendar months of validity of previous Route and Aerodrome Competence Qualification, the period of validity shall extend from the date of revalidation until 12 calendar months from the expiry date of previous Route and Aerodrome Competence Qualification. 3A.2.10. Line Flying Under Supervision 3A.2.10.1. A flight crew member shall have completed all training and checking mentioned above before commencing Line Flying under supervision. 3A.2.10.2. Line Flying under supervision provides the opportunity for a flight crew member to carry into practice the procedures and techniques he has been made familiar with during the ground and flight training of a Conversion Training. 3A.2.10.3. Line Flying shall be conducted under supervision of the Line Training Instructor (LTI), acceptable for CAA. 3A.2.10.4. The flight crew member shall successfully complete as the minimum: Commander without previous experience as commander or copilot B737 min 40 sectors b) Commander with previous experience as copilot B737 min 20 sectors c) Commander with previous experience as commander B737 min 10 sectors a)

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE

PAŹ/OCT-2011

ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

0 6.3 - 19/28

3A.10.5. A flight crew member shall have completed one CAT II and one CAT IIIA, within the Line Flying under supervision if training is conducted according to paragraph 3A.2.10.4 and the LVO authorization is valid from previous operator. 3A.10.6. A flight crew member shall have completed independent Low Visibility Training if the Combined Conversion and Command Course Line Flying under supervision is conducted according to paragraph 3A.2.10.4 or the LVO authorization is not valid from previous operator. 3A.10.7. Each flight shall be entered and granted in the Line Flying Training Form by a LTI. 3A.10.8. At the end of the Line Flying under supervision the crew member should be able to perform a safe and efficient flight conducted within the tasks of pilot on the respective position for which is trained. 3A.2.11. Line Check 3A.2.11.1. The flight crew member shall have satisfactorily completed the Line Check as a part of Conversion training after the Line training under supervision is completed. 3A.2.11.2. The flight crew member shall have satisfactorily completed the Line Check to demonstrate his competence in carrying out normal complete line operation including the pre-flight and post-flight procedures and use of the equipment provided as specified in the Operations Manual. The CRM skills shall be included in the overall assessment. 3A.2.11.3. Line check must be completed in an airplane and a flight crew member shall be checked as a pilot flying and pilot not flying. 3A.2.11.4. The Line check content is described in the LINE CHECK REPORT FORM. 3A.2.11.5. Line check shall be conducted by the Line Training Examiner (LTE). The LTE shall occupy the observer seat (jump seat). 3A.2.11.6. The Line Training Examiner (LTE) shall fill in the LINE CHECK REPORT FORM if the Line check was completed successfully. 3A.2.11.7. Upon satisfactorily completion of a Line check a flight crew member completes the Conversion Course and obtains a competency to conduct unsupervised line flying. 3A.2.11.8.Upon completion of a Line Flying a flight crew member shall be considered as a not experienced on type until: •

min 500 flying hours on B737 as commander

3A.2.11.9. For the time period stated in paragraph 3A.2.11.8, the flight crew member shall be scheduled to flight crew with flight personnel that meets this requirements: •

min 500 hours on type

•

min 1 year practice on type

and

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.3 - 20/28

3A.2.11.10. The period of validity of the Line Check is 12 calendar months in addition to the remainder of the month of issue. If issued within the final 3 calendar months of validity of a previous Line Check, the period of validity shall extend from the date of issue until 12 calendar months from the expiry date of that previous Line Check . 3A.3. TRAINING RECORD 3A.3.1. The Training Record shall be issued for the Combined Conversion and Command Training. 3A.3.2. The Training Record shall include all Check Forms relevant for the Combined Conversion and Command Training. 3A.3.3. The instructor or authorized personnel initials and signature are to be used to confirm an assessment and annotation. 3A.3.4. Flight Crew Training Manager shall check and acknowledge the Training Record before storage to the personal envelope

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

APPENDIX 1 COURSE CONTENTS - Basic indoctrination • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

Airline Organization Company introduction Company organization structure Company management Company culture Flight department overview Labour Laws and Employment Relationship Labour Code Normal Work Wage regulations Pilot seniority Safety and protection of health at work Personal, object and aircraft insurance Company Regulations and Procedures Description of company procedures Description of: a) operational control and supervision b) qualification requirements c) crew composition d) crew health precaution e) flight time and duty limitations f) flight preparation instruction g) ground handling instruction h) flight procedures i) use of MEL, AFM, MDL j) handling of accident and incident k) flight data recorder policy

• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

Dangerous Goods General philosophy Limitations on DG in air-transport Classification and list of DG Package marking and labeling Loading, restriction on loading and segregation Provision of information to commander DG in passenger baggage Emergency procedures Security Security requirements Action to prevent acts of unlawful interference Reporting acts of unlawful interference Negotiation skills Aeroplane search procedure checklist Passenger Air Transport Regulations Check-in procedures

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.3 - 21/28

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

• • • • • •

Handling of passenger Handling of disabled passenger Route and Aerodrome Instruction Jeppesen Airway Manual Company flight plan Aeronautical information services

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.3 - 22/28

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE

PAŹ/OCT-2011

ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

APPENDIX 2 COURSE CONTENTS - Emergency and safety equipment training and check • •

•

•

• •

•

• •

•

•

•

Aeromedicine Main risks: pressure changes − decompression sickness − time zone changes − uncomfortable position in seat Conditions susceptible to hypoxia: congestive cardiac failure, − recent myocardial infarction and significant − cardiac arrhythmia − pneumothorax − cerebral infarction − epileptic fit − bronchial asthma Conditions susceptible to pressure changes: acute otitis and sinusitis, − acute barotraumas − pneumothorax, − tension pneumothorax Decompression sickness: divers who board an aircraft too soon after drive Other conditions: − diabetes mellitus (timing of injection of insulin) − fixed wiring of the jaws (accompanied by an escort) − psychical disordes (accompanied by an escort) Aeromedical topics − Hypoxia − Hyperventilation − Contamination of the skin/eyes by aviation fuel or hydraulic or other fluids − Hygiene and food poisoning − Malaria Survival Survival information: − sea − high mountains − use of survival equipment Security, Rescue and Emergency services − Security services – operational procedures − Rescue and emergency services – operational procedures Emergency and Safety Equipment − Location and use of emergency exits: o cockpit crew hatch and escape rope o emergency exits in cabin o Location and use of doors and hatches: cabins door o service door o cargo door o cockpit communication hatch o entrance light switches Location and use of emergency and safety equipment:

0 6.3 - 23/28

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

•

• • • •

•

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.3 - 24/28

− lifejacket − protective breathing equipment − fire extinguishers − other emergency and safety equipment Emergency landing: − Landing on land: o selecting landing place o informing ATC o briefing cabin crew o informing passengers Ditching procedures: differences compared to landing on land wet-drill training: actual donning and inflation of lifejackets in water Fire fighting: using equipment on an actual or simulated fire Effect of smoke: effect of smoke in enclosed area actual use of equipment in a simulated smoke-filled environment Emergency evacuation: − duties of cockpit crew − duties of cabin crew Emergency descent: − high speed descent − low speed descent

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.3 - 25/28

APPENDIX 3 COURSE CONTENTS - Crew resource management training (CRM) Basic Aviation Psychology Human information processing: Attention and vigilance: • •

selectivity of attention divided attention

Perception: • • •

perceptual illusions subjectivity of perception “bottom-up” / ”top-down” processing

Memory: • • • •

sensory memory working memory long term memory motor memory (skills)

Response selection: • • •

learning principles and techniques drives motivation and performance

Human error and reliability: • •

Reliability of human behavior Hypotheses on reality: similarity, frequency, completion causality

Theory and model of human error Error generation: internal factors (cognitive styles); external factors (ergonomics, economics, social environment) Decision making: •

Decision-making concepts: structure (phases); limits; risk assessment; practical application

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE

PAŹ/OCT-2011

ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

0 6.3 - 26/28

Avoiding and managing errors: cockpit management Safety awareness: identification of error proneness; identification of error sources; situation awareness Co-ordination Co-operation: small group dynamics; leadership, management styles; duty and role Communications: communications model(s); verbal and non-verbal communication; communications barriers; conflict management Personality: Personality and attitudes: development; environmental influences; Individual differences in personality: self-concepts Identification of hazardous attitudes Human overload and under-load: • • • • •

Arousal Stress: definitions, concepts, models; anxiety and stress; effects of stress Fatigue: types, causes, symptoms; effects of fatigue Body rhythm and sleep: rhythm disturbances; symptoms, effects, management Fatigue and stress management: coping strategies; management techniques

Advanced cockpit automation: • • • •

Advantages and disadvantages (criticalities) Automation complacency Working concepts System and human limitations associated with the use of automation

Standard Operating Procedures • • •

Company safety culture Company standard operating procedures Organizational factors

Statistics and Examples • Statistics of Human factors related accidents • Examples of Human factors related accidents Remark: Assessment of CRM skills in accordance with OPS 1.965

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.3 - 27/28

HUMAN FACTORS COURSE Human factors: Basic Concepts • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

Human factors in aviation: Competence and limitations Becoming a competent pilot: the traditional approach towards proficiency; the human factors approach towards professionalism Accident statistics Flight safety concepts Basic Aviation Physiology and Health Maintenance The atmosphere Respiratory and circulatory system: functional anatomy; hypobaric environment; pressurization, decompression; rapid decompression; hyperventilation; accelerations High altitude environment: ozone, radiation, humidity Man and environment: the sensory system Central and peripheral nervous system: sensory threshold, sensitivity, adaptation; habituation; reflexes and biological control systems Vision: functional anatomy; visual field, foveal and peripheral vision; binocular and monocular vision; monocular vision cues; night vision Hearing: functional anatomy; light related hazards to hearing Equilibrium: functional anatomy; motion, acceleration, verticality; motion sickness Integration of sensory inputs: spatial disorientation; illusions (physical, physiological, psychological); approach and landing problems Personal hygiene Common minor ailments: cold; influenza; gastro-intestinal upset Problem areas for pilots: hearing loss; defective vision; hypotension, hypertension, coronary disease; obesity; nutrition hygiene; tropical climates; epidemic diseases Intoxication: tobacco; alcohol; drugs and self-medication; various toxic materials Incapacitation: symptoms and causes; recognition; operating coping procedures

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

APPENDIX 4 TOPICS for Line Flying • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

Documents and library in the a/c Fuelling procedures MTOW determination, power setting at take off Use of TAKE-OFF data book Use of WX radar TCAS switches and test indication Push back procedures Taxiing and maneuvering on ground Use of external lights Expedited and intersection take off Turbulence penetration, wake turbulence occurrence Downhill rule, drift down procedures Emergency/Communication failure procedures Descend profile, descend planning Glide Slope interception from above Insufficient aeroplane deceleration Landing technique Storage of information used for the flight MLAW determination power setting at GA Fuel calculation and determination Company fuel scenario, Company tankering policy Alternate airport selection and fuel calculation ICAO holding procedures with adequate speeds RVSM contingency procedures SOP HF communication procedures Stabilized approach – definition and practice

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.3 - 28/28

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

ATTACHMENT 4 - FAMILIARIZATION TRAINING 4.1.

TRAINING PLAN

4.1.1. Aim of the Course 4.1.2. Entry Requirements 4.1.3. Credits for Previous Experience 4.1.4. Time Scale 4.1.5. Ground Course Structure 4.1.6. Flight Training Structure 4.1.7. Checking 4.2.

TRAINING PROGRAM

4.2.1. Training Record

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.4- 1/4

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL 4.1.

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.4- 2/4

TRAINING PLAN

4.1.1. Aim of the Course 4.1.1.1. This training program is designed for the B 737/300-900 qualified flight crew members to reach the additional knowledge : a) b)

when operating another airplane of the same type or when changing equipment and/or procedures on types or variants currently operated.

4.1.1.2. The flight crew member shall have satisfactorily completed the Familiarization training: a)

b)

c) d)

for Boeing B 737-400 variant, if the Type rating training or previous practice was accomplished in the simulator or airplane of other variants (B 737-300 or B 737-500). or for Boeing B 737-500 variant, if the Type rating training or previous practice was accomplished in the simulator or airplane of other variants (B 737-300 or B 737-400). Or for Boeing B 737-800 variant, if the Type rating training or previous practice was accomplished in the simulator or aeroplane of other variants (B 737-600 or B 737-700). or for Boeing B 737-300–800 of other engine thrust airplanes variant, if the Type rating training and previous practice were accomplished in the other engine thrust airplanes variant.

4.1.2. Entry Requirements The student shall hold: •

A valid ATPL with B 737/300-900 type rating

•

A valid CPL/Instrument Rating with B 737/300-900 type rating with co-pilot only limitation

or

4.1.3. Credit for Previous Experience Not applicable 4.1.4. Time Scale Familiarization training ground course 1 day/for hrs amount see 4.1.5.2 to 4.1.5.5 4.1.5. Familiarization Training Ground Course Structure 4.1.5.1. The familiarization ground course will be performed by the GCI.

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE

PAŹ/OCT-2011

ZMIANA/REVISION

0

STRONA/PAGE

6.4- 3/4

4.1.5.2. Familiarization training content for Boeing B 737-400 variant: Summary of differences General dimensions Limitations Pneumatics and Air conditioning Auto flight Engine instrument system Flaps speeds, Tail skid, Air stairs Electrical Checklist Bulletins TOTAL

0.30 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20 3:30

4.1.5.3. Familiarization training content for Boeing B 737-500 variant: Summary of differences General dimensions Weights and Limitations Air conditioning, Pressurization and Pneumatics Navigation and Auto flight Power plant and Engine instrument system Flight controls, Flaps speeds, Tail skid Fire protection Checklist Bulletins Emergency and Safety equipment TOTAL

0.30 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.30 4:00

4.1.5.4. Familiarization training content for Boeing B 737-800 variant: Summary of differences General dimensions Limitations Pneumatics and Air conditioning Flaps speeds, Tail skid Electrical Checklist Bulletins TOTAL

0.30 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.30 3:00

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.4- 4/4

4.1.6. Flight Training Structure No simulator or flight training is required. 4.1.7. Checking No checking is required. 4.2. TRAINING PROGRAM 4.2.1. Familiarization Training Record Refer to: TVS Operation Manual part D.5, Template 1, Standard Document No.4 -1, 4 -2, 4 -3, 4 -4.

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

CHAPTER 5 DIFFERENCE TRAINING FOR BOEING B 737 5.1.

DIFFERENCE TRAINING B737NG

5.1.1. Aim of the Course 5.1.2. Entry Requirements 5.1.3. Credit for Previous Experience 5.1.4. Time Scale 5.1.5. Difference Ground Course Structure 5.1.6. Flight Training Structure 5.1.7. Checking 5.1.8. Training Program 5.2.

DIFFERENCE TRAINING B737EFIS

5.2.1. Aim of the Course 5.2.2. Entry Requirements 5.2.3. Credit for Previous Experience 5.2.4. Time Scale 5.2.5. Difference Ground Course Structure 5.2.6.

Flight Training Structure

5.2.7. Checking 5.2.8. Training Program

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.5 - 1/20

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL 5.1.

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.5 - 2/20

DIFFERENCE TRAINING B737NG

5.1.1. Aim of the Course a) This training program is designed to familiarize the B – 737-300, 400 and 500 EFIS qualified crew with the differences incorporated in the B – 737-600, 700, 800 EFIS/MAP or PFD/ND equipped airplane. b) After completion of the course the student must be able to: • Apply the data, operations instructions etc. published in the Boeing B – 737NG AFM, FCOM and related documents • Fly the B – 737NG in normal and abnormal situations with and without autopilot • Apply relevant emergency procedures laid down for the B – 737NG • Demonstrate a satisfactory level of knowledge and skill in the performance of all maneuvers and procedures 5.1.2. Pre-entry Requirements The student shall hold: • •

A valid ATPL with B – 737/300-900 type rating or A valid CPL/Instrument Rating with B737/300-900 type rating with co-pilot only limitation

The student can start Difference training after successfully finish Conversion Course 5.1.3. Credit for Previous Experience Not applicable 5.1.4. Time Scale a) b) c) d)

Difference Training ground course – CBT, FTD Simulator lesson Line flying under supervision Line Check

16 Hours 4 Hours 8 Legs 2 Legs

5.1.5. Difference Training Ground Course Structure 5.1.5.1. The difference ground course will be performed by an approved TRTO or TVS TRI(A) 5.1.5.2. The student shall receive a B – 737NG FCOM and a Difference Manual

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE

PAŹ/OCT-2011

ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

0 6.5 - 3/20

5.1.5.3. CBT contents: a) AIRPLANE FAMILIARIZATION Walk around Panel scan

- Exterior differences - Interior and overawing hatch

MCP and Forward Panels

- Aft overhead panel differences - Overhead panel differences - Overview and MCP differences - CPT panel differences Center and F/O panel differences - Control stand differences

Handling and Warning Differences

- Taxi turn radius - Warning differences

b) AUXILIARY POWER UNIT DIFFERENCES APU System Differences

c) ELECTRICAL SYSTEM DIFFERENCES Electrical System Differences

AC Power System Differences

DC and STBY Power System Differences

Electrical System NON Normal Differences

- APU overview - APU operating altitudes - APU start power - APU status light - Load shedding - Shut-down - Electrical system overview - Primary system changes - AC transfer/bus changes - AC bus changes - DC and STBY bus changes - Basic rules of operation - Controls and indicators - AC transfer/bus lights - Connect power sources - AC meters - Automatic generator on-line - Load shedding - Transformer rectifier power sources - STBY power switch operations - Controls and indicators - Equipment on standby busses - Bus transfer switch - Primary system changes - Failure of 2 generators - Failure of l generator - Generator drive failure

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL d) FUEL SYSTEM DIFFERENCES Fuel System Differences

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.5 - 4/20

Fuel capacity Fuel pumps Fuel valves Fuel quantity indicator Fuel quantity non normal alerts

e) ENGINE DIFFERENCES Engine Differences Overview

- Engine - EEC - Fuel system - Ground start and flame out protection - Engine indications Primary Engine Indications - Primary engine indication location - Primary engine indication differences - New non normal indication Secondary Engine Indications - Secondary engine indication location - Secondary engine indication differences - New non normal indication Reference N1 - Reference N1 bug and readout - Set the N1 control Electronic Engine Control (EEC) - Identify EEC location - Perform normal mode operation - Perform soft alternate mode operation - Perform hard alternate mode operation - Identify idle modes -Identify engine control lights Engine Start and Ignition - Start and ignition controlled by EEC - Differences the start and ignition system Engine Ground Start Flameout Protection - EEC supplies engine ground start flameout protection - Ground start protection for hot starts, wet starts and EGT excedance - Flameout protection f) LANDING GEAR AND BRAKE SYSTEM DIFFERENCES Landing Gear and Brake System Differences - Wheel well protection - Gear indicator lights - Landing gear manual access door - antiskid - autobrake g) FLIGHT CONTROL DIFFERENCES Landing Gear and Brake System Differences

- Primary system changes - Speed brake changes - Panel changes - Flaps/slat electronic unit (FSEU) - Elevator transfer mechanism - Stall management/yaw damper computers (SMYD)

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.5 - 5/20

h) COMMON DISPLAY SYSTEM INTRODUCTION Common Display System Overview

Display Brightness Control Control Panels

DEU and Display Source Selector Display Select Panels

j) ELECTRONIC FLIGHT INSTRUMENT SYSTEM Electronic Flight Instrument System Overview

Mach/airspeed Indicator Overview

- Describe the function of the CDS - Identify the display units - Identify the display electronic units - Identify control locations - Adjust the Display Brightness Controls - Identify control panel locations - Identify CONTROL PANEL select switch - Operate CONTROL PANEL select switch - Identify Display Source Selector locations - Identify fault annunciations - Identify location of Display Select - Identify Display Selector positions - Describe automatic display switching - Operate the Display Selectors - CPT´s Display Units - F/O´s Display Units - Compact display format - Current airspeed indications - IAS/MACH controls Airspeed arcs - Failure flags

Mach/airspeed Indicator preflight through - Identify control panel locations - Power up default take-off indications - Enter take-off reference speeds - FMC Enter take-off reference speeds -Speed Reference Selector Mach/airspeed Indicator during approach

- Initial airspeed reductions - Enter VREF - FMC - Enter VREF - Speed Reference Selector

Attitude Indicator

- Slip/skid indicator - Pitch limit indication - Flight director - Flight path vector - Instrument landing system indications - Failure flags

Altimeter and vertical speed indicator

- Current altitude indications - Barometric minimum altitude - Barometric setting - Meters display - Altitude alert - Altimeter failure flag - Vertical speed indication Vertical speed indicator failure flag

k) FMC DIFFERENCES FMC Differences

Dual FMC

- Introduction - New types of route legs - Prompt changes - Go around cruise altitude - Engine out - Loss of fuel quantity data - Introduction - Dual FMC data users - FMC failure

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE

PAŹ/OCT-2011

ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

0 6.5 - 6/20

FMC Differences (continued)

- CDU - Thrust reduction altitude - Abeam points - GPS

l) TCAS OPERATION TCAS Overview

- TCAS functions - Audio alerts

TCAS Alerts

- TCAS predictions - TCAS advisories - Resolution advisories - Proximity and other traffic

TCAS Operation

- Turn ON TCAS - Operate range selection - Identity TCAS indicators - Operate WX radar - Basics of RA traffic symbols - Maneuvers for an RA - Observe flight path guidance

Proximate and other traffic

- Proximity traffic - No bearing RA alerts - No bearing TA alerts and multiple aircraft - Descend through traffic below - Climb through traffic above - Preflight TCAS - TCAS during flight - TCAS alerts inhibits - Non normal TCAS conditions advisories - TCAS and engine failure

Preflight and usage TCAS Advisories

m) CDS OPERATIONS AND INTEGRATION CDS operations and integration

- Preflight - Takeoff and climb - Cruise - Descent, approach and landing

n) PERFORMANCE o) LIMITATIONS 5.1.5.4. FMC Training a) The FMC training will be performed as a four-hours computer -based lesson, with a 1 hour briefing b) The computer simulates partial operation of the airplane systems and flight instrument displays even it can navigates by the FMC system trainer c) Although a verity of autopilot approaches will be practiced, as there is no visual display, landings are automatic only. 5.1.6. Flight Training Structure 5.1.6.1. There is one four-hours full-flight simulator lesson with two-hours flight profile. 5.1.6.2. Each pilot shall pass the two-hours flight profile as a Pilot flying. 5.1.6.3. Flight Simulator Training Program:

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL a) PREFLIGHT Normal procedure

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE

PAŹ/OCT-2011

ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

0 6.5 - 7/20

- FMC preflight procedures - Takeoff data and bug setting - Manually set Weight / Speed / N1 - PSEU Light - TCAS – Test - Electric power systems lights (GPU / APU) - Air system set up / indication (Dual pack operation)

b) ENGINE START - APU bleed air indication - Start malfunction and abnormal start protection c) TAXI – OUT Normal procedure

d) TAKEOFF Normal procedure

e) CLIM AND CRUISE Normal procedure

f) CRUISE - Level off FL 100 Air work

TCAS event Engine / Wing Anti – Ice

- Engine instruments - Electric standby power familiarization (Demonstration)

- A/T – F/D - Flight mode Annunciation - Air system / outflow valve operation - Automatic generator on-line feature (Demonstration) - LNAV / VNAV / A/P

- A/P A/T climb - Flight mode annunciation - Generator failure (SOURCE OFF light)

- Stall recovery - Bank warning indication

- N1 / Stall speeds changes

g) INSTRUMENT FAMILIARIZATION Speed and altitude changes until it becomes - PFD/ND controls and indicators familiar with indication on PFD/ND displays - Normal display configuration - Display Unit failure automatic switching Control Panel

- Minimums Reference selector - Barometric Reference selector - VOR/ADF Switch

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

Display Source Panel

- Source (DEU) failure - EFIS Control Panel Failure

Display Select Panel

- Outboard display switching - Inboard display switching - Lower display switching

h) DESCENT Normal procedure

i) APPROACH AND LANDING Manual F/D Approach flaps 40° j) LANDING Engine failure at Vref+5

Engine inoperative F/D – ILS approach / GA Engine inoperative ILS approach without F/D / Landing Engine inoperative Non-Precision Approach

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.5 - 8/20

- Top of descent computation (Engine anti – ice ON/OFF) - Descent preparation - VREF setting FMC / manually - LNAV / VNAV - Flight Mode Annunciation

- Pitch/Power - Side Slip - Trim setting -Approach within icing condition -Missed approach waypoints on LEGS page -FCC failure (F/D Flag) -LNAV use -MDA setting on MCP -Raw data crosscheck -V/S and green arc -Flight Mode Annunciation

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.5 - 9/20

5.1.6.4. Flight Training Profile

5.1.6.5. Line Flying under Supervision a) b)

c)

An applicant shall complete at least 8 legs under the supervision of the Line training instructor. If the applicant is qualified for either pilot´s seat operation. he shall complete at least 2 legs (as the part of the 8 legs stated in para. 5.1.6.6.a) under the supervision of the Line training instructor from the right hand pilot´s seat. After the Line flying under supervision is completed the applicant shall be able to operate in respective pilot´s seat of the B 737NG operated by Travel Service company.

5.1.6.6. Crew composition for Line Flying of the Captain a) b)

The applicant shall operate in the left hand pilot´s seat. An approved Line training instructor shall operate in the observer´s or right hand pilot´s seat.

5.1.6.7. Crew composition for Line Flying of the Co-pilot a) b)

The applicant shall operate in the right hand pilot´s seat. An approved Line training instructor shall operate in the observer´s or left hand pilot´s seat.

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.5 - 10/20

5.1.7. Checking 5.1.7.1. Line Check a) b) c) d)

The applicant shall complete the Line Check in the respective pilot´s seat with contents stated in the Line Check Report (STD 1/6). At least two legs are required so that the Line Check can be acknowledged. No special Line Check is required for either pilot´s seat operation (if applicable). The applicant shall perform the duty as PF and PNF during the Line Check.

5.1.7.2. Crew composition for Line Check of the Captain a) b) • • • • • c)

The applicant shall occupy the left hand pilot´s seat. The right hand pilot´s seat shall be occupied by : Co-pilot in Difference training Line Flying or Line Check Line Training Instructor in LTI training Line Flying or Line Check Line Training Instructor Co-pilot Captain qualified for either pilot´s seat operation An authorized Line Training Examiner shall occupy the observer´s seat.

5.1.7.3. Crew composition for Line Check of the Co-pilot a) b) • • • • c)

The applicant shall occupy the left hand pilot´s seat. The left hand pilot´s seat shall be occupied by : Captain in Difference training Line Flying or Line Check Line Training Instructor in LTI training Line Flying Line Training Instructor Captain An authorized Line Training Examiner shall occupy the observer´s seat.

5.1.8. Training program 5.1.8.1. Difference Training Record Refer to: TVS Operation Manual part D.5, Template, Standard Document No. 5. 5.2.

DIFFERENCE TRAINING B737EFIS

5.2.1. Aim of the Course a) b)

This training program is designed to familiarize the B – 737-600, 700, 800 qualified crew with the differences incorporated in B – 737-300, 400, 500 EFIS equipped airplane. After completion of the course the student must be able to:

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL • • • •

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE

PAŹ/OCT-2011

ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

0 6.5 - 11/20

Apply the data, operations instructions etc. published in the Boeing B – 737EFIS AFM, FCOM and related documents Fly the B – 737EFIS in normal and abnormal situations with and without autopilot Apply relevant emergency procedures laid down for the B – 737EFIS Demonstrate a satisfactory level of knowledge and skill in the performance of all maneuvers and procedures

5.2.2. Pre-entry Requirements The student shall hold: • •

A valid ATPL with B – 737/300-900 type rating or A valid CPL/Instrument Rating with B737/300-900 type rating with co-pilot only limitation

The student can start Difference training after successfully finish Conversion Course 5.2.3. Credit for Previous Experience Not applicable 5.2.4. Time Scale a) b) c) d)

Difference Training ground course – CBT, FTD Simulator lesson Line flying under supervision Line Check

16 Hours 4 Hours 8 Legs 2 Legs

5.2.5. Difference Training Ground Course Structure 5.2.5.1. The difference ground course will be performed by an approved TRTO or TVS TRI(A) 5.2.5.2. The student shall receive a B – 737EFIS FCOM and a Difference Manual 5.2.5.3. CBT contents: a) AIRPLANE FAMILIARIZATION Walk around Panel scan

- Exterior differences - Interior and overawing hatch

MCP and Forward Panels

- Aft overhead panel differences - Overhead panel differences - Overview and MCP differences - CPT panel differences Center and F/O panel differences - Control stand differences

Handling and Warning Differences

- Taxi turn radius - Warning differences

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE

PAŹ/OCT-2011

ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

b) AUXILIARY POWER UNIT DIFFERENCES APU System Differences

c) ELECTRICAL SYSTEM DIFFERENCES Electrical System Differences

AC Power System Differences

DC and STBY Power System Differences

Electrical System NON Normal Differences

d) FUEL SYSTEM DIFFERENCES Fuel System Differences

e) ENGINE DIFFERENCES Engine Differences Overview

- APU overview - APU operating altitudes - APU start power - APU status light - Load shedding - Shut-down

- Electrical system overview - Primary system changes - AC transfer/bus changes - AC bus changes - DC and STBY bus changes - Basic rules of operation - Controls and indicators - AC transfer/bus lights - Connect power sources - AC meters - Load shedding - Transformer rectifier power sources - STBY power switch operations - Controls and indicators - Equipment on standby busses - Bus transfer switch - Primary system changes - Failure of 2 generators - Failure of l generator - Generator drive failure - Fuel capacity - Fuel pumps - Fuel valves - Fuel quantity indicator

- Engine - PMC - Fuel system

0 6.5 - 12/20

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE

PAŹ/OCT-2011

ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

0 6.5 - 13/20

- Ground start and flame out protection - Engine indications Primary Engine Indications

- Primary engine indication location - Primary engine indication differences - New non normal indication

Secondary Engine Indications

- Secondary engine indication location - Secondary engine indication differences - New non normal indication

Reference N1

- Reference N1 bug and readout - Set the N1 control

Power Management Control (PMC)

- Identify PMC location - Perform normal mode operation - Perform alternate mode operation - Identify idle modes - Identify engine control lights

Engine Start and Ignition

- Start and ignition controlled by PMC - Differences the start and ignition system

f) LANDING GEAR AND BRAKE SYSTEM DIFFERENCES Landing Gear and Brake System Differences - Wheel well protection - Gear indicator lights - Landing gear manual access door - antiskid - autobrake g) FLIGHT CONTROL DIFFERENCES Landing Gear and Brake System Differences

- Primary system changes - Speed brake changes - Panel changes - Flaps/slat electronic unit (FSEU) - Autoslat and stall management computer

h) COMMON DISPLAY SYSTEM INTRODUCTION Common Display System Overview - Describe the function of the CDS - Identify the display units - Identify the display electronic units Display Brightness Control - Identify control locations - Adjust the Display Brightness Controls EFIS Control Panels - Identify control panel locations - Identify CONTROL PANEL select switch - Operate CONTROL PANEL select switch

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL Source Selector Display Select Panels

i) NAVIGATION DISPLAY DIFFERENCES RDM and HSI

Navigation Display

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.5 - 14/20

- Identify Display Source Selector locations - Identify fault annunciations - Identify location of Display Select Panels - Identify Display Selector positions - Describe automatic display switching - Operate the Display Selectors - Navigation Display locations - RDMI - HSI - Compact HIS - Failure flags - Navigation Display modes - EFIS control panel changes - Plan mode changes

j) ELECTRONIC FLIGHT INSTRUMENT SYSTEM Electronic Flight Instrument System Overview

- CPT´s Display Units - F/O´s Display Units - Compact display format Mach/airspeed Indicator Overview - Current airspeed indications - IAS/MACH controls Airspeed arcs - Failure flags Mach/airspeed Indicator preflight through - Identify control panel locations - Power up default indications take-off - Enter take-off reference speeds- FMC - Enter take-off reference speeds -Speed Reference Selector - MASI indications during take-off Mach/airspeed Indicator during approach - Initial airspeed reductions - Enter VREF – FMC - Enter VREF - Speed Reference Selector - MASI indications during approach - MASI indications during GO around Attitude Indicator - Slip/skid indicator - mechanical ball - Pitch limit indication - Flight director - Instrument landing system indications - Failure flags k) FMC DIFFERENCES FMC Differences

- Introduction - New types of route legs - Prompt changes - Go around cruise altitude - Engine out - Loss of fuel quantity data

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE

PAŹ/OCT-2011

ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

Dual FMC

- Introduction - Dual FMC data users - FMC failure

FMC Differences (continued)

- CDU - Thrust reduction altitude - Abeam points - GPS

0 6.5 - 15/20

l) TCAS OPERATION TCAS Overview TCAS Alerts

TCAS Operation

Proximate and other traffic

Preflight and usage TCAS Advisories

- TCAS functions - Audio alerts - TCAS predictions - TCAS advisories - Resolution advisories - Proximity and other traffic - Turn ON TCAS - Operate range selection - Identity TCAS indicators - Operate WX radar - Basics of RA traffic symbols - Maneuvers for an RA - Observe flight path guidance - Proximity traffic - No bearing RA alerts - No bearing TA alerts and multiple aircraft - Descend through traffic below - Climb through traffic above - Preflight TCAS - TCAS during flight - TCAS alerts inhibits - Non normal TCAS conditions advisories - TCAS and engine failure

m) CDS OPERATIONS AND INTEGRATION CDS operations and integration

n) PERFORMANCE o) LIMITATIONS

- Preflight - Takeoff and climb - Cruise - Descent, approach and landing

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE

PAŹ/OCT-2011

ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

0 6.5 - 16/20

5.2.5.4. FMC Training a) The FMC training will be performed as a four-hours computer -based lesson, with a 1hour briefing b) The computer simulates partial operation of the airplane systems and flight instrument displays even it can navigates by the FMC system trainer c) Although a verity of autopilot approaches will be practiced, as there is no visual display, landings are automatic only. 5.2.6. Flight Training Structure 5.2.6.1 There is one four-hours full-flight simulator lesson with two-hours flight profile. 5.2.6.2. Each pilot shall pass the two-hours flight profile as a Pilot flying. 5.2.6.3. Flight Simulator Training Program: a) PREFLIGHT

Normal procedure

- FMC preflight procedures - Takeoff data and bug setting -Manually set Weight / Speed / N1 - PSEU Light - TCAS – Test - Electric power systems lights (GPU / APU) - Air system set up / indication (Dual pack operation)

b) ENGINE START -APU bleed air indication - Start malfunction and abnormal start protection c) TAXI – OUT Normal procedure

- Engine instruments - Electric standby power familiarization (Demonstration)

d) TAKEOFF

Normal procedure

- A/T – F/D - Flight mode Annunciation - Air system / outflow valve operation - Automatic generator on-line feature (Demonstration) - LNAV / VNAV / A/P

e) CLIM AND CRUISE Normal procedure

- A/P A/T climb - Flight mode annunciation - Generator failure (SOURCE OFF light)

f) CRUISE - Level off FL 100 Air work TCAS event

- Stall recovery - Bank warning indication

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL Engine / Wing Anti – Ice g) INSTRUMENT FAMILIARIZATION Speed and altitude changes until it becomes familiar with indication on PFD/ND displays Control Panel Display Source Panel Display Select Panel

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE

PAŹ/OCT-2011

ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

0 6.5 - 17/20

N1 / Stall speeds changes - PFD/ND controls and indicators - Normal display configuration - Display Unit failure automatic switching - Minimums Reference selector - Barometric Reference selector - VOR/ADF Switch - Source (DEU) failure - EFIS Control Panel Failure - Outboard display switching - Inboard display switching - Lower display switching

h) DESCENT

Normal procedure

- Top of descent computation (Engine anti – ice ON/OFF) - Descent preparation - VREF setting FMC / manually - LNAV / VNAV - Flight Mode Annunciation

i) APPROACH AND LANDING Manual F/D Approach flaps 40°

Autoland

-Pitch attitudes in pattern and on final -Autoland procedure Flight Mode Annunciation -Second autopilot couples with flight controls below 1500 ft -Second autopilot engaged by 800 ft Flare armed by 500 ft -Nose up trim by 370 ft -Flare at 50 ft -A/T retard at 27 ft

j) LANDING Engine failure at Vref+5

-A/T disconnect at touch down -A/P disconnect manual -Autobrake selection and disengage technique

k) ENGINE FAILURE FAMILIARIZATION -Pitch/Power -Side Slip -Trim setting Engine failure at V1+5 Engine inoperative F/D – ILS approach / GA Engine inoperative ILS approach without F/D / Landing Engine inoperative Non-Precision Approach

-Approach within icing condition -Missed approach waypoints on LEGS page -FCC failure (F/D Flag) -LNAV use -MDA setting on MCP -Raw data crosscheck -V/S and green arc -Flight Mode Annunciation

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.5 - 18/20

5.2.6.4. Flight Training Profile

5.2.6.5.Line Flying under Supervision a) An applicant shall complete at least 8 legs under the supervision of the Line training instructor. b) If the applicant is qualified for either pilot´s seat operation. he shall complete at least 2 legs (as the part of the 8 legs stated in para. 5.2.6.6.a) under the supervision of the Line training instructor from the right hand pilot´s seat. c) After the Line flying under supervision is completed the applicant shall be able to operate in respective pilot´s seat of the B 737EFIS operated by Travel Service company. 5.2.6.6.Crew composition for Line Flying of the Captain a) The applicant shall operate in the left hand pilot´s seat. b) An approved Line training instructor shall operate in the observer´s or right hand pilot´s seat. 5.2.6.7.Crew composition for Line Flying of the Co-pilot a) The applicant shall operate in the right hand pilot´s seat. b) An approved Line training instructor shall operate in the observer´s or left hand pilot´s seat.

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.5 - 19/20

5.2.7. Checking 5.2.7.1.Line Check a) The applicant shall complete the Line Check in the respective pilot´s seat with contents stated in the Line Check Report (STD 1/6). b) At least two legs are required so that the Line Check can be acknowledged. c) No special Line Check is required for either pilot´s seat operation (if applicable). d) The applicant shall perform the duty as PF and PNF during the Line Check. 5.2.7.2.Crew composition for Line Check of the Captain a) b) • • • • • c)

The applicant shall occupy the left hand pilot´s seat. The right hand pilot´s seat shall be occupied by : Co-pilot in Difference training Line Flying or Line Check Line Training Instructor in LTI training Line Flying or Line Check Line Training Instructor Co-pilot Captain qualified for either pilot´s seat operation An authorized Line Training Examiner shall occupy the observer´s seat.

5.2.7.3. Crew composition for Line Check of the Co-pilot a) b) • • • • c)

The applicant shall occupy the left hand pilot´s seat. The left hand pilot´s seat shall be occupied by : Captain in Difference training Line Flying or Line Check Line Training Instructor in LTI training Line Flying Line Training Instructor Captain An authorized Line Training Examiner shall occupy the observer´s seat.

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

5.2. 8. Training program 5.2. 8.1. Difference Training Record Refer to: TVS Operation Manual part D.5, Template 1, Standard Document No. 5.

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.5 - 20/20

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

ATTACHEMENT 6 ROUTE AND AERODROME COMPETENCE TRAINING 6.1. AERODROME CATEGORIZATION 6.1.1. Aerodrome category determination 6.1.2. Crew constitution for each aerodrome category 6.2. OPERATOR COMPETENCE 6.2.1. General 6.2.2. Crew constitution for aerodromes marked * 6.3. ROUTE AND AERODROME COMPETENCE 6.3.1. General 6.3.2. Acquiring of Competence 6.3.2.1. Acquiring of Route Competence 6.3.2.2. Acquiring of Aerodrome Competence 6.3.3. Validity of Competence 6.3.4. Renewal of Competence 6.3.4.1. Renewal of Route Competence 6.3.4.2. Renewal of Aerodrome Competence Appendix 1

Aerodrome Briefing Checklist; Route Briefing Checklist

Appendix 2

Aerodrome Competence Record

Appendix 3

Route Competence Record

6.4. EXTENDED RANGE OPERATIONS WITH TWO-ENGINE AIRPLANES (ETOPS) 6.5. NORTH ATLANTIC MINIMUM NAVIGATION PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION (NAT MNPS) 6.6. REQUIRED NAVIGATION PERFORMANCE 10 ( RNP 10 ) 6.7. P - RNAV 6.8. RNP APPROACH

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.6-- 1/22

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.6-- 2/22

6.1. AERODROME CATEGORIZATION 6.1.1. Aerodrome Category Determination All aerodromes used by the Company must be included into three categories depending upon the qualification requirements for the provision of the safe operation. The least requirements are demanded by aerodromes category A. The most requirements category C. Category A An aerodrome included in category A must meet the following requirements: • • • • Note:

approved procedures of instrument approach at least one runway which does not require the use of procedures for performance limitation during take-off and / or landing published minima for circling are no higher than 1000 ft above the aerodrome level night operation capability

As a performance limitation is considered: 1. Limited MTOW and / or MLAW by obstacle clearance limit in the vicinity of the aerodrome 2.

Setting of special departure or arrival procedures caused by obstacles in the vicinity of the aerodrome

3. MTOW and / or MLAW are limited by the RWY available distances under the following condition: • • • •

dry RWY aerodrome reference temperature standard pressure related to the aerodrome altitude zero ground wind velocity component at take-off and landing

Category B An aerodrome included in category B does not meet the requirements for category A or requires special assessment, as: • • • •

non-standard approach equipment and / or approach chart unusual local meteorological conditions unusual characteristics or performance limitations any other important facts, which include obstacles, physical characteristic, illumination, etc.

Category C An aerodrome included in category C requires further assessment as opposed to category B. Note: Aerodrome Categories List is included in Appendix 1 and is based on the approval of the chief pilot. 6.1.2. Crew Constitution for Each Aerodrome Category The Company sets down following limitations for crew constitution for flight at category C aerodrome: •

both crew members must have Operator Competence type A

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.6-- 3/22

•

or one of the crew members has Operator Competence type B and the other must have type A and have TRI/E or LTI/E qualification Crew Training Manager has the right with the final validity to decide the crew constitution. 6.2. OPERATOR COMPETENCE 6.2.1. General On the base of previous experiences, practice duration and working experiences with Company, one of two types of Operator Competencies must be assigned to each pilot. This competence system enables the operator to establish enough experienced and qualified crews. The chief pilot is responsible for Operator Competence determination and all company pilots and persons responsible for crew scheduling must be familiar with this assignment. Type A Operator Competence It enables the pilot to be established in the crew together with pilot of Operator Competence type A or B, if there are not assigned special limitations for some aerodromes and / or routes Type B Operator Competence Pilot must be in the crew, where the another member has Operator Competence type A with taking into account other limitations assigned by operator for some aerodromes and / or routes Note: During any Company flight both pilots cannot have Operator Competence Type B. 6.2.2. Crew Constitution for Aerodromes Marked * With respect to the traffic concentration and complicated traffic conditions of some aerodromes categorized as B, the Company assigns these other requirements for aerodromes marked * ( see Appendix 1 ) for crew constitution for flights to these aerodromes independently of their category: •

both crew members must have Operator Competence type A or one crew member type B and the other type A and must have qualification TRI/E or LTI/E • before flight, both crewmembers must perform ground briefing for flight to appropriate aerodrome. If there is no longer period than 3 months from previous flight to the appropriate aerodrome, than the previous flight supply the ground briefing • if the flight is the first the Company, the crew must consist of: − • CP with TRI/E or LTI/E and FO qualification • CP as PICUS and the other crew member with TRI/E or LTI/E qualification Note: The Company chief pilot is responsible for aerodrome category * enlistment. 6.3. ROUTE AND AERODROME COMPETENCE 6.3.1. General A commander / co-pilot which hold a route and aerodrome competence is authorized to conduct line flying on routes and/or to the aerodromes specified in the competence. Ground part of training for obtaining of the Route and Aerodrome Competence will be performed as ground training with focus on specialties during flights on Company routes. Notes: 1. The planed alternates are subject of the aerodrome competence requirements

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE

PAŹ/OCT-2011

ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

0 6.6-- 4/22

2. The pilot is responsible for administration of accounting and validity of Route and Aerodrome Competences 6.3.2. Acquiring of Competence 6.3.2.1. Acquiring of Route Competence Basic Route Competence required by Company is divided into following regions: • Europe • North Africa To obtain basic Route Competency the crew member shall operate on one of mostly used routes to following destinations: • Europe any two A/D in region • North Africa any A/D in region Additional Route Competence required by Company is divided into following regions: • Near East • Middle East (including Turkey and Iran territory flyover) • Far East • Cape Verde • NAT MNPS – Iceland • NAT MNPS – North and Central America • Central + South Africa • Russia • South Atlantic • ETOPS To obtain additional Route Competency the crew member must visit following aerodromes: • • • • • • • • • •

Near East Middle East Far East Cape Verde NAT MNPS – Iceland NAT MNPS – North and Central America Central + South Africa Russia South Atlantic ETOPS

Any A/D in region Any A/D in region Any A/D in region Any A/D in region Any A/D in region Any A/D in region Any A/D in region Any A/D in region Any A/D in region Flight along ETOPS route

Familiarization with the route must be done by studying of route documentation according to Route Briefing Checklist ( see Appendix 2 ) and passing out ground briefing with TRI/E or LTI/E. After performing a ground briefing the pilot fill up appropriate items in Route Competence Record and leaves them to confirm by TRI/E or LTI/E. After completion of flying on determined routes within a relevant area with landings at specifying aerodromes, the trained pilot obtains the route competence for the respective area and routes involved. Note: 1. A pilot is allowed to perform the flight as an observer in any airplane type.

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.6-- 5/22

2. If no other pilot by Company has the competence for the given route ( area ) the chief pilot can permit exception. The exception may be granted to TRI/E or LTI/E only. 3. After transition from function of co-pilot to commander, these Route Competencies for routes, which were visited by pilot during passed 12 months, are remaining valid. 6.3.2.2. Acquiring of Aerodrome Competence For Aerodrome Competence acquiring the Company pilot must perform ground briefing according to Aerodrome Briefing Checklist ( the way of familiarization depends on the aerodrome category ) and carry out the flight to the aerodrome. The ground briefing must be performed minimum of 1 calendar day before the flight but no sooner than 30 days before the flight. Aerodromes category A The pilot shall familiarize himself with the aerodrome by self-studying of the aerodrome documentation. After completing of ground briefing he will fill up the appropriate items in the Aerodrome Competence Record and will confirm by his sign. Aerodromes category B The pilot shall familiarize himself with the aerodrome by self studying of the aerodrome documentation as stated for aerodrome category A and must complete briefing with TRI/E or LTI/E. After ground briefing finishing, he fills out appropriate items in the Aerodrome Competence Record and lets it to confirm by TRI/E or LTI/E. Aerodromes category C The pilot shall familiarize himself with the aerodrome by self studying of the aerodrome documentation as stated for aerodrome category A and must complete briefing with TRI/E or LTI/E. After finishing of ground briefing he fills out appropriate items in the Aerodrome Competence Record and lets it to confirm by TRI/E or LTI/E. Additional the commander must perform a flight to that aerodrome as an observer or a flight crewmember as PICUS and / or perform flight to that aerodrome in flight simulator. Note: 1. The pilot can perform the flight as an observer in any airplane type. 2. After transition from function of co-pilot to commander the Aerodrome Competencies of these aerodromes, which were visited by pilot during period of last 12 months, remain valid. 6.3.3. Validity of Competence Commander Commander’s period of validity of the route and aerodrome competence is 12 calendar months in addition to the remainder of: a) the month of acquiring competence, or b) the month of the latest operation on the route or to the aerodrome If revalidated within the final 3 calendar months of validity of previous route and aerodrome competence, the period of validity shall extend from the date of revalidation until 12 calendar months from the expiry date of that previous route and aerodrome competence. Aerodrome Competence for flight to alternate aerodrome remains valid during the whole period of pilot operation by Company.

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.6-- 6/22

Co-pilot Co-pilots´ Route and Aerodrome Competence remain valid for the whole period of the operation at the post of a co-pilot. 6.3.4. Renewal of Competence 6.3.4.1. Renewal of Route Competence Route Competence remains valid according to the article 5.3. If commander will not perform the flight to appropriate region during last 12 months, he must obtain the Route Competence again according to the article 5.2.1. 6.3.4.2. Renewal of Aerodrome Competence Aerodrome Competence remains valid according to the article 5.3. If the commander will lose his competence for appropriate aerodrome, he must renew the competence. Aerodrome Competence is renewed by one of the following procedures: a) conducting a flight to appropriate aerodrome in period of competence validity b) conducting a ground briefing according to Aerodrome Briefing Checklist and flying to appropriate aerodrome. A method of familiarization to be used depends on the aerodrome category. The ground briefing must be performed minimum of 1 calendar day before the flight but no sooner than 30 days before the flight. If the commander renewing the Aerodrome Competence according to the article b), the pilot proceedings as well as in the article 5.2.2. for individual aerodrome categories.

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

Appendix 1 Aerodrome Briefing Checklist • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

Aerodrome ICAO and IATA code Aerodrome elevation Aerodrome obstacles Runway physical characteristics and declared distances Maximum permissible landing weight Maximum permissible take-off weight Engine failure procedures Minimum sector altitudes Area weather briefing ( if available ) WX frequencies Radio navigation and landing aids ATS communication facilities Air-ground radio communication failure procedures Standard arrival routes Approach and runway lighting Surface movement guidance and control system and markings All available approach procedures including operating minima Missed appeoach procedures including climb gradient Aprons, taxiways and check location data Standard departure routes Adequate destination and take-off alternates Warning notes given in arrival, approach and departure charts Rescure and fire fighting services Additional information ( birdconcentration, etc. )

Route Briefing checklist • • • • • • • • •

Departure, destination and alternate aerodromes ICAO and IATA codes Route profile ( MORA, MOCA, MEA ) Area weather briefing and WX frequencies Radio navigation AIDS / system Air – ground radio communication failure procedures SSR operating procedures SAR procedures Navigation warnings NOTAMs

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.6-- 7/22

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE

PAŹ/OCT-2011

ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

0 6.6-- 8/22

Appendix 2 Name

Aerodrome Competence Record F flight ICAO

G

ground briefing Date Name &function

• Sign

F IATA

Date

Name &function

Delete as appropirate Date F

 cross as Name &function

Sign

Date

Name &function

Sign

Date

Name &function

Sign

Sign

F Cat

Trained as:

F Date

Name &function

Sign

F

F

ICAO

F

Date

Name &function

Sign

F

Date

Name &function

Sign

IATA

F

Date

Name &function

Sign

F

Date

Name &function

Sign

Cat

F

Date

Name &function

Sign

F

Date

Name &function

Sign

6.4. EXTENDED RANGE OPERATIONS WITH TWO-ENGINE AIRPLANES (ETOPS) 6.4.1. Aim of the Course a) The course is designed for TVS pilots to reach or revalidate the EXTENDED RANGE OPERATIONS WITH TWO-ENGINE AIRPLANES (ETOPS) knowledge and proficiency. b) The commander will be qualified for ETOPS on the left-hand seat and on the right-hand seat (if qualified for either pilot´s seat operation). c) The co-pilot will be qualified for ETOPS on the right-hand seat only. 6.4.2. Entry Requirements An applicant shall hold: either •

A valid ATPL with B – 737 300-900 Type Rating endorsement

•

A valid CPL with B – 737 300-900 Type Rating co-pilot only endorsement

•

Commander A or Co-pilot A Company Certificate.

or and 6.4.3. Credit for Previous Experience a)

An applicant can pass the reduced EXTENDED RANGE OPERATIONS WITH TWO-ENGINE AIRPLANES (ETOPS) training if he has an acceptable previous experience of the ETOPS.

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.6-- 9/22

b) EXTENDED RANGE OPERATIONS WITH TWO-ENGINE AIRPLANES (ETOPS) training reduction: • •

Conversion course for ETOPS (part of Company Conversion course) if the B 737 ETOPS is valid Revalidation course for ETOPS if the B 737 ETOPS is not valid less than 1 year or ETOPS was obtained on the other type of a/c

6.4.4. Time Scale for ETOPS courses 1 Theoretical course

Initial course 6 hours

Revalidation course 3 hours

Conversion course 2 hour

Refer to para 6.4.5

Reduced amount of hours of theoretical course with focus to basic ETOPS items or to B737 specific ETOPS procedures if the ETOPS has been obtained for the other type of a/c

Reduced amount of hours of theoretical course with focus to basic ETOPS items and TVS company specific ETOPS procedures.

1 leg

During Company Conversion Course Line Flying 1 leg

2 Line training 1 leg under supervision 6.4.5. Theoretical Ground Course contents

EXTENDED RANGE OPERATIONS WITH TWO-ENGINE AIRPLANES – ETOPS 1 INTRODUCTION TO ETOPS REGULATIONS a) b) c) d) e) f) g) h) i) j) k) l) m) n) o) p)

Brief overview of the history of ETOPS; ETOPS regulations; Definitions; Approved One-Engine-Inoperative Cruise Speed; ETOPS Type Design Approval – a brief synopsis; Maximum approved diversion times; Operator’s Approved Diversion Time; Routes and aerodromes intended to be used in the ETOPS area of operations; ETOPS Operations Approval; ETOPS Area and Routes; ETOPS en-route alternates aerodromes including all available let-down aids; Navigation systems accuracy, limitations and operating procedures; Meteorological facilities and availability of information; In-flight monitoring procedures; Computerised Flight Plan; Orientation charts, including low level planning charts and flight progress charts usage (including position plotting); q) Equal Time Point; r) Critical fuel.

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE

PAŹ/OCT-2011

ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

0 6.6-- 10/22

2 NORMAL OPERATIONS a) Flight planning and Dispatch 1. ETOPS Fuel requirements 2. Route Alternate selection - weather minima 3. Minimum Equipment List – ETOPS specific 4. ETOPS service check and Tech log 5. Pre-flight FMS Set up b) Flight performance progress monitoring 1. Flight management, navigation and communication systems. 2. Aeroplane system monitoring 3. Weather monitoring 4. In-flight fuel management – to include independent cross checking of fuel quantity 3 ABNORMAL AND CONTINGENCY PROCEDURES: a) Diversion Procedures and Diversion 'decision making'. b) Navigation and communication systems, including appropriate flight management devices in degraded modes. c) Fuel Management with degraded systems such as loss of primary FMS. d) Abnormal and emergency procedures to be followed in the event of foreseeable failures for each area of operation, including: • •

procedures for single and multiple failures in flight affecting ETOPS sector entry and diversion decisions. operational restrictions associated with these system failures including any applicable MEL consideratio

6.4.6. Flight Training Structure 6.4.6.1. Line Flying Under Supervision An applicant shall perform at least two legs the EXTENDED RANGE OPERATIONS WITH TWO-ENGINE AIRPLANES (ETOPS) area. 6.4.6.2. Crew composition a) An applicant shall occupy the seat appropriate to the post he is trained. b) The opposite pilot´s seat shall be occupied by : • Pilot with valid ETOPS qualification • Line Training Instructor with valid ETOPS qualification Note: The crew shall be augmented by pilot with valid ETOPS qualification (relevant to the post of trained pilot) if an authorized Line Training Instructor and an applicant occupy the pilot´s seats. a) An authorized Line Training Instructor shall occupy the observer´s seat if he does not occupy the pilot´s seat. b) No additional Line Flying under Supervision is required for the either pilot seat operation (if applicable). c) Both pilot´s seats can be occupied by applicants to obtain the ETOPS qualification for TVS maiden flight.

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.6-- 11/22

Note: In such case the supervision of the CAA Examiner or TVS LTI with CAA authorization is mandatory. 6.4.6.3. Procedures and Standard Call Outs Refer to TVS OM – A, chapter 8.5. Refer to TVS OM – B, chapter 13.12. 6.4.7. ETOPS Qualification revalidation requirements 6.4.7.1. The period of validity for EXTENDED RANGE OPERATIONS WITH TWO-ENGINE AIRPLANES (ETOPS) Qualification is 12 calendar months in addition to the reminder of the month of the last flight in the applicable area. 6.4.7.2. If revalidated within the final 3 calendar months of validity, the period shall extend from the date of revalidation until 12 calendar months from the expiry date of previous validity. 6.4.8. Training Records Refer to Travel Service Operations Manual Part – D.5, Template, Standard Document No 6/4 6.5. NORTH ATLANTIC MINIMUM NAVIGATION PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION (NAT MNPS) 6.5.1. Aim of the Course a) The course is designed for TVS pilots to reach or revalidate the NORTH ATLANTIC MINIMUM b) NAVIGATION PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION (NAT MNPS) knowledge and proficiency. c) The commander will be qualified for NAT MNPS operation on the left-hand seat and on the righthand seat (if qualified for either pilot´s seat operation). d) The co-pilot will be qualified for NAT MNPS operation on the right-hand seat only. 6.5.2. Entry Requirements An applicant shall hold: either • A valid ATPL with B – 737 300-900 Type Rating endorsement or • A valid CPL with B – 737 300-900 Type Rating co-pilot only endorsement and • Commander A and Co-pilot A Company Certificate. 6.5.3. Credit for Previous Experience a) aAn applicant can pass the reduced NORTH ATLANTIC MINIMUM NAVIGATION PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION (NAT MNPS) training if he has an acceptable previous experience of the NAT MNPS operation. b) NORTH ATLANTIC MINIMUM NAVIGATION PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION (NAT MNPS) training reduction: • •

Conversion course for NAT MNPS operation (part of Company Conversion course) if the B 737 NAT MNPS is valid Revalidation course for NAT MNPS operation if the B 737 NAT MNPS operation is not valid less than 1 year or NAT MNPS has been obtained on the other type of a/c

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.6-- 12/22

6.5.4. Time Scale for NAT MNPS courses 1 Theoretical course

Initial course 3 hours

Revalidation course 2hours

Conversion course 1 hour

Refer to para 6.5.5

Reduced amount of hours of theoretical course with focus to basic NAT MNPS operation items or to B737 specific NAT MNPS procedures if the NAT MNPS has been obtained for the other type of a/c

Reduced amount of hours of theoretical course with focus to basic NAT MNPS items and TVS company specific NAT MNPS procedures.

1 leg

During Company Conversion Course Line Flying 1 leg

2 Line training 1 leg under supervision

6.5.5. Theoretical Ground Course contents NAT MNPS area 1) Definitions 2) Minimum equipment a) Criteria for the required minimum navigation equipment b) Altimetry Equipment required for operation in NAT MNPS/RVSM airspace 3) Flight planning a) ICAO flight plan b) Selection of suitable routes (i) For the aircraft equipped with two LRNS (ii) Aircraft with SHORT RANGE navigation equipment plus ONE operational LRNS c) Operational Flight Plan ( OFP ) 4) Pre-flight preparation a) Pre-flight briefing b) Plotting chart preparation c) Cockpit preparation (i) Master Document (ii) FMS preparation (iii) Aircraft clocks

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE

PAŹ/OCT-2011

ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

5) En route procedures a) Oceanic clearance b) In-flight procedures within NAT MNPS airspace (i) Pilot’s duties (ii) Entering NAT MNPS airspace c) Flight within NAT MNPS airspace (i) Crossing WPT (ii) North Atlantic Communication Procedures (iii) Position reporting (iv) The flight level change (v) Acquiring meteorological information (vi) Weather reporting (vii) Weather deviation procedures for Oceanic – Controlled Airspace (viii) Transponder operation (ix) Verification plotting during flight in the NAT MNPS airspace - General - Plotting procedures - Example of verification plotting (x) Mach number technique (xi) Adherence to ATC approved route 6) Contingency a) Lost of LRNS capability b) Plotting chart preparation for the possible failure of both FMS computers c) Navigational Methods No. I and II (i) Method No. I (ii) Method No. II A (iii) Method No. II B d) Common procedures for radio communication failure e) Wake Turbulence f) TCAS Alerts and Warnings g) Special procedures for in-flight contingencies in NAT MNPS / RVSM airspace

0 6.6-- 13/22

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.6-- 14/22

6.5.6. Flight Training Structure 6.5.6.1. Line Flying Under Supervision An applicant shall perform at least one leg as a pilot monitoring in the NORTH ATLANTIC MINIMUM NAVIGATION PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION (NAT MNPS) area.The flight must berecorded as a line check for flight in MNPS AND ETOPS area 6.5.6.2. Crew composition a) An applicant shall occupy the seat appropriate to the post he is trained. b) The opposite pilot´s seat shall be occupied by authorized training instructor with qualification TRE / LTE , with valid NAT MNPS qualification c) No additional Line Flying under Supervision is required for the either pilot seat operation (if applicable). d) Both pilot´s seats can be occupied by applicants to obtain the NAT MNPS qualification . for TVS maiden flight. Note:In such case the supervision of the CAA Examiner or TVS LTI with CAA authorization is mandatory. 6.5.6.3. Procedures and Standard Call Outs Refer to TVS OM – B, chapter 13.13. Refer to TVS OM – C, chapter 10.1. 6.5.7. NAT MNPS Qualification revalidation requirements 6.5.7.1. The period of validity for NORTH ATLANTIC MINIMUM NAVIGATION PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION (NAT MNPS) Qualification is 12 calendar months in addition to the reminder of the month of the last flight in the applicable area. 6.5.7.2. If revalidated within the final 3 calendar months of validity, the period shall extend from the date of revalidation until 12 calendar months from the expiry date of previous validity. 6.5.8. Training Records Refer to Travel Service Operations Manual Part – D.5, Template 1, Standard Document No 6/5

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.6-- 15/22

6.6. REQUIRED NAVIGATION PERFORMANCE 10 ( RNP- 10 ) 6.6.1. Aim of the Course a) The course is designed for TVS pilots to reach or revalidate the REQUIRED NAVIGATION PERFORMANCE 10 ( RNP- 10 ) knowledge and proficiency. b) The commander will be qualified for RNP-10 operation on the left-hand seat and on the right-hand seat (if qualified for either pilot´s seat operation). c) The co-pilot will be qualified for RNP-10 operation on the right-hand seat only. 6.6.2. Entry Requirements An applicant shall hold: either •

A valid ATPL with B – 737 300-900 Type Rating endorsement

•

A valid CPL with B – 737 300-900 Type Rating co-pilot only endorsement

or 6.6.3. Credit for Previous Experience a)

An applicant can pass the reduced REQUIRED NAVIGATION PERFORMANCE 10 (RNP- 10) training if he has an acceptable previous experience of the RNP-10 operation. b) REQUIRED NAVIGATION PERFORMANCE 10 ( RNP- 10 ) training reduction: • •

Conversion course for RNP-10 operation (part of Company Conversion course) if the B737 RNP-10 is valid Revalidation course for RNP-10 operation if the B 737 RNP-10 operation is not valid less than 1 year or RNP-10 has been obtained on the other type of a/c

6.6.4. Time Scale for RNP-10 courses 1 Theoretical course

Initial course 3 hours

Revalidation course 2hours

Conversion course 1 hour

Refer to para 6.5.5

Reduced amount of hours of theoretical course with focus to basic RNP-10 operation items or to B737 specific RNP-10 procedures if the RNP10 has been obtained for the other type of a/c

Reduced amount of hours of theoretical course with focus to basic RNP-10 items and TVS company specific RNP-10 procedures.

1 leg

During Company Conversion Course Line Flying 1 leg

2 Line training 1 leg under supervision 6.6.5. Theoretical Ground Course contents RNP 10 area 1) Definitions

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

2) Minimum equipment a) Criteria for the required minimum navigation equipment b) Altimetry Equipment required for operation in RNP-10 airspace 3) Flight planning a) ICAO flight plan b) Evaluation of suitable routes c) Operational Flight Plan ( OFP ) 4) Pre-flight procedure a) Pre-flight briefing b) External inspection of aircraft c) Cockpit preparation (i) Master Document (ii) FMS preparation (iii) Aircraft clocks 5) En route procedures a) In-flight procedures within RNP-10 airspace (i) Pilot’s duties (ii) Entering oceanic airspace b) Flight within RNP-10 airspace (i) Oceanic Communication Procedures (ii) Position reporting (iii) The flight level change (iv) Acquiring meteorological information (v) Weather reporting (vi) Weather deviation procedures for Oceanic – Controlled Airspace (vii) Transponder operation (viii) Mach number technique (ix) Adherence to ATC approved route 6) Contingency a) Lost of LRNS capability b) Common procedures for radio communication failure c) TCAS Alerts and Warnings d) Special procedures for in-flight contingencies in RNP-10 airspace

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.6-- 16/22

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.6-- 17/22

6.6.6. Flight Training Structure 6.6.6.1.Line Flying Under Supervision An applicant shall perform at least one leg in the REQUIRED NAVIGATION PERFORMANCE 10 (RNP10) area. 6.6.6.2.Crew composition a) An applicant shall occupy the seat appropriate to the post he is trained. b) The opposite pilot´s seat shall be occupied by : • Pilot with valid RNP-10 qualification • Line Training Instructor with valid RNP-10 qualification Note: The crew shall be augmented by pilot with valid RNP-10 qualification (relevant to the post of trained pilot) if an authorized Line Training Instructor and an applicant occupy the pilot´s seats. c) An authorized Line Training Instructor shall occupy the observer´s seat if he does not occupy the pilot´s seat. d) No additional Line Flying under Supervision is required for the either pilot seat operation (if applicable). e) Both pilot´s seats can be occupied by applicants to obtain the RNP-10 qualification for TVS maiden flight. Note: In such case the supervision TVS LTI with CAA authorization is mandatory. 6.6.7. RNP-10 Qualification revalidation requirements 6.6.7.1.The period of validity for REQUIRED NAVIGATION PERFORMANCE 10 (RNP- 10) Qualification is 12 calendar months in addition to the reminder of the month of the last flight in the applicable area. 6.6.7.2.If revalidated within the final 3 calendar months of validity, the period shall extend from the date of revalidation until 12 calendar months from the expiry date of previous validity. 6.6.8.Training Records Refer to Travel Service Operations Manual Part – D.5, Template, Standard Document No 6/6

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE

PAŹ/OCT-2011

ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

0 6.6-- 18/22

6.7. P-RNAV 6.7.1. Aim of the Course The course is designed to train TVS pilots to ensure that they are knowledgeable limits of their PRNAV navigation capabilities, effects of updating, P-RNAV, contingency procedures and operational procedures be related to P-RNAV operation. 6.7.2. Entry Requirements An applicant shall hold: either • • •

A valid ATPL with B – 737 300-900 Type Rating endorsement or A valid CPL with B – 737 300-900 Type Rating co-pilot only endorsement or The Initial P-RNAV training may be combined with appropriate Type Rating training as a pilot in-command or a co-pilot (as applicable).

6.7.3. Credit for Previous Experience There is no approved credit for theoretical knowledge or experiences. 6.7.4. Time Scale for P- RNAV courses 1 2

Theoretical ground course Review & consultation/ progress test/ checking TOTAL

Time scale 3 hours 2 hours 5 hours

6.7.5. Theoretical Ground Course contents P RNAV airspace - pilot knowledge requirements 1) Theory of RNAV, including the differences between B-RNAV, P-RNAV and RNP-RNAV. 2) Limitations of RNAV 3) Charting, database and avionics issues including: - waypoint naming concepts. 4) RNAV path terminator concepts and especially: - use of the ‘CF’ path terminator. - use of the ‘TF’ path terminator. 5) Fly-by and fly-over waypoints. 6) Use of the RNAV equipment including, where appropriate: - retrieving a procedure from the database. - verification and sensor management. - tactically modifying the flight plan. - addressing discontinuities. 7) Entering associated data such as: - wind. altitude/speed constraints.

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.6-- 19/22

- vertical profile/vertical speed. 8) Flying procedure: - use of Lateral Navigation Mode and associated lateral control techniques. - use of Vertical Navigation Mode and associated vertical control techniques. - use of automatic pilot, flight director and auto-throttle at different stages of the procedure. 9) RT phraseology for RNAV. 10) The implications for RNAV operations of system malfunctions, which are not, RNAV related . (e.g. hydraulic failure or engine failure). 11) RNAV equipment operating procedures, as applicable, including how to perform the following actions: - verify currency of aircraft navigation data. - verify successful completion of RNAV system self-tests. - initialize RNAV system position. - retrieve and fly a SID or STAR with appropriate transition. - adhere to speed and/or altitude constraints associated with a SID or STAR. - make a runway change associated with a SID or STAR. - verify waypoints and flight plan programming. - perform a manual or automatic runway update (with takeoff point shift, if applicable). - fly direct to a waypoint. - fly a course/track to a waypoint. - intercept a course/track. - be vectored off and rejoin a procedure. - determine cross-track error/deviation. - insert and delete route discontinuity. - remove and reselect navigation sensor input. - when required, confirm exclusion of a specific navigation aid or navigation aid type. - insert and delete lateral offset. - change arrival airport and alternate airport. 12) Operator-recommended levels of automation for phase of flight and workload, including methods to . minimize cross-track error to maintain procedure centerline. 13) Operating procedures for flights along the P-RNAV routes: - Jeppesen SID & STAR chart for P-RNAV procedures, - RNP requirements, - Crew qualification, - Flight planning,

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.6-- 20/22

- NOTAM’s analyze, - GNSS specific, - MEL analyze, - NAV database, - System initialization, - Check of Active Flight Plan, (crew briefing for departure and for arrival) - Take-off procedures, (line-up, GNSS signal), - Descend and Arrival procedures (verification of route, GNSS signal), - Flight Plan Monitoring, - Track Keeping monitoring - Identification and evaluation of a track-keeping accuracy. - Route Modifications, - Use of FMS and Autopilot. - Procedurally Phraseology, - Recognition of systems degradation, - Procedures in case of system degradation, - Redispatch from P-RNAV to “classic” navigation. - GA procedures during P-RNAV approach. 6.7.6. Checking requirement • •

An applicant shall have satisfactorily completed Progress Tests as prescribed Authorised personnel shall conduct the Examination.

6.7.7. P-RNAV Qualification revalidation requirements • •

Upon completion of theoretical instruction, an applicant extends privileges for P-RNAV operation as a pilot-in-command or a co-pilot (as applicable). If the P-RNAV route has not been flown or Recurrent Training has not been performed within a period more than 1 year following the initial P-RNAV Training, the new initial PRNAV training is required.

6.7.8. Training Records Refer to Travel Service Operations Manual Part – D.5, Template, Standard Document No 6/7 6.8. RNP APPROACH 6.8.1. Aim of the Course The course is designed to train TVS pilots to ensure that they are knowledgeable limits of their RNP APPROACH navigation capabilities, to safely conduct RNP APCH operations without or with vertical guidance (APV BARO-VNAV), effects of updating, RNP APCH, contingency procedures and operational procedures be related to RNP APCH operation.

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE

PAŹ/OCT-2011

ZMIANA/REVISION

0

STRONA/PAGE

6.6-- 21/22

6.8.2. Entry Requirements An applicant shall hold: either • A valid ATPL with B – 737 300-900 Type Rating endorsement or • A valid CPL with B – 737 300-900 Type Rating co-pilot only endorsement or • The Initial RNP APCH training may be combined with appropriate Type Rating training as a pilot in-command or a co-pilot (as applicable). 6.8.3. Credit for Previous Experience There is no approved credit for theoretical knowledge or experiences. 6.8.4. Time Scale for RNP APCH course 1 2

Theoretical ground course Review & consultation/ progress test/ checking TOTAL

Time scale 3 hours 1 hours 4 hours

Theoretical ground course and progress test/checking will be performed by approved e-learning method 6.8.5. Theoretical Ground Course contents RNP APCH - pilot knowledge requirements 1) Definition of RNP APCH operations and its direct relationship with RNAV (GNSS) procedures. 2) Regulatory requirements for RNP APCH operations 3) Required navigation equipment for RNP APCH operations: - GPS concepts and characteristics - RNP/ANP requirements - RAIM - BAROVNAV - MEL 4) Procedure characteristics - Chart depiction - Aircraft display depiction - Minima 5) Retrieving a RNP APCH(or a RNAV(GNSS)) approach procedure from the data base 6) Procedure change at destination airport, change arrival airport and alternate airport 7) Flying the procedure: -Use of autopilot, auto throttle and flight director

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE

PAŹ/OCT-2011

ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

0 6.6-- 22/22

-Flight Guidance(FG) mode behaviour -Lateral and vertical path management -Adherence to speed and/or altitude constraints -Fly direct to a waypoint -Determine lateral and verticaltrack error/deviation -Fly interception of an initial or intermediate segment of an approach following ATC notification -Where the RNAV system supports interception of the extended final approach segment then flight . crew should be trained in use of the function. -The use of other aircraft equipment to support track monitoring, weather and obstacle avoidance -Contingency procedures in case of lateral mode failure (LNAV) and/or vertical mode failure (VNAV). 8) For APV BAROVNAV operation, a clear understanding of specific crew requirements: -for comparisons of VNAV guidance with primary altimeter information -for altitude crosschecks between primary altimeters (e.g. altimetry comparisons of 100 feet), -for temperature limitations on instrument procedures - for altimeter settings in term of currency, accuracy and integrity. 9) The effect of temperature deviation and its compensation 10) ATC procedures 11) Abnormal procedures 12) Contingency procedures 6.8.6. Checking requirement An applicant shall have satisfactorily completed Progress Tests as prescribed Authorised personnel shall conduct the Examination. 6.8.7. RNP APCH - Qualification revalidation requirements • •

Upon completion of theoretical instruction, an applicant extends privileges for RNP APCH operation as a pilot-in-command or a co-pilot (as applicable). If the RNP APCH has not been flown or Recurrent Training has not been performed within a period more than 1 year following the initial RNP APCH Training, the new initial RNP APCH training is required.

6.8.8. Training Records Record of this training including progress test/checking will be storage in e-learning medium (anytime available for printing)

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.7 - 1/8

ATTACHEMENT 7 LOW VISIBILITY OPERATIONS TRAINING 7.1. TRAINING PLAN 7.1.1. Aim of the Course 7.1.2. Entry Requirements 7.1.3. Credit for Previous Experience 7.1.4. Time Scale 7.1.5. Ground Course Structure 7.1.6. Flight Training Structure 7.1.7. Checking 7.1.8. Low Visibility Operations Qualification Document 7.1.9. Low Visibility Operations Revalidation Requirements 7.2. TRAINING PROGRAM 7.2.1. Training Record

UWAGA

REMARK

Szkolenie do uzyskania uprawnień lądowania poniżej CAT I będzie realizowane po rozpoczęciu certyfikacji E1 i E2*.

Training for authorization landing below CAT I will be carried out after beginning the E1 & E2* certification.

*E1 – CAT II DH 100ft RVR 300m E2 - CAT IIIA DH 50ft RVR 200m LVTO RVR 125m

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.7 - 2/8

7.1. TRAINING PLAN 7.1.1. Aim of the Course a) The course is designed for TVS pilots to reach or revalidate the Low Visibility Operation knowledge and proficiency. b) The commander will be qualified for Low Visibility Operation on the left-hand seat as PF and on the right-hand seat as PNF (if qualified for either pilot´s seat operation). c) The co-pilot will be qualified for Low Visibility Operation on the right-hand seat as PNF only. d) After completion of the course the pilot shall be able to demonstrate Low Visibility Operation competence. This includes the take-offs with minimum RVR 125m, approaches and landing in appropriate minimum RVR, missed approach in appropriate minimum, missed approach in appropriate minimum due to system failures and due to engine failure. e) The Low Visibility Operation course meets the requirements of OPS 1.450 and the requirements of Supplement 1 OPS 1.450. 7.1.2. Entry Requirements An applicant shall hold: • A valid ATPL with B – 737/300-900 Type Rating endorsement or • A valid CPL with B – 737/300-900 Type Rating co-pilot only endorsement or • A valid ATPL or CPL if pilot undergoes an approved B – 737/300-900 Type rating training program. 7.1.3. Credit for Previous Experience a) An applicant can pass the reduced Low Visibility Operation training if he has an acceptable previous LVO experience. b) Low Visibility Operation training reduction: • •

Conversion course for LVO (part of Company Conversion course) if the B 737 LVO is valid Revalidation course for LVO if the B 737 LVO is not valid less than 1 year

7.1.4. Time Scale for Low Visibility Operation courses 1 2 3 4 5

CBT (Computer based training) Theoretical course + test Simulator flight training course Simulator check Line training (under supervision)

Initial course

Revalidation course

Conversion course

4 hours 5 hours 2 hours 2 hours

4 hours n/a 2 hours 2 hours

n/a n/a n/a During OPC

3 approaches and landing CAT II (autoland) 3 approaches and landing CAT IIIA (autoland)

2 approaches and landing CAT II (autoland) 2 approaches and landing CAT IIIA (autoland)

During Company Conversion Course Line Flying 1 approach and landing CAT II (autoland) 1 approach and landing CAT IIIA (autoland)

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.7 - 3/8

7.1.5. Ground Course Structure 7.1.5.1 The CBT for Low Visibility Operation courses is contracted in: • • • •

CBT TRTO ČSA Training centre CBT CAE Emirates Dubai CBT Malev Budapest CBT RWL Mönchengladbach

7.1.5.2. Theoretical Ground Course contents: The characteristics and limitations of the ILS The characteristics of the visual aids The characteristics of FOG The operational capabilities and limitations of the particular airborne system The effects of precipitation, ice accretion, low level wind shear and turbulence The effects of specific aeroplane malfunctions The use and limitations of RVR assessment systems The principles of obstacle clearance requirements Recognition of and action to be taken in the event of failure of ground equipment The procedures and precautions to be followed with regard to surface movement during operations when the RVR is 400 meters or less and additional procedures required for take-off in conditions below 150 meters The significance of decision heights based on radio altimeters and the effect of terrain profile in approach area in radio altimeters readings The importance and significance of Alert Height and the action in the event of any failures above and bellow the alert height Qualifications and requirements to conduct LVTO and ILS CAT IIIA operations Establishment of Low Visibility Procedures (LVP) on an aerodrome Autopilot system components The integration of the autopilot with other avionics Autopilot flight modes Operations of the autopilots system in autoland mode Autoland system failures 7.1.6. Flight Training Structure 7.1.6.1 Simulator Flight Training Structure a) There is the two hours full flight simulator lesson for flight training b) The flight training shall be performed either on the B – 737 EFIS or NG simulator. c) The Instructor shall : •

reduce visibility below 300/200m in some exercises

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

• • • •

No 1

2 3

4 5 6

7

8

9

10

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.7 - 4/8

simulate conditions Day/Night, icing on flight, contaminated runway, wind with variable directions and speed during exercises repeat exercise if it is necessary use minimum RVR 300m and DH 100 ft if the crew is trained for CAT II only it is not required to perform exercise in condition CAT II if the crew is already fully qualified for CAT IIIA d) The flight training is completed when no items have been graded “B” or “F” and the overall grade as a minimum is “PASSED” e) The full flight simulator lesson contents: CONTENS - Low Visibility T/O, cockpit prepared by instructor, engines running - before T/O briefing - T/O, RVR 125m - Reposition on final, briefing CAT II/IIIA, 2 AP APP a) RVR 350 m, DH 100 ft freezing position 100 ft – RVR change 550, 350, 300m b) RVR 200m, DH 50 ft freezing position 50ft – RVR change 200, 150, 125, 100m review visual segment day and night, seat position - 2 AP autoland - Reposition on final, 2AP APP, RVR 200m DH 50 ft, 2 AP autoland, AB-2, full stop landing a) RVR 350 m, DH 100 ft, night, crosswind 90/15 kts b) RVR 200 m, Dh 50 ft, night, crosswind 90/15 kts 2 AP autoland - Reposition on final, 2 AP APP, RVR 200 m, Dh 50 ft “ILS FAIL” at 80 ft, G/A manually - Reposition on final, 2 AP APP, RVR 200 m, Dh 50 ft “RA FAIL” at 80 ft, G/A manually - Reposition on final, 2 AP APP, RVR, DH 50 ft “ILS FAIL” at 100 ft, G/A manually, “ENGINE FAIL” at to go around, flight freezing after non normal check list - Reposition on T/O T/O, RVR 125m, fog patches, ICY RWY, ENG. FAIL close to V1 a) CAPT is P/F b) F/O is P/F - Reposition on T/O, F/O is P/F T/O, RVR 125m, fog patches, ICY RWY After take-off checklist - Reposition on final, CAPT is P/F 2 AP APP, RVR 200 m, DH 50 ft, “NO RETARD” full stop landing - Reposition on final, 2 AP APP a) RVR 350 m, DH 100 ft „FLARE FAIL“ – G/A manually b) RVR 200 m, DH 50ft „FLARE FAIL“ – G/A manually - Reposition on final, 2 AP APP, RVR 200 m, DH 50 ft “AT FAIL” at 80 ft, manually controlled AT, full stop landing

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

11

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE

PAŹ/OCT-2011

ZMIANA/REVISION

0

STRONA/PAGE

6.7 - 5/8

- Reposition on final, 2 AP APP, RVR 200 m, DH 50 ft “BOTH AP FAIL” at 100 ft, G/A, “ENG FAIL” at G/A - Reposition on final, 2 AP APP, RVR 200m, DH 50 ft Landing, in roll-out no visual reference, full stop - Reposition on final, 2 AP APP, RVR 200m, DH 50ft “ILS LOC DEVIATION”, G/A manually - Reposition on final, 2 AP APP, RVR 200m, DH 50 ft “ILS LOC OFFSET”, G/A manually - Reposition on final, 2 AP APP a) RVR 350 m, DH 100 ft “ENG FAIL” at 200 ft, G/A manually b) RVR 200 m, DH 50 ft “ENG FAIL” at 100 ft, G/A manually - Reposition on T/O, RVR 125 m, fog patches, “ENG FAIL” after V1 a) CAPT is P/F b) FO is P/F Flight freezing at 800-1000 ft, if procedure is successful - Reposition on final, 2 AP APP, RVR 200 m, DH 50 ft “BOTH EADI FAIL” G/A manually using STANDBY HORIZON - Reposition on final, 2 AP APP, RVR 200 m, DH 50 ft CAPT incapacitation F/O auto G/A using 2 AP - Reposition on final, 2 AP APP, RVR 200 m, DH 50 ft Wind shear – wind at 1000 ft 90degrees to RWY HDG/20 kts Surface crosswind 90° to RWY HDG 5 kts

12 13 14 15

16

17

18

19

7.1.6.2. Line Flying Under Supervision a)

• •

A Pilot with previous LVO experience valid (conversion course for LVO) shall perform: 1 approach with automatic landing CAT II (DH 100 ft) 1 approach with automatic landing

CAT

IIIA

(DH

50

ft)

b) A Pilot with previous LVO experience but not valid (revalidation course for LVO) shall

perform: • •

2 approaches with automatic landing CAT II (DH 100 ft) 2 approaches with automatic landing c)

• •

CAT

IIIA

A Pilot without previous LVO experience (initial course for LVO) shall perform: 3 approaches with automatic landing CAT II (DH 100 ft) 3 approaches with automatic landing CAT IIIA (DH 50 ft)

7.1.6.3. Crew composition a) An applicant shall occupy the seat appropriate to post he is trained. b) The opposite pilot´s seat shall be occupied by :

• •

(DH

Line Training Instructor with valid LVO qualification Pilot with valid Low Visibility Operation qualification

50

ft)

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

•

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE

PAŹ/OCT-2011

ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

0 6.7 - 6/8

Pilot in training to obtain the Low Visibility Operation qualification c) An authorized Line Training Instructor shall occupy the observer´s seat if he do not occupy the pilot´s seat.

7.1.6.4. Weather Limitation During Flight Training Training approaches CATII/IIIA shall be performed in weather condition CAT I or better. 7.1.6.5. Procedures and Standard Call Outs Refer to TVS OM – B, chapter 13-4. 7.1.7. Checking 7.1.7.1. Ground course final test Final ground course test is required after passing the CBT and Theoretical Ground Course. Refer to TVS OM-D, Appendix 3, TST 1 7.1.7.2. Simulator Check a) An applicant shall pass final simulator check in the extent of two hours. b) The CAA Examiner will join the simulator crew for simulator check. c) The CAA Examiner shall fill the CAA Extraordinary Check Report Form in.

7.1.7.3. Line Check An applicant shall complete the Line Check if the Line Flying under supervision was in the extent of para. 7.1.6.2 b) and c). b) At least one leg is required so that the Line Check can be acknowledged. c) No special Line Check is required for the either seat operation (if applicable). a)

7.1.7.4 Crew composition during the Line Check. a) An applicant shall occupy the appropriate seat respective to post he is trained. b) The opposite pilot´s seat shall be occupied by :

• •

pilot in training to obtain the Low Visibility Operation qualification pilot with valid Low Visibility Operation qualification c) An authorized Line Training Examiner shall ocupy the observer´s seat.

7.1.8. Low Visibility Operation Qualification Licence Attachment Low Visibility Operation Qualification Licence Attachment is issued by TVS Flight Department and is valid only with the Pilot Licence stated in. (see specimen) 7.1.9.1. Each pilot shall maintain the Low Visibility Operation qualification valid. 7.1.9.2. To maintain the Low Visibility Operation qualification valid each pilot shall: •

• •

perform at least 6 (3 x CAT II and 3 x CATIIIA) real or training approaches and autolands according to LVO procedures during 6 months time period validity of the Operator Proficiency Check (To fill in the “CAT II/IIIA” approach record form is mandatory to accept the approach.) pass the recurrent training and checking for LVO pass the recurrent training and checking for LVO from RH seat if qualified for either seat flying

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE

PAŹ/OCT-2011

ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

0 6.7 - 7/8

7.1.9.3. The Examiner providing the Operator Proficiency Check shall check that all conditions stated in para 7.1.9.2. above are completed. 7.2. TRAINING PROGRAM 7.2.1. Training Records Refer to Travel Service Operations Manual Part – D.5, Template, Standard Document No 7 Specimen of LVTO/CAT authorization

avers

revers

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

MIEJSCE CELOWO INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

POZOSTAWIONE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.7 - 8/8

PUSTE

Travel Service Polska sp. z o.o. WKŁADKA DO LICENCJI PILOTA Pilot License Insert

Nr LVTO/_________/___ Nazwisko/ Surname: Imię/ Name: Nr licencji/ Licence No:

__________________________ __________________________ PL-________-A-CTPL(A)___

Posiadacz niniejszej wkładki jest upoważniony do wykonywania operacji LVTO RVR 125 m (OPS-1 AWO) na samolocie Boeing 737-300/800 zgodnie z „Instrukcją Użytkowania w Locie” i Instrukcją Operacyjną operatora. Uwaga: Niniejsza wkładka jest ważna tylko z aktualną licencją. This to certify that the holder of this insert is authorized to perform operations LVTO RVR 125 (OPS-1 AWO) on Boeing 737-300/800 a/c according to the “Airplane Flight Manual” and the Operation Manual of the Operator. Note: This insert is valid with the current pilot license only. Kierownik Działu Lotniczego i Szkolenia (Flight and Training Postholder)

Data wydania Date of issue Ważne do Valid thru

/-/ ______________ dd.mm.yyyy dd.mm.yyyy

PRZEDŁUŻENIE WAŻNOŚCI UPOWAŻNIENIA EXTENSION OF AUTHORIZATION Data sprawdzianu Date of skill test dd-mm-yyyy

Druk TSP nr D.2.1.9a /30.10.2011

Podpis egzaminatora i Nr upoważnienia Signature of Examiner and No of authortization

Upoważnienie ważne do Authorization valid thru dd-mm-yyyy

Podpis Kierownika Działu Lotniczego i Szkolenia Signature of Flight & Training Manager

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

ATTACHEMENT 8 RECURRENT TRAINING 8.1. RECURRENT TRAINING REQUIREMENT 8.1.1. Ground and Refresher Training 8.1.1.1 Airplane System Training 8.1.1.2 Operational procedures and requirements 8.1.1.3 Accident/Incident and occurrence review 8.1.2. Airplane/Flight Simulator Training 8.1.3. Emergency and Safety Equipment Training 8.1.4. Crew Resource Management Training 8.1.5. Transport of Dangerous goods by air Training 8.1.6. Security Training 8.2. TRAINING PROGRAM 8.2.1. Training Record

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.8 - 1/6

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.8 - 2/6

8.1. RECURRENT TRAINING REQUIREMENTS a)

Each flight crew member shall undergo Recurrent Training relevant to the type or variant of airplane on which the flight crew member operates.

8.1.1. Ground and Refresher Training a)

The Ground and Refresher Training program shall comprise:

Airplane System Training Operational Procedures and Requirements Training Accident/Incident and occurrence review a) The period of validity of the Ground and Refresher Training is at least 12 calendar months. b) If the training is conducted within 3 calendar months prior the expiry of the12 calendar months period, the next Ground and Refresher Training must be completed within 12 calendar months of the original expiry date of previous Ground and Refresher Training c) The knowledge of the Ground and Refresher Training part shall be verified by questionnaire or other suitable method. 8.1.1.1. AIRPLANE SYSTEMS TRAINING a)

The Airplane System Training is divided to six volumes with contents:

Volume Volume 1

Contents Air general Air system Fire protection Volume 2 Flight control Electrical Anti-ice Volume 3 Engine, APU Landing gear Flight instruments Volume 4 Communication Navigation Air system Volume 5 Hydraulics Fuel Fire protection Volume 6 Automatic Flight Warning system Flight controls b) The Airplane System Training shall be performed on CBT in duration of 5 hours. c) All Airplane System Training volumes shall be covered in preceding three year period. d) The Airplane System Training volumes shall be alternated if the flight crew member operates both B 737EFIS and B 737NG variants. e) The knowledge of each Airplane System Training volume shall be verified by questionnaire in computerized or written form. f) The flight crew member starting his first Recurrent Training after passing the Conversion Course will pass the Airplane System Training volume appropriate to company Airplane System Training schedule.

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.8 - 3/6

8.1.1.2. OPERATIONAL PROCEDURES AND REQUIREMENTS a)

Operational Procedures and Requirements Training contents:

Operational procedures and requirements Flight procedures: • SOP • Emergency descend • TCAS • CFIT • GPWS/EGPWS • Abnormal/unusual attitude recovery • RNAV • ETOPS - normal operation, abnormal and contingency procedures Winter operations including ground de/anti-icing Pilot incapacitation Low visibility operation 8.1.1.3. ACCIDENT / INCIDENT AND OCCURENCE REVIEW a)

• •

The review shall include: Company review Other B 737 operators review

8.1.2. Airplane/Flight simulator training a) b) c) d) e)

f)

The Travel Service Airplane/Flight Simulator Training is conducted on the Boeing B 737EFIS, B737NG approved simulators. The Airplane/Flight Simulator Training shall be alternated if the flight crew member operates both B 737EFIS and B 737NG variants. The Airplane/Flight Simulator Training is established such that all major failures of airplane systems and associated procedures will be covered in preceding 3 year period. The Airplane/Flight Simulator Training shall follow the same training volume cycle schedule as Ground and Refresher training – Airplane systems. The flight crew member starting his first Recurrent Training after passing the Conversion Course will pass the Airplane/Flight Simulator Training volume appropriate to company Airplane/Flight Simulator Training schedule. Flight Simulator Training contents:

LOFT (Line Orientated Flight Training) 2 hours Recurrent training non-normal procedures 2 hours Recurrent training CAT II/III 2 hours Recurrent training Either pilot’s seat ( if applicable ) 1 hour a) The Airplane/Flight Simulator Training may be combined with the Operator Proficiency Check. b) The period of validity of the Airplane/Flight Simulator Training is 6 calendar months. c) If the Airplane/Flight Simulator Training is conducted within 3 calendar months prior to the expiry of the 6 calendar months period, the next Airplane/Flight Simulator Training must be completed within 6 calendar months of the original expiry date of the previous Airplane/Flight Simulator Training.

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.8 - 4/6

8.1.3. Emergency and Safety Equipment Training a) b) c)

d) e)

a) Each flight crew member shall undergo training on the location and use of all emergency and safety equipment carried. The period of validity of the Emergency and Safety Equipment Training is 12 calendar months. If the Emergency and Safety Equipment Training is conducted within 3 calendar months prior to the expiry of the 12 calendar months period, the next Emergency and Safety Equipment Training must be completed within 12 calendar months of the original expiry date of the previous Emergency and Safety Equipment Training. The Emergency and Safety Equipment Training shall be performed with a mixture of flight crew and cabin crew, if possible. Every year the Emergency and Safety Equipment Training program must include the following:

Actual donning of a lifejacket Actual donning of protective breathing equipment Actual handling of fire extinguishers Instruction on the location and use of all emergency and safety equipment carried on the airplane Instruction on the location and use of all emergency exits Safety procedures a) Every 3 year the Emergency and Safety Equipment Training program must include the following in addition to 1 year Emergency and Safety Equipment Training program: Actual operation of all types of exits Demonstration of the method used to operate a slide Actual fire-fighting using equipment representative of that carried in the aeroplane on an actual or simulated fire except that, with Halon extinguishers, an alternative method acceptable to the CAA may be used The effects of smoke in an enclosed area and actual use of relevant equipment in a simulated smoke-filled environment Actual handling of pyrotechnics, real or simulated Demonstration in the use of the life-rafts 8.1.4. Crew Resource Management Training a) b) c)

d) e) f)

Each flight crew member shall undergo specific modular Crew Resource Management Training. The period of validity of the CRM Training is 12 calendar months and all major topics of CRM training shall be covered over a period not exceeding 3 years. If the Crew Resource Management Training is conducted within 3 calendar months prior to the expiry of the 12 calendar months period, the next Crew Resource Management Training must be completed within 12 calendar months of the original expiry date of the Crew Resource Management Training. The Crew resource management training shall not be assessed. The Crew Resource Management Training shall be performed with a mixture of flight crew and cabin crew, if possible. The Crew Resource Management Training program must include the following:

Human error and reliability, error chain, error prevention and detection company safety culture, SOP, organizational factors Information acquisition and processing, situational awareness, workload management Decision making Communication and coordination inside and outside the cockpit

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.8 - 5/6

Leadership and team behavior, synergy Automation and philosophy of the use of automation Specific type related differences Case based studies 8.1.5. Transport of dangerous goods by air Each flight crew member shall undergo recurrent training for Transport of dangerous goods by air. b) The period of validity of the Training for Transport of dangerous goods by air is no longer than 24 calendar months. c) If the Transport of dangerous goods by air Training is conducted within 3 calendar months prior to the expiry of the 24 calendar months period, the next Transport of dangerous goods by air Training must be completed within 24 calendar months of the original expiry date of the Transport of dangerous goods by air Training. d) Each flight crew member shall have received recurrent training which, as minimum, must cover the areas stated in table: a)

General philosophy Limitation on Dangerous Goods in air transport Classification and list of Dangerous Goods Package marking and labeling Loading, restriction on loading and segregation Provision of information to commander Dangerous Goods in passengers baggage Emergency procedures a) The knowledge of the Transport of dangerous goods by air shall be verified by questionnaire. b) The training is performed by GCI or training organization approved by CAA c) Detailed syllabus is in OM-A, Chapter 9 8.1.6. Security Training a) Each flight crew member shall undergo recurrent Security Training. b) The period of validity of the Security Training is at least 12 calendar months. c) If the Security Training is conducted within 3 calendar months prior to the expiry of the 12

calendar months period, the next Security Training must be completed within 12 calendar months of the original expiry date of the Security Training. d) Each flight crew member shall have received recurrent training which, as minimum, must cover the areas stated in table: Security requirements Action to prevent acts of unlawful interference Reporting acts of unlawful interference Negotiation skills Airplane search procedure checklist e) The training is performed by GCI or training organization approved by CAA 8.2. RECURRENT TRAINING PROGRAM 8.2.1. Training Record Refer to Travel Service Operations Manual Part – D.5, Template 1, Standard Document No.8

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

MIEJSCE CELOWO POZOSTAWIONE PUSTE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.8 - 6/6

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

ATTACHEMENT 9 RECURRENT CHECKING 9.1.1. Recurrent Checking Requirements 9.1.2. Operator Proficiency Check 9.1.3. Line Check 9.1.4. Emergency and Safety Equipment Check

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.9 - 1/4

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.9 - 2/4

9.1. RECURRENT CHECKING 9.1.1. Recurrent Checking Requirement a)

Recurrent Checking shall comprise:

Operator Proficiency Checks (2) Line Check Emergency and Safety Equipment Check 9.1.2. Operator Proficiency Check Each flight crew member shall undergo the Operator Proficiency Checks to demonstrate his competence in carrying out normal, abnormal and emergency procedures. b) The Operator Proficiency Check shall be conducted without external visual reference. c) Each flight crew member shall undergo the Operator Proficiency Checks as the part of a normal flight crew complement. d) The Operator Proficiency Checks shall comprise following maneuvers: a)

Maneuvers Rejected take-off. Take-off with engine failure between V1 and V2. Single engine precision instrument approach to minimum (manually). Non-precision approach to minimum. Single engine instrument missed approach from minimum (manually) Single engine landing. Category II/IIIA approach. Missed approach from category II/IIIA minimum. Landing from category II/IIIA minimum. LVO take-off to the applicable minimum e) In addition to the checks prescribed above, the requirements applicable to the revalidation or renewal of the B 737/C680 Type Rating must be completed every 12 months and may be combined with the Operator Proficiency Check. f) The time duration of the Operator Proficiency Check is 1(one) flight hour as Pilot Flying for each flight crew member to be checked. g) The Operator Proficiency Check must be conducted by Type Rating Examiner (TRE) or Synthetic Flight Examiner (SFE) h) The period of validity of an Operator Proficiency Check shall be 6 calendar months in addition to the remainder of the month of issue. If issued within the final 3 calendar months of validity of a previous Operator Proficiency Check, the period of validity shall extend from the date of issue until 6 calendar months from the expiry date of that Operator Proficiency Check. i) The Flight Simulator Checking shall be alternated if the flight crew member operates both B 737EFIS and B 737NG variants. 9.1.3. Line Check Each flight crew member shall undergo the Line Check on the airplane to demonstrate his competence in carrying out normal line operations described in the Operations Manual. Line Check must establish a flight crew member´s ability to perform a complete line operation satisfactorily, including pre-flight and post-flight procedures and use of the equipment provided, and an opportunity for an overall assessment of his ability to perform the duties required and specified in the Operations Manual. b) The Line Check can be conducted either on B 737EFIS , B 737NG a)

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE

PAŹ/OCT-2011

ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

0 6.9 - 3/4

c) Each pilot shall be checked on sector as pilot flying and on another sector as pilot non-flying. d) The route chosen should be such as to give adequate representation of scope of pilot´s e) f)

normal operations. When weather conditions or training requirements preclude a manual landing, an automatic landing is acceptable. The Line Check shall comprise following items:

Technical Skills

Performance calculation Pre-departure preparation Take-off, departure, climb Flight En-route cruise Procedures Descent, holding, arrival Approach, landing, parking Technical proficiency (overall assessment of technical proficiency)

Non-technical Skills

Briefing and Communication Leadership and Teamwork Situation Awareness / Vigilance Decision Making Crew Self-evaluation

Flight Preparation

Commander’s Ability Professional Ability Co-pilot’s Ability

Management of crew co-operation and assertiveness Analytical ability, plan ahead of operation Flight economy and schedule Passenger announcements, action on company’s behalf Participation in crew co-operation Analytical ability, plan ahead of operation Assertiveness

The Line Check shall be conducted by Line Training Examiner that must occupy the observer´s seat. h) In case of longhaul operations where additional operating flight crew are carried the Line Training Examiner may fulfill the function of a cruise relief pilot and shall not occupy either pilot´s seat during take off, departure, initial cruise, descent, approach and landing. His CRM assessments shall solely be based on observations made during the initial briefing, cockpit briefing , cabin briefing and those phases where he occupies the observer´s seat. i) The period of validity of an Line Check shall be 12 calendar months in addition to the remainder j) of the month of issue. If issued within the final 3 calendar months of validity of a previous Line Check, the period of validity shall extend from the date of issue until 12 calendar months from the expiry date of that Line Check. g)

9.1.4. Emergency and Safety Equipment Check Each flight crew member shall undergo the Emergency and Safety Equipment Check on the location and use of all emergency and safety equipment carried. b) It is preferred to conduct the Emergency and Safety Equipment Check in written form but oral form of check is also acceptable. a)

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

c)

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.9 - 4/4

The items to be checked shall be those for which the recurrent Emergency and Safety Equipment. Training has been carried out:

A. Emergency and Safety Equipment Training and Checking – 1 YEAR CYCLE Actual donning of a lifejacket Actual donning of a protective breathing equipment Actual handling of fire extinguishers Instruction on the location and use of all emergency and safety equipment carried on the airplane Instruction on the location and use of all emergency exits Safety procedures B. Emergency and Safety Equipment Training and Checking – 3 YEAR CYCLE Actual operation of all types of exits Demonstration of the method used to operate a slide Actual fire-fighting using equipment representative of that carried in the aeroplane on an actual or simulated fire except that, with Halon extinguishers, an alternative method acceptable to the CAA may be used The effects of smoke in an enclosed area and actual use of relevant equipment in a simulated smoke-filled environment Actual handling of pyrotechnics, real or simulated Demonstration in the use of the life-rafts d) The period of validity of an Emergency and Safety Equipment Check shall be 12 calendar months in addition to the remainder of the month of issue. If issued within the final 3 calendar months of validity of a previous Emergency and Safety Equipment Check, the period of validity shall extend from the date of issue until 12 calendar months from the expiry date of that Emergency and Safety Equipment Check.

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

ATTACHEMENT 10 RECURRENT TRAINING PROGRAM - SCENARIO 1

VOLUME 1 RECURRENT TRAINING PROGRAM

• Air general • Air system • Fire protection QUESTIONNAIRE 2

VOLUME 2 RECURRENT TRAINING PROGRAM

• Flight control • Electrical • Anti-ice QUESTIONNAIRE 3

VOLUME 3 RECURRENT TRAINING PROGRAM

• Engine, APU • Landing gear • Flight instruments QUESTIONNAIRE 4

VOLUME 4 RECURRENT TRAINING PROGRAM

• Communication • Navigation • Air system QUESTIONNAIRE 5

VOLUME 5 RECURRENT TRAINING PROGRAM

• Hydraulics • Fuel • Fire protection QUESTIONNAIRE 6

VOLUME 6 RECURRENT TRAINING PROGRAM

• Automatic Flight • Warning system • Flight controls QUESTIONNAIRE 7

LVTO TEST

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.10 - 1/54

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.10 - 2/54

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.10 - 3/54

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.10 - 4/54

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.10 - 5/54

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.10 - 6/54

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.10 - 7/54

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.10 - 8/54

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.10 - 9/54

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.10 - 10/54

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.10 - 11/54

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.10 - 12/54

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.10 - 13/54

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.10 - 14/54

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.10 - 15/54

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.10 - 16/54

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.10 - 17/54

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.10 - 18/54

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.10 - 19/54

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.10 - 20/54

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.10 - 21/54

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.10 - 22/54

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.10 - 23/54

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.10 - 24/54

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.10 - 25/54

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.10 - 26/54

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.10 - 27/54

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.10 - 28/54

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.10 - 29/54

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.10 - 30/54

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.10 - 31/54

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.10 - 32/54

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.10 - 33/54

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.10 - 34/54

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.10 - 35/54

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.10 - 36/54

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.10 - 37/54

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.10 - 38/54

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.10 - 39/54

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.10 - 40/54

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.10 - 41/54

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.10 - 42/54

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.10 - 43/54

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.10 - 44/54

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.10 - 45/54

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.10 - 46/54

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.10 - 47/54

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

LVTO TEST

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.10 - 48/54

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.10 - 49/54

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.10 - 50/54

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.10 - 51/54

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.10 - 52/54

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.10 - 53/54

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.10 - 54/54

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.11- 1/14

ATTACHMENT 11 GRADING

0. Objective • • • •

Assessment of the pilot level of proficiency in relation to criteria set forth in OM and OM-D. Trend analysis for use in determining resources required in future training. Detection of sub-standard performance by individual pilots, enabling corrective measures being taken at earliest opportunity. Feedback to the individual pilot for assessment of his own proficiency level and trend.

Application of grading Grading is mandatory on all simulator and aircraft lessons. This applies for type rating flight training and OPC. Aspects of Assessment All aspects of a pilot’s flight deck performance shall be evaluated including the following areas: • • • • • • • • • • •

Flight deck management Attitude Application / reading of check lists Flight deck dialogue Monitoring / call outs Communication Decision making Situation awareness Use of avionics Piloting skill Power / speed control

Overall assessment should be also been given. Factors affecting grading The instructor shall use his best judgment and take the limitations of the training aids and the difficulty and complexity of the maneuver into consideration when grading a student’s performance. Grading an their Interpretation When a grading is given, one of the following terms shall be used: • • • •

Excellent Average Bellow average Failed

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL •

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.11- 2/14

Not observed

E – Excellent

An impressive performance with practically no remarks.

A – Average

A satisfactory performance. Deviations occur, but are organized and corrected.

B – Bellow average

A performance calling improvement, still satisfactory, but further training may be recommended.

F – Failed

The performance is not acceptable.

N – Not observed

The performance is not observed

Comments, Recommendations Adequate comments on student’s performance in order to explain and substantiate the grading given shall be written in the training lesson. Grading “F” and “B” require FI recommendation for further course action.

1. Criteria for Grading The following list contains items for the various areas, excepted from TVS OM and other manuals as examples of criteria to be considered when grading a student’s performance. The list is by no means exhaustive. Consult TVS OM or other manuals for full text and valid instructions. Flight Deck Management As Commander: • •

Coordinate flight deck activity as to obtain appropriate balance between his authority and the assertiveness of the co-pilot (balanced management style). Provide corrective management actions when an imbalance occurs (vary the management style with the need of the situation).

As co-pilot: • •

Seek to active an appropriate between assertiveness and authority. Adjust to different management styles in order to maintain a safe flight deck condition.

Attitude As Commander or co-pilots as PF: • •

Make use of all available resources Establish bottom lines whenever safety tradeoffs are made

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE

PAŹ/OCT-2011

ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

0 6.11- 3/14

As co-pilot / PM: •

Volunteer assistance when Commander/¨PF does not fully utilize available resources. Take actions to establish bottom lines whenever safety tradeoffs are made, if these lines are not established by Commander/PF

Application of Procedural Knowledge • Correctly apply all aircraft type specific procedures, hereunder: - Normal and emergency flight procedures - Normal, malfunction and emergency procedures for system operation • • •

Adhere to CLP/SID, specific NAP Distinguish between, and adjust flight to OLD/NEW PANS OPS procedures for approach Apply relevant corrections to altitudes used during approach

Application/Reading of Check List • Order applicable check list at correct time • Read clearly and distinctly • Not let check list reading interfere unnecessarily • Perform check list items according to Expanded Check List • Respond correctly to read list items • Not continue until the item read is performed/responded to. Repeat if necessary • Not reply until items is set/visually checked • Never read items in advance (you may perform them) • When reading check lists, continue monitoring of flight and action • Leave check list in a conspicuous place if reading interrupted • Call “Check List Completed” Flight Deck Dialogue • Speak clearly and distinctly • Use English • Use standard terminology • Repeat all significant parts of clearances and instruction, and ask if in doubt • Brief on intention and inform action. Inform of all changes in avionics setup • Never change avionics setup without PF’s consent • Give takeoff and approach briefings • Advise PF about all relevant information • Acknowledge PF’s briefing and instructions • Advise PF about dubious nav. setup • Acknowledge PM’s call outs and advise

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL •

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE

PAŹ/OCT-2011

ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

0 6.11- 4/14

Acknowledge PF’s call outs and advise

Monitoring/Call outs • Call out speed deviations according to FOM • Confirm selection of ordered configuration changes • Confirm configuration setting when applicable by calling out speeds • Call “1000 feet to level off” when 1000fett from assigned alt/Fl • Respond to the “1000 feet to level off” call by checking this and call “checked” • Call “LOC/GS alive” • Call “LOC/GS capture” (with FD) • Call “LOC/GS” • Check altitudes over markers/FAP/FAF • Call “1000 feet” • Call “500 feet” • Call “Not stabilized”/ “Not stabilized, pull-up” if approach not stabilized at 1000’ / 500’ height • Call ”Lights” or “Runway” when in sight, plus direction • Call “Plus hundred” and “Minimum/minimum – pull-up” as applicable if” Contact not heard • Call “Contact” when sufficient visual guidance for landing is obtained • Call ”Decision point – pull-up” if PF has not called “contact” at or before DP. (Non-prec.) • When PF has called “Contact” continue to monitor GP and speed, and call out deviations Communication • Speak clearly and distinctly, in English • Use VHF COMs and audio panels correctly • Use correct frequencies • Use correct frequencies setup • Listen in before transmitting • Study Jeppessen for correct frequency selection • Receive ATIS before contacting GND/APP and inform that is has been received • Read back all clearances and instructions • Use correct terminology, e.g. 2500’ “two thousand five hundred feet” • Give position report as required • Report when entering/leaving holding patterns • Never omit “sky travel” in call sign • Never transmit without including full call sign • Always ask ATC for confirmation if doubt exists about ATC clearance Decision Making • Seek information • Analyze information for relevance and accuracy

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL • • • • •

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.11- 5/14

Spend no unnecessary time on minor problems as long as a decision is definitely safe When practicable, discuss possible solutions briefly before making decision Make decisions within the frame of current rules and procedures, unless when in conflict with safety Continuously evaluate the situation and revert/discuss previous decision when required Clearly announce or state (communicate) decision - never let anyone in doubt

Position Awareness • Always check that adequate terrain clearance is maintained • Use speed factor for quick time/distance approximation • Start descent at correct distance • During descent, continuously refer height to go. (Track miles). • Reduce speed at appropriate time before reaching holding fix • Normally position the aircraft close to a 3° descent flight path within 10 track miles from touchdown • Reduce speed at correct time to be able to make a smooth transition onto approach/landing configuration • Change configuration according to the key point given in OM Part B • Check/adjust interception angle by reference to the relative bearing to the LOM or other suitable nav. aid • Crosscheck LOC interception by means of other nav. aids. Disregard the ILS signals outside safe coverage. • Crosscheck GP intercept by means of other nav. aids • Use correct timing point and monitor rate of descent versus time to go on approaches with no glide path. Use of Avionics • Set nav. aids for departure according to OM part B and departure clearance • Set MCP to first altitude/FL restriction • Whenever cleared to a new FL/altitude, set MCP accordingly using correct procedure and dialogue • Utilize the FD in climb, cruise and descent • Identify nav. aids before utilizing them • Utilize nav. aids to the full extent for maximum navigational accuracy • Plan the nav. aid setup for approach so as to in a logical sense end up with a final nav. aid setting according to OM part B • Utilize the ADF/VOR/ILS preselect feature to achieve the above • Select the correct FD/AP performance by means of basic flight and navigation instruments • Reprogram/disengage FD/AP if unsatisfactory performance is evident

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL •

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.11- 6/14

In case of a ground proximity warning, perform a pull-up immediately and valuate at safe altitude

Piloting Skill • Fly smoothly • Maintain assigned altitude within +/- 100 feet • Fly NAP correctly • Maintain published climb, cruise and descent speeds when applicable within +/- 10 kt (V2 +/- 5 kt) • Make smooth and correct transitions between the various phases of flight • When turning, normally not exceed 30° bank • Display fast and accurate instrument scan, combined with sufficient corrective action • Keep the FD bar(s) centered with smooth control movements • Continue to utilize all available instruments after visual contact is obtained Power/Speed Control • Always make smooth, balanced power changes Examples of Performance requiring remarks • Dangerous flying • Stalling the ACFT (take-off wind shear training excepted) • Inaccurate approach or rough flying • Lack of ability to maintain intended altitude, heading, speed and/or bank during manual flying • Achievement of flight accuracy at the sacrifice of passenger comfort • Temporary slight deviations from prescribed flight path during manual flying • Starting final descent without localizer capture (or equivalent) • Not cross-checking localizer alignment with other nav. Aids • Not initiating a pull-up when getting GPWS on in IMC • Continuing an unstabilized approach below 500 ft • Landing below minimum • Imprecise navigation • Straying off airways • Incorrect holding pattern flying • Non-compliance with ATC clearance • Failure to get doubtful clearances clarified • Acceptance of ATC clearance at too low altitude • Incorrect read back of clearance • Incorrect R/T phraseology • Omitting important call outs • Not initiating Emergency check list reading as PF

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL • • • • • • • • •

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.11- 7/14

Jumping an item in a check list Selecting incorrect check list Exceeding max. N1 or max. EGT without proper action Exceeding MMO or VMO in emergency descent Incorrect fuel management Overconfidence Poorly developed self-criticism Nonchalant attitude Poor flight deck management/crew cooperation

2. 2. Use of Absolute and relative grading Absolute grading The grading scale is used to evaluate the student’s proficiency on maneuver type attempted during each lesson. This is an absolute rating scale and the student’s proficiency must be judged against the training standard. Do not consider the type or amount of training the student has received. Therefore, when students are introduced to a maneuver, they may receive several “B” or “F” grades. This does not mean that the student is unsatisfactory or not progressing normally, since the average student may be unable to accomplish many maneuvers initially. Relative Grading (Overall) Immediately after evaluation of the individual maneuvers, the student’s overall performance is rated. The instructor determines if, on the basis of the training received, the overall grade is “E”, “A”, “B”, or “F”. The students may receive grades of “B” or “F” on individual maneuvers that are relatively new to them and still receives an “E” grade for overall performance. An overall grade of “F” is assessed any time an item is grade “F” and a minimum of “B” is required. The instructor may, however, decide to give the student overall “B” even though the individual grades are good enough to justify an “A”. Such a grade requires a written remark in the lesson plan.

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.11- 8/14

3. Standards Performance A. Performa appropriate flight planning

A. Perform a T/O and departure include: 1. Completing before takeoff check 2. Checking aircraft performance 3. Retracing gear and flaps 4. Accelerating to climb schedule airspeed A. Perform a climb and level off

A. Perform steep turn 45° of bank using instrument references only A. Maintain Aircraft Control Note: Maintain Aircraft control is the basic controlling of the aircraft within specified tolerances when performing climbs, descents, level off, level flight and turns 30°or less B. Complete checklist items

A. Perform high altitude en route navigation, to include: 1. VOR course intercepts

Conditions I. Ground Operations 1. Predetermined flight number 2. Performance specification chart in FCOM, PIF and N1 3. Access to weather briefing facility II. T/O and Departure 1. A know airport, using standard procedures and frequencies 2. A SID or radar controlled departure or a combination of both 3. Different A/C weight

III. Climb and Level Off 1. Climb schedule 2. Prescribed heading or radial 3. Intercepts in-or outbound 4. Predetermined IV. Precision Control 1. Airspeed compatible with bank and altitude V. Basic control 1. No specific

1. Ordering checklist as PF 2. Performing checklist items as PF

VI. En route 1. Different aloft winds. Not necessarily those given by WX map

Standards 1. Determine usable alternate 2. Correctly determine fuel requirements 3. Able to answer questions regarding braking action, performance etc. 1. Maintain runway alignment 2. Comply with valid controller instructions or SID 3. Maintain course +/- 10° or a valid intercept 4. Comply with basic control standards (paragraph V)

1-4. Comply with basic control standards (paragraph V)

1. Bank angle +/- 5° 2. Altitude +/- 100 feet 3. Airspeed +/- 10 kts. 1. +/- 100 feet of desired altitude 2. +/- 10 kts. of desired airspeed 3. +/- Degrees of desired heading

1. Orders/completes checklist items at point in flight (on ground) as designated by AFM, FCOM and OM Challenges and responds using correct phraseology 1. Comply with valid controller instructions 2. Comply with basic control

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL Performance inbound, outbound, immediately after station passage and maintaining course 2. VOR/DME arc to radial and radial to arc intercepts and maintaining arc 3. VOR/DME fix to fix to fix navigation 4. Ground speed check 5. Maintain en route time and fuel data 6. Utilize available WX and ATIS information

A. Perform en route descent to a initial approach altitude

A. Perform a NDB, VOR, VOR/DME holding B. Perform a VOR, VOR/DME approach

C. Perform an ILS approach

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

Conditions 2. Radar vectors, short cuts and “proceed present position direct to…”

VII. Descent 1. Prescribed heading/track/route and level off altitude

VIII Approach 1. Holding as depicted by controller or approach plate…

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.11- 9/14

Standards standards (paragraph V) 3. Maintain arc +/- 2 NM or a valid intercept 4. Obtain required data and calculate ground speed. Use information to update inflight planning 5. Initiate necessary corrections heading for a fix to fix and arrive within 2NM radius 6. As soon as practical after passing each en route fix, can utilize actual time or arrival at the fix, actual fuel remaining at the fix, and estimated time of arrival for next fix for the purpose of updating in-flight planning 1. Maintain proper position orientation to allow safe completion of descent and transition to terminal area 2. Maintain basic control standards (paragraph V) 3. Utilize the descent profile chart taking into consideration wind 4. Adheres to depicted rules regarding speed restrictions, altitude restrictions etc. 1. Perform entry procedures and maintain pattern IAW ICAO RAR 1. Comply with published approach and aircraft manual procedures 2. Airspeed according to FCOM 3. CDI within 1 dot deflection 4. Reach and maintain MDA (+50/ -20 feet) 5. Aircraft can be safely landed from the approach 1. Comply with published approach and aircraft manual

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL Performance

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

Conditions

D. Perform a Localizer approach

E. Perform a back beam localizer approach F. Perform an NDB approach

ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.11- 10/14

Standards procedures 2. Airspeed according to FCOM 3. CDI and GSI within one dot deflection 4. Aircraft can be safely landed from the approach 1.Comply with published approach and aircraft manual procedures 2. Airspeed according to FCOM 3. CDI within 1 dot deflection 4. Reach and maintain MDA (+50/ -20 feet) 5. Aircraft can be safely landed from the approach 1. Same as D 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5 1. Same as D 1, 2, 3 2. QDM / QDR within 5 degrees of final course 3. Aircraft can be safely landed from the approach 1.Same as D1 and 2 2. Maintain circling minimums (+50/-20 feet) while maintaining VMC until acquisition of visual glidepath 3. Aircraft can be safely landed from the approach 1.Same as C1 and C2 2. Flightpath as stated in OM-D, FCOM and PIF regarding CAT II approach procedure 3. Call outs as stated in OM-D 4. Aircraft can be safely landed from the approach 1.Airspeed according to FCOM 2. Maintain heading +/- 5 degrees of assigned heading 3. DO not exceed well above or well bellow glidepath 4. Aircraft can be safely landed from the approach

G. Perform a circling approach

H. Perform a CAT II approach

I. Perform a PAR approach

A. Perform a go-around

DATA/DATE

IX. Go-around 1. An approach from which a

1. Comply with go-around

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL Performance

A. Perform landing (transition from glidepath to runway)

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

Conditions landing cannot be made or was planned not to be made 2. A point in space at which a decision is required 3. Go-around instructions or published go-around X. Landing 1. Aircraft established on proper visual glidepath for normal landing 2. Prescribed landing zone 3. Day or night

B. Slow aircraft from touchdown speed to taxi speed

1. Aircraft touchdown within standards in A above

A. Handle emergencies and malfunctions as they occur

XI. Emergency Procedures 1. During ground and flight operations 2. As PF

3. As PF

A. Awareness. Correlates and keeps track of what is happening on the ground, in own aircraft, and in the air and copes with any subsequent flight impact as a result of the happenings

XII. Airmanship 1. During ground and flight operations

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.11- 11/14

Standards instructions 2. Apply GA power and actuate TO/GA mode switches, stop sink rate and give go-around orders in correct sequence

1. Touchdown point in prescribed landing zone, and in the middle of the runway 2. Touchdown at proper pitch attitude with maintenance of ground track by crabbing and finally wing low 1. Maintains runway alignment 2. Use of reverse i.a.w. airport regulations and braking requirement 3. Slows taxi speed prior to turning of the runway 1. Maintains aircraft control 2. Analyzes the situation 3. Takes proper action to include offering of correct checklist 4. Lands as soon as conditions permits 1. Analyzes the situation 2. Informs PF correctly 3. Selects and performs correct checklist (emergency or malfunction) to include memory items 4. Assists PF as appropriate 1. The student must demonstrate the ability to minimize the effects of adverse factors and capitalize on opportunities to avoid flight degradation. Factors to be considered may include, but are not limited to such items as airspace and approach restrictions, high

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL Performance

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

Conditions

1. During ground and flight B. Flexibility. Copes with rapidly operations changing situations or conditions, in flight or on ground, and adjust flight, as needed, to obtain desired objectives

C. Capacity. The student is cognizant of how large a task loading he/she can cope with before becoming saturated, confused, or frustrated to the point that safety is jeopardized or the flight is rendered

1. During ground and flight operations

D. Flight Discipline. Follows orders and carries out all required steps in a procedure in the proper order

1. During ground and flight operations

A. Keep other pilot “in the loop”

XIII. Flight Deck Dialogue 1. In normal and emergency situations 2. As PF

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.11- 12/14

Standards density traffic, aircraft capabilities and limitations, communications and fuel awareness and conversation 1. Correctly assesses all possible factors bearing on the situation and selects the best course of action 2. Must make correct decisions based on complete or incomplete knowledge of the situation. Foresees the outcome(s) of present actions and modifies those actions as necessary to obtain the best outcome 1. The student never exceeds his/her capabilities to control the aircraft safely. Selects an alternative course of action, when needed that reduces task loading and allows for effective flight accomplishment 1. Has thorough knowledge of all rules and regulations and carries out all duties with minimum supervision 1. Speaks clearly and distinctly 2. Uses English and standard terminology 3. Repeats all significant parts of clearances and instructions, and ask if in doubt 4. Briefs on intentions and inform on actions 5. Give T/O and APP briefings

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL Performance

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

Conditions 3. As PF

A. Take-off and take-off path control 1. Perform a T/O and departure 2. Completing before T/O check 3. Checking aircraft performance 4. Retracting gear and flaps 5. Accelerate to climb schedule airspeed

XIV. Visual Tracking 1. A known airport using standard procedures and frequencies 2. A SID or a radar controlled departure or a combination of both 3. Different aircraft weights 4. Crosswind up to max. for aircraft type

B. Aircraft Positioning 1. Perform a visual approach from any position in the vicinity of am aerodrome

1. A known airport, using standards procedures 2. Using all available NAV aids 3. Wind conditions up to max. crosswind limitation

C. Energy planning and management 1. Plan execute a visual approach

1. Variable energy levels -Speed -Altitude -Position -Weight

D. Flight Path Control 1. Maintain a stabilized approach

1. Cloud base min. normal pattern altitude 2. Wind up to max. crosswind conditions 3. Max. moderate turbulence

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.11- 13/14

Standards 1. Never change NAV and MCP setup without PF’s consent 2. Advise PF on all relevant information, and make sure PF acknowledges 3. Acknowledge PF briefings and instruction 4. Advise PF when in doubt or about dubious NAV set-up 1. Maintain correct crosswind control inputs during T/O roll and rotation 2. Smoothly convert to normal climb attitude, maintain desired ground track 3. Maintain runway alignment 4. Comply with valid instructions or SID 5.Maintaining heading/track +/10° or a valid intercept 6. Comply with basic control standards (paragraph V) 1. Position the aircraft for a safe approach within the “stabilized” concept according to the FOM 2. Comply with basic control standards (paragraph V). Due regard must be taken for gust and turbulence conditions 1. Plan and perform a safe approach given varying conditions in wind and energy levels 2. Keep PNF in the “loop” at all times according to “XII” 3. Display energy awareness in the execution of the task 1. Comply with published approach procedures 2. Stabilized according to FOM 3. Maintains proper VASI PAPI or other GP reference 4. Aircraft can be safely landed

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL Performance

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

Conditions

E. Flare Control 1. Complete the transition from stabilized final flight condition to landing attitude (touch down)

1. Cloud base min. normal pattern altitude 2. Wind up to max crosswind conditions 3. Max. moderate turbulence

F. Crosswind Technique 1. Perform and complete a crosswind landing to taxi speed

1. Cloud base min. normal pattern altitude 2. Wind up to max crosswind conditions 3. Max. moderate turbulence

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.11- 14/14

Standards from the approach 1. Apply and maintain correct crosswind control inputs until touchdown 2. Smoothly start the flare 3. Maintain RWY alignment throughout the maneuver 4. Touchdown approx. 300 m from threshold 1. Apply and maintain correct control inputs 2. Maintain desired flightpath 3. Maintain correct control inputs throughout take-off, initial climb, flare and landing 4. Maintain RWY CL during takeoff and landing

Travel Service Polska sp. z o.o.

ŚWIADECTWO UKOŃCZENIA SZKOLENIA PODSTAWOWEGO W ZAKRESIE BEZPIECZŃSTWA DLA PERSONELU POKŁADOWEGO Certificate of successful completion of the initial safety training for cabin crewmember Nr TSP-CC/_________/___ Nazwisko Surname: ____________________________________ Imię Name: ____________________________________ Nr dowodu tożsamości o Pers. ID N : PL-_________________________________ Zezwolenie ULC/AOC Nr CAA Permission _________________________

Kierownik Działu Lotniczego i Szkolenia (Flight and Training Postholder) Data wydania Date of issue

________________________ dd.mm.yyyy

Travel Service Polska sp. z o.o. Posiadacz tego świadectwa ukończył szkolenie podstawowe w zakresie bezpieczeństwa dla personelu pokładowego zgodnie z OPS 1.1005. [zał. III Rozp. Komisji EU 3922/91/EWG]

The holder of this certificate has successfully completed the initial safety training for the cabin crew member according to OPS 1.1005. [att. III of the UE Commission Reg 3922/91/EWG].

Świadectwo wydano na podstawie upoważnienia ULC wydanego na podstawie art. 95g Ustawy z dn.3.7.2002r Prawo Lotnicze. [D.U.06.100.696 z późn. zm.]

The Certificate was issued based on the CAO authorization given according to the Art. 95g act dated 3.7.2002 Air Law. [Journal of law 06.100,696 with amends].

Świadectwo jest ważne tylko z dokumentem tożsamości.

The Certificate is valid only with the identity document.

Świadectwo jest wydane bezterminowo.

The certificate is issued for an indefinite period.

Druk TSP nr D.2.2 /30.10.2011

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.12- 1/98

INTRODUCTION

General The Operations Manual article D.2.2 has been compiled with respect to the EU-OPS.1 regulation and it is in accordance with all relevant regulations and requirements. It also complies with the conditions of the Authorization of an Air Carrier for the Travel Service Polska Sp. z o.o. [TSP] issued by the Civil Aviation Office /Urząd Lotnictwa Cywilnego [CAA/ULC] on __________2011, reference number PL-_____. on base the article 95 g of Polish Aviation Act [Dz.U.06.100.696 z późn. zm. i Dz.U.11.170.1015]. Structure of the Operations manual The Operations Manual contains operations instructions which are binding for Travel Service Polska Sp. z o.o. flight operations. The Company's employees must, in the scope of their work duties, know the provisions of the Manual and follow them when performing their work duties. SYSTEM OF REVISIONS AND SUPPLEMENTS

General The Operations Manual, its revisions and supplements are being worked out by the Operation Manager department, on the basis of the information of the Company‘s relevant departments. Heads of the relevant departments are responsible for the professional contents of those parts of the Manual which concern to their duties stated in the TSP Organizational Rule. The Flight Operations Manager submits revisions and supplements to the Manual which require prior specific approval according to the OPS 1.1040(b), to the Authority. English version of manual, revisions and / or supplements is edited only. All Manual holders must update the Manual within the time period stated in the "Order to Revision" and record this revision to the "List of revisions". The Manual is divided into chapters which are further divided into subchapters, sections and paragraphs. A "List of Effective Pages" is issued together with each standard revision, thus enabling the Manual holders to check its update. To allow the rapid identification of the last revision of a given page, the revision is marked with a full vertical line at places where it occurs. A short description of the revision is stated in the "Order to Revision" together with the reason for such a revision. The "Order to Revision" should be read carefully before being filed. If it is necessary to publish a revision in the Manual within a very short time period or a revision with a restricted effectiveness, so called „Temporary Revision“ is issued. Hand written revisions are only allowed if such a situation occurs which requires the announcement of this revision as soon as possible in order to achieve the safety of operation. A hand written revision must be replaced with its standard issue as soon as possible. Each division shall establish such a system, that the information about each revision and/or complements will be distributed to their users as quickly as possible. Crew members shall pick-up the Manual and its revisions as soon as possible after the announcement of its publishing.

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

MIEJSCE CELOWO POZOSTAWIONE PUSTE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.12- 2/98

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.12- 3/98

RECORD OF REVISIONS

NR ZMIANY I DATA WYDANIA REVISION NO & DATE OF ISSUE

KRÓTKI OPIS ZMIANY DESCRIPTION OF REVISION

DATA WPROWADZENIA ZMIANY DATE OF ENTERING REVISION

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CHAPTER. 0

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.12- 4/98

CONTENTS ( GENERAL LAYOUT )

SECTION

CHAPTER

GENERAL TOPICS

1

ABBREVIATIONS

2

TYPES OF TRAININGS

3

TRAINING SEQUENCE TO ACQUIRE CC QUALIFICATION

4

INITIAL TRAINING

5

CONVERSION AND DIFFERENCES TRAINING

6

RECURRENT TRAINING

7

FUNCTIONAL TRAINING – SENIOR CABIN CREW MEMBER

8

TRAINING FOR THE POSITION OF A CC INSTRUCTOR

9

TRAINING FOR THE POSITION OF A CC EXAMINER

10

REFRESHER TRAINING

11 APPENDIX

REFRESHER TRAINING SYLLABUS

A-I

INITIAL TRAINING SYLLABUS

A - II

CONVERSION AND DIFFERENCES TRAINING SYLLABUS

A - III

RECURRENT TRAINING SYLLABUS

A - IV

SYLLABUS OF SCC TRAINING

A-V

SYLLABUS OF CC INSTRUCTOR TRAINING

A - VI

SYLLABUS OF CC EXAMINER TRAINING

A - VII

RECORDS OF TRAINING AND CHECKING PERFORMANCE

A - VIII

Record of initial training performance

Form TSP/CC 1

Record of conversion and differences training

Form TSP/CC 2

Record of survival training on water performance

Form TSP/CC 3

Record of performed flights – familiarization

Form TSP/CC 4

Record of recurrent training performance

Form TSP/CC 5

Record of senior cabin crew training performance

Form TSP/CC 6

Record of cabin crew instructor training performance

Form TSP/CC 7

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CHAPTER. 1

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

GENERAL TOPICS

1.1. TRAINING PROGRAMME FORCE 1.2. VALIDITY 1.3. ORGANIZATION OF THE TRAINING 1.4. TRAINING METHODOLOGY 1.5. TRAINING SEQUENCE 1.6. ANNOUNCEMENT ON RUNNING OF TRAINING 1.7. TRAINING RECORDS AND CONFIRMATION OF TRAINING COMPLETION 1.8. TIME PERIOD AND PLACE OF TRAINING RECORD STORAGE 1.9. VERIFICATION OF CERTIFICATE ENTRY 1. GENERAL

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.12- 5/98

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.12- 6/98

TRAINING PROGRAMME FORCE: Training programme objective is training TSP cabin crew members. It includes all types of trainings enabling authorization of cabin crew member proficiency according to regulation, complying with all training requirements specified in EU OPS-1 subpart O and assignment to operate as cabin crew members according to the TSP company demands. VALIDITY The Civil Aviation Authority (CAO) must authorize all topics of the training programme including its changes. Any changes are ensured by TSP. ORGANIZATION OF THE TRAINING Training of cabin crew members takes the form of courses or instruction sessions and familiarization flights. Ground training is provided by either TSP training personnel or in cooperation with training facilities for cabin crew members. Theoretical instruction takes the form of an organized course only. Familiarization flights and in-flight checking are provided on board TSP airplanes. They are performed by TSP instructors/examiners in accordance with their authorization, or possibly by the CAA examiners/inspectors. TRAINING METHODOLOGY The training must be organized structurally so that the trainees familiarize with the subject matter step by step and have enough time and opportunity to test and improve their knowledge and skills. The training takes the form of lectures with maximum possible use of films, field trips, simulators, CBT, etc. The theoretical part must be supplemented as much as possible by practical training of handling realistic situations that are likely to occur. During the training and in the end, tests are taken to show if the subject matter has been understood and the required knowledge acquired. TRAINING SEQUENCE Before commencement of each type of training it is necessary to fulfill entry requirements. These entry requirements are stated at the beginning of each chapter. ANNOUNCEMENT ON RUNNING OF THE TRAINING TSP shall ensure to announce commencement of training or instruction to the CAA at least two weeks in advance. The announcement must include the type and purpose of training, training facility, where the training is going to take place. Current list of lecturers - see appendix VIII - Authorized Lecturers for CC members Training for TSP. TRAINING RECORD AND CONFIRMATION OF THE TRAINING COMPLETION Course of the training is recorded in training files. Theoretical instructions are recorded in so called class logs while practical training is entered into the record of familiarization flights. TSP shall confirm the passed particular course or training programme where it is required. TIME PERIOD AND PLACE OF STORAGE All course data, personal files and training records are stored in a personal file of each individual CC member. Training records containing group documents and collective actions (e.g. class logs) are kept in the operator files. Shredding periods of all training records are specified in the following table. Cabin Crew records storage Initial training, Conversion and Differences training (including checking) Recurrent training and Refresher training (including checking) Dangerous Goods transportation training as appropriate

As long as the cabin crew member is employed by the operator Until12 months after the cabin crew member has left the employ of TSP 3 years

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.12- 7/98

VERIFICATION OF CERTIFICATE ENTRY After completion of any type of training, TSP shall ensure to verify certificate entry of the cabin crew proficiency before including the CC member in particular actions. TSP shall also ensure to make the records accessible on request concerning initial training, conversion and recurrent trainings and the checking of the cabin crew members.

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

CHAPTER. 2 ABBREVIATIONS

TSP CAA CBT CC SCC CC/I CC/E

Travel Service Polska Sp. z o.o. Civil Aviation Authority Computer Based Training Cabin Crew Senior Cabin Crew Cabin Crew Instructor Cabin Crew Examiner

CAO ULC

Polish Civil Aviation Authority Urząd Lotnictwa Cywilnego see CAO

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.12- 8/98

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE

PAŹ/OCT-2011

ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

0 6.12- 9/98

CHAPTER. 3 TYPES OF TRAININGS

3.1.

The sequence of trainings for the CC proficiency (according to OPS 1.995)

3.2.

Initial safety training (according to OPS 1.1005)

3.3.

Conversion and Differences training (according to OPS 1.1010)

3.4.

Recurrent training (according to OPS 1.1015)

3.5.

Training for the „senior cabin crew member“ qualification (according to OPS 1.1000)

3.6.

Training for the „CC instructor“ qualification (according to OPS 1.1025)

3.7.

Training for the „CC examiner“ qualification (according to OPS 1.1025)

3.8.

Refresher training (according to OPS 1.1020)

3. TYPES OF TRAININGS 3.1. The sequence of trainings for the CC proficiency (according to L-1 article 3.5.) The objective is to establish the sequence of individual types of trainings and other regulatory requirements necessary for acquisition of the CC proficiency and issuing the cabin crew certificate. It consists of initial training, conversion training and operator proficiency check. 3.2. Initial safety training (according to OPS 1.1005) The objective is to acquire basic knowledge and skills necessary in carrying out the CC member proficiency in the aspect of ensuring passengers safety. 3.3. Conversion and Differences training (according to OPS 1.1010) The objective is to acquire sufficient knowledge and skills necessary in carrying out the CC member proficiency on a particular type or a version of an airplane. 3.4. Recurrent training (according to OPS 1.1015) The objective is to maintain permanent level of knowledge and skills through regular training sessions consisting of simulated realistic emergency situations, which may occur during a flight. 3.5. Training for the „senior cabin crew“ member qualification (according to OPS 1.1000) The objective is to acquire and prove sufficiently high level of knowledge and skills to ensure carrying out and coordinating all security and emergency procedures in the passengers’ cabin. 3.6. Training for the „CC instructor“ qualification (according to OPS 1.1025) The objective of the training is to acquire perfect improvement of all knowledge and skills necessary in carrying out CC member proficiency in the aspect of ensuring passengers’ safety, standardization of correct teaching methods, identification and explanation of correct solutions for particular operation situations and competence to check and evaluate CC members and CC trainee activity. 3.7. Training for the „CC examiner“ qualification (according to OPS 1.1025) The objective is to revise basic knowledge of a CC instructor, revision of teaching methods and familiarization with CAA requirements and authorization for TSP.

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.12- 10/98

3.8. Refresher training (according to OPS 1.1020) The objective is renewal or refreshing knowledge and skills for a CC member who has been absent from all flying duties or for a new CC member with a valid CC certificate issued by a different operator.

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CHAPTER. 4

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.12- 11/98

TRAINING SEQUENCE TO ACQUIRE CC QUALIFICATION

4.1. Objective 4.2. Training sequence 4.1. Objective The objective of this chapter is to determine the sequence of individual types of trainings and other regulatory requirements for the CC member proficiency and for issuing a CC certificate. It consists of initial training, operator proficiency check, conversion training and en-route examination. The purpose of this chapter is then to determine the conditions necessary for the acquisition of the CC certificate, entering type rating, in accordance with Aviation Act and EU-OPS regulations. 4.2. Training sequence Procedure: • Applicants, selected from interviews or selective procedure, are enrolled at the course •

Initial safety training completion - see chapter 5

•

Passing exams in theory at the TSP company

•

Issuing a ATTESTATION OF SAFETY TRAINING

•

Conversion training completion - see chapter 6

•

Familiarization flights

•

Practical type-rating examination

•

En-route examination – skill test

•

Issuing a CC certificate with type rating entered

•

Assigning a CC member to actions as one of the minimum number of the CC members required by OPS 1.990

Note: TSP shall take into consideration working experience of each cabin crew member for flight scheduling so that the determined number of CC members include several members (min50%) with at least three months of working experience as a cabin crew member.

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE

PAŹ/OCT-2011

ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

0 6.12- 12/98

CHAPTER. 5 INITIAL SAFETY TRAINING

(ACCORDING TO OPS 1.1005) 5.1. Training objective 5.2. Entry requirements 5.3. Initial safety training syllabus 5.4. Practical training 5.5. Checking 5.1. Training objective Training objective is to acquire basic knowledge and skills necessary in carrying out CC member proficiency in the aspect of ensuring passengers safety and CC's own safety in accordance with the requirements of EUOPS, Aviation Act regulations and the TSP Operations Manual. Another objective of the initial training is to acquire knowledge necessary to carry out actions and discharge the duties associated with standard flight operation and standard aircraft operation and acquisition of the competence to communicate in Czech and English languages in the conditions of standard aircraft operation or the training for a new CC member joining TSP from another operator with CC certificate with /without attestation of safety training, 5.2. Entry requirements ( new applicant ) • Minimum age 19 years, maximum age is not set. •

Secondary education as a minimum: passing school-leaving examination at the secondary school.

•

High level of English knowledge, tested by the operator (at an interview) English written test – final result over 50 %.

•

Medical fitness in accordance with the requirements of FCL3 regulation (class II) , tested by the Aviation Health Institute.

•

Excellent mental resistance and physical competence (ability to swim at least 100m and to swim 5m under water) tested by TSP.

•

Clear criminal record.

•

Nice and pleasant appearance and perfect social manners.

•

Passing interview or selective procedure, which includes the requirements above.

5.3. Entry requirements (CC member joining TSP with CC certificate with / without attestation of safety training ) a) CC member declare the initial safety training without attestation of safety training -from another EU operator. •

Language competence: English written test – final result over 50 %.

•

Secondary education as a minimum: passing school-leaving examination at the secondary School.

•

Medical fitness in accordance with the requirements of FCL3 regulation ( class II ).

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

•

Clear criminal record

•

TSP initial safety training is required.

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE

PAŹ/OCT-2011

ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

0 6.12- 13/98

b) CC member declare the initial safety training with attestation of safety training -from another EU operator. •

Language competence: English written test – final result over 50 %.

•

Secondary education as a minimum: passing school-leaving examination at the secondary school.

•

Medical fitness in accordance with the requirements of FCL3 regulation ( class II ).

•

Clear criminal record.

•

TSP initial safety training is not required.

c) CC member declare the initial safety training without attestation of safety training -from another non -EU operator. •

Language competence: in accordance with the entry requirements ( 5.2.).

•

Secondary education as a minimum: passing school-leaving examination at the secondary school.

•

Medical fitness in accordance with the requirements of FCL3 regulation (class II ).

•

Clear criminal record.

•

Training -in comparison with the initial training syllabus differences.

•

The Cabin Crew Training Manager specifies a detailed plan and training syllabus.

5.4. Initial safety training syllabus Refer to Appendix A-II 5.5. Practical training Practical in-flight training is not included within the framework of the initial safety training. However, according to the training methodology (see item 1.4.), it is necessary to ensure maximum number of the practical training on airplane, simulators or other training devices regarded to the subject matter studied in a course. 5.6. Checking At the end of the course, the operator shall ensure checking in the knowledge covered in the initial safety training. It is also verification of the trainee's knowledge and their recommendation for the theoretical exams at the operator. Checking required by the regulation takes the form of the written tests, theoretical and oral examinations at TSP. Procedure: a) TSP instructors and CC examiners perform checking by the methods of practical demonstration and written tests during the training. If an applicant fails the checking, he/she is entitled to take one additional exam in the subject he/she failed. b) TSP instructors who perform final checks /written tests, practical demonstration/ enter the result by marking “P” - passed / “F” – failed of checking into the Test Results (see item VIII.1.). c) The initial safety training is concluded with a final checking carried out in a form of the written tests and oral exams and TSP instructor enters the date of training into the Record of Initial Safety

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.12- 14/98

Training Performance (see item VIII. 2.). d) An applicant may take the checking twice and if he/she does fail the additional one, his/her training is terminated. Before the second corrective checking, an applicant must be informed that this checking is decisive for continuation of the training. The Cabin Crew Training Manager, Chief Cabin Crew and Flight Operation Manager always make decision on continuation or discontinuation of the training or termination of employment jointly. e) If an applicant completes the initial safety training , he/she receives ATTESTATION OF SAFETY TRAINING (see item VIII. 1) and continues with the conversion and differences training for the airplane type operated by TSP.

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CHAPTER. 6

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE

PAŹ/OCT-2011

ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

0 6.12- 15/98

CONVERSION AND DIFFERENCES TRAINING

(ACCORDING TO OPS 1.1010) 6.1.

Training objective

6.2.

Conversion training

6.2.1.

Entry requirements

6.3.

Differences training

6.3.1.

Entry requirements

6.4.

Conversion and Differences Training syllabus

6.5.

Ground training completion and sequence

6.5.1.

Theoretical instruction

6.5.2.

Airplane equipment operation training and equipment handling skills acquisition

6.5.3.

Familiarization with an airplane

6.5.4.

Emergency procedures training, non-normal situations, evacuation and crowd control

6.5.5.

Life-rafts, floating slide-rafts training

6.5.6.

Ground training and check records

6.6.

Familiarization flights

6.6.1.

Practical in-flight training objective

6.6.2.

Entry requirements for flight training

6.6.2.1.

Applicants assigned to the first airplane type (without the CC certificate)

6.6.2.2.

Applicants assigned to another airplane type (with the CC certificate or with the CC-trainee certificate)

6.6.3.

Undertaking familiarization flights

6.7.

Familiarization with the airplane type /according to OPS 1.1012/

6.7.1.

Familiarization with the airplane type in Conversion training.

6.7.2.

Familiarization with the airplane type in Differences training

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

6.

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.12- 16/98

CONVERSION AND DIFFERENCES TRAINING

6.1. Training objective The objective is to acquire knowledge and skills necessary in carrying out CC member proficiency on a particular airplane type in the aspect of ensuring flight safety, passengers safety and CC's own safety. Another objective is to acquire appropriate knowledge of the airplane technical equipment and the competence to use and handle the equipment, as well as all safety and emergency equipment, in nonnormal and emergency situations in accordance with the procedures specified in the airplane type manual. 6.2. Conversion training CC member shall successfully complete the operator’s conversion training before commencing to operate on an airplane or before transferring to a new airplane type. 6.2.1. Entry requirements a) An applicant shall successfully complete the initial safety training with attestation of safety training according to Chapter 5 in case of undertaking conversion training for the first airplane type. b) CC member joining TSP with CC certificate with attestation of safety training and without valid type rating on the airplane type . c) The applicant may undertake training for another airplane type if s/he fulfills the requirements of a), or if s/he has recurrent training valid. 6.3. Differences training The differences training must be successfully completed before starting to operate on a different version of the operated airplane type or on an airplane with different safety equipment, different location of safety equipment or with different normal and emergency procedures on currently operated airplane types or versions. That means the versions of the same airplane type are considered different types if they are not similar in the following perspectives: •

Emergency exit operation

•

Location and type of safety equipment

•

Emergency procedures

6.3.1. Entry requirements a) Valid type rating on the airplane type. b) CC member joining TSP with CC certificate of safety training and with valid type rating on the airplane type. 6.4. Conversion and Differences training syllabus Refer to Appendix A-III 6.5. Ground training completion and sequence Ground training consists of the following steps. Their sequence must be maintained. 6.5.1. Theoretical instruction Theoretical instruction takes place in the classroom, with maximum use of audiovisual aids and computerbased training (CBT).

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE

PAŹ/OCT-2011

ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

0 6.12- 17/98

6.5.2. Airplane equipment operation training and acquisition of the equipment handling skills Equipment handling training uses imitation equipment, realistic equipment and devices, training objects, realistic aircraft parts or even real airplanes. 6.5.3. Familiarization with an airplane During or after Conversion or Differences training, each applicant shall pass familiarization with an airplane. The content of the familiarization is specified in Appendix A-III. 6.5.4. Emergency procedures, abnormal situations, evacuation and crowd control training Training is provided with the use of the representative training device or with a realistic airplane. During Conversion training for an airplane type where the primary exit threshold height differs substantially from the previous types which a CC member operated, an applicant shall revise descending of the relevant type. 6.5.5. Life-rafts and floating slide-rafts training The provision of the Conversion training for an airplane type fitted with life rafts or other similar equipment is specified in Appendix A-III. The training is practical, in a pool and TSP instructor enters the date of training and result of the test into the Record of Survival Training on Water Performance (see item VIII.4.). 6.5.6. Ground training and check records •

Check by an examiner in a form of the test follows after completion of the ground part of Conversion or Differences training.

•

The result of the test is entered into in an applicant's Record of Conversion and Differences Training Performance (see item VIII.3.), marking either the “passed” or “failed” alternative.

•

Successful applicant continues with familiarization flights on the airplane type.

•

Conversion and Differences training is completed with a final test. If an applicant fails, he/she may take the test again, not sooner than after 7 calendar days from the date of the unsuccessful attempt. Before the second corrective checking, the applicant must be informed this checking is decisive for continuation of the training. If he/she fails again, he/she is excluded from Conversion and Differences training.

•

If the applicant fails at the second corrective checking, he/she is excluded from the course of Conversion and Differences training without granting the type rating. They cannot undertake familiarization flights.

•

If it is the second failure at conversion and differences training before final checking to gain the type rating qualification, termination of employment contract is proposed. Chief Cabin Crew, Cabin Crew Training Manager and Flight Operation Manager must always decide on continuation or discontinuation of the training.

•

The type rating qualification for the airplane type will be entered to the certificate after finishing familiarization flights and check flight on the particular airplane type.

6.6. Familiarization flights 6.6.1. Practical in-flight training objective The objective is to expose the applicants gradually to all practical actions and skills, which are connected with safety, the CC's duties and with procedures specified in the Operations Manual. An applicant shall pass familiarization flights before operating as one of the minimum number of CC members required by the

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.12- 18/98

relevant manual. 6.6.2. Entry requirements for in-flight training 6.6.2.1. Applicants assigned to the first airplane type (without the CC certificate) •

successful completion of initial safety training

•

successful completion of theoretical checking at the operator

•

issuing a Attestation of safety training

•

successful completion of conversion training - the part of the “ground training” including final theoretical type rating checking.

6.6.2.2. Applicants assigned to another airplane type ( with CC certificate) •

successful completion of conversion training “ground training section”, including theoretical type rating tests

•

Type rating entered in the CC certificate

6.6.3. Familiarization flights •

an applicant is always assigned to operate as an extra member augmenting the minimum crew during familiarization flights.

•

familiarization flights are only conducted by CC instructors or examiners.

•

Familiarization flights are organized so that an applicant participates in actions connected with preflight, in-flight and post-flight duties.

•

Records and assessment of familiarization and checking flights are set in the Record for training and checking flights. The instructor who conducted the training flight will make and fill in a re-port for each flight where training was commenced.

•

Each CC-trainee or CC member completes a practical type-rating examination in the form of a check flight after the successful completion of familiarization flights. An instructor appointed by the CAA performs the checking and then issues an en-route examination form.

•

After successful type-rating checking each CC-trainee completes an en-route examination in order to acquire CC qualification.

•

The en-route examination for the acquisition of the CC qualification is performed by an examiner appointed by the CAA on the most complicated version of the type and s/he will issue an En-route Examination Form (see item VIII.11). After the successful examination, the training of a CC member on the airplane type is completed.

•

Familiarization flights are undertaken on airplane type especially including the final check.

6.7. Familiarization with an airplane type (according to OPS 1.1012) 6.7.1. Familiarization with an airplane type in Conversion training. Familiarization training procedure: •

Instructor conducting inspection of the airplane

•

Checking test

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.12- 19/98

•

Familiarization flights are conducted by CC instructors and set in the Record of Training Flights (see item VIII 5.)

•

Familiarization flights (CC/trainee)- min.40 flight hours on one type of airplane or two flights on each version of the type Familiarization flights (CC/certificate)- one sector of the flight on each version of the type.

•

In-flight check performed by CC examiner, check is recorded in form CA-07 / Practical Type Rating Check (see item VIII 10.)

6.7.2. Familiarization with differences in the Differences training Familiarization training procedure: •

Instructor conducting inspection of the airplane type, which an applicant shall operate. It is recorded in Check List – Aircraft Familiarization Visit (see item VIII. 6)

•

Checking test

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CHAPTER. 7

RECURRENT TRAINING

(ACCORDING TO OPS 1.1015) 7.1. Training objective 7.2. Recurrent training validity 7.3. Entry requirements 7.4. Recurrent training completion and syllabus 7.5. En-route examination – proficiency check 7.6. Records and checking 7.7. Senior CC Recurrent training 7.8. CC instructor Recurrent training

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.12- 20/98

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.12- 21/98

7. RECURRENT TRAINING 7.1. Training objective All technical skills are short-term and the most important habits and skills in handling and manipulation with emergency equipment are rarely used in everyday operation. The objective is then to keep a permanent level of CC knowledge and skills through regular training, which realistically simulates emergency situations that can occur accidentally during flight duty. The purpose of Recurrent training is to practice and revise changes in procedures and equipment, which have been carried out since the last recurrent training. 7.2. Recurrent training validity The period of validity of Recurrent training and the associated checking shall be 12 calendar months in addition to the remainder of the month of issue. If issued within the final 3 calendar months of validity of a previous check, the period of validity shall extend from the date of issue until 12 calendar months from the expiry date of that previous check. 7.3. Entry requirements •

CC with certificate of safety training and assigning to operate in the TSP CC members’ staff.

•

Valid employment contract.

•

Valid en-route examination.

7.4. Recurrent training completion and syllabus Recurrent training syllabus is specified in Appendix A-IV. Recurrent training consists of two parts: •

Part A - Basic standard items repeated every 12 months.

•

Part B - Extension items which are repeated once every 36 months. This extension is divided into 3 parts (part I, part II, part III) according to the subjects. Each year, 1 part is covered within a 3-year period.

Table representing survey on the covered subject matter within alternating topics of the part B: 1st year part I

2nd year

3rd year

4th year

5th year

6th year

part II part III part I part II part III

7.5. Practical in-flight training Practical in-flight training is not provided within the Recurrent training. 7.6. Records and checking •

After completion of selected thematic areas, TSP instructor (lecturer) gives a test to assess understanding of the covered subjects or acquired knowledge and skills level.

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.12- 22/98

•

The results of the tests are entered into the Record of Recurrent Training (see item VIII .7.), marking passed or failed.

•

In conclusion of the recurrent training, a final test is given to verify required knowledge and skills level.

•

Each CC member shall be also examined on the extended part of the recurrent training performed at 3-year intervals.

•

Recurrent training includes en-route examination. It is performed annually at regular intervals according to article 7.2. A final assessment is issued in En-route Examination Record (see item VIII . 11.).

Note: The date of the en-route examination does not have to be synchronized with the providing “ground part” of the recurrent training. Decisive factor is validity of this check. •

TSP shall keep a record of the provided recurrent training. The date and the record of completion of recurrent training are maintained in the personal file of a CC member.

•

The en-route examination form and the recurrent training record certify completion of this training, validity of the relevant check, the competence to operate as a CC member and revalidation of the required qualification.

•

A final assessment must be made by a CC instructor or other personnel acceptable to the CAA authorized to perform checking.

•

If an applicant fails any subject of the recurrent training, re-examination may be taken 7 days later at earliest.

•

The Chief Cabin Crew shall ensure that this cabin crew member will be absent from flying activity until successful completion of the additional emergency and safety equipment and procedures examinations.

•

If an applicant fails at the second time, the procedure goes as follows – new final written test and extraordinary en - route examination.

•

If it is the failure at new final written test and en-route examination .Chief Cabin Crew, Cabin Crew Training Manager and Flight Operation Manager must always decide on continuation or discontinuation of the training and contract.

7.7. Senior CC member recurrent training SCC recurrent training is extended with a section associated with SCC member actions - see training programme in Appendix A - IV if compared with standard requirements for CC member recurrent training. 7.8. CC instructor recurrent training CC instructor recurrent training is extended with a section associated with CC instructor actions - see training programme in Appendix A -IV if compared with the SCC member recurrent training.

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

CHAPTER. 8 FUNCTIONAL TRAINING - SENIOR CABIN CREW MEMBER

(ACCORDING TO OPS 1.1000) 8.1. Training objective 8.2. Entry requirements 8.3. Training syllabus and completion 8.4. Checking

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.12- 23/98

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.12- 24/98

8. FUNCTIONAL TRAINING - SENIOR CABIN CREW MEMBER Training objective: Training objective is to acquire and prove sufficient knowledge and skills to ensure conducting and coordinating all safety and emergency procedures on board as prescribed in the Operations Manual. The SCC member shall have responsibility to the commander for conducting and complying with all procedures. Entry requirements •

Valid CC certificate with attestation of safety training

•

1000 flight hours logged is a minimum operated as a CC member and at least 24 months experience or 300 hours total time logged as an operating CC member for TSP. Chief Cabin Crew has a right to determine complying with the conditions of experience.

•

Last recurrent training successfully completed within a period shorter than 12 months.

•

Language competence: checking carried out in a form of the written test and oral exam in English written test – final result over 60 % .

Training syllabus and completion The training is provided as a course organized by TSP. The Training programme is specified in Appendix A-V. •

Ground training - theoretical and practical instruction in the classroom using audio-visual aids, completed with a final test.

•

In-flight training – undertaking two familiarization flights as a minimum, supervised by a CC instructor on the type, which an applicant will operate as a SCC member. Familiarization flights are recorded in the Familiarization Flights Record (see item VIII.5.).

Rules for familiarization flights: •

During familiarization and check flights, a trained SCC member is not included in an active crew.

•

During familiarization flights, an instructor or examiner operates as a SCC member.

•

An instructor may delegate duties on a trained SCC provided that:

-All crew are informed that a trained SCC member is going to undertake duties as a SCC member. -All crew are informed that an instructor or examiner has full and final responsibility to the commander. -Familiarization flights are undertaken on suitably selected lines so that it is ensured the training is conducted correctly. Checking •

The ground training is completed by a final test. TSP examiner, who performs the final written tests examination, enters the result of checking marking passed/failed into the Training Record SCC (see item VIII .8.).

•

If an applicant fails the final test, he/she may take the test once more, not sooner than after 7 calendar days from the date of his/her unsuccessful attempt. If an applicant fails again, he/she is excluded from the senior cabin crew training. Before the second corrective checking, he/she must be informed that this checking is decisive for continuing the training.

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE

PAŹ/OCT-2011

ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

0 6.12- 25/98

•

En-route examination is performed by recommendations from familiarization flights on the type, which a CC member is going to discharge the duties as a SCC member. If a SCC member is as-signed to operate on more types, the checking is carried out on the most complicated one.

•

TSP examiner authorized by the CAA conducts check.

•

En-route Examination Form (see item VIII .11.) is issued after the flight and filed in the applicant's personal file.

•

During the en-route examination the authorized examiner is not included in a minimum crew.

•

If the knowledge and skill limits are not met during en-route examination, an applicant is entitled to take two more corrective en-route examinations; each of them may be carried out not sooner than seven calendar days from the date of the previous unsuccessful attempt.

•

If he/she fails the second corrective checking, he/she will be excluded from the training without granting qualification of the senior cabin crew. Before the second corrective en-route examination an applicant must be informed that this checking is decisive to acquire the SCC qualification.

•

Each corrective en-route examination should be performed by other CC examiner.

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CHAPTER. 9 TRAINING FOR THE POSITION OF A CC INSTRUCTOR

(ACCORDING TO L-1 ARTICLE 3.6.) 9.1. Training objective 9.2. Entry requirements 9.3. Training syllabus and organization 9.4. Training contents 9.5. Instructor training methodology 9.6. Checking 9.6.1. Theoretical exam 9.6.2. En-route examination

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.12- 26/98

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.12- 27/98

9. TRAINING FOR THE POSITION OF A CC INSTRUCTOR 9.1. Training objective Training objective is perfect acquisition of all knowledge and skills necessary in carrying out CC member proficiency in the aspect of passengers’ safety, mastering the teaching methods, suggesting and explaining correct solutions for relevant situations and skill to supervise and evaluate CC and CC trainee actions. A trained instructor shall prove the abilities to understand principles and rules of civil aviation operation shall be identified with them and shall be able to recognize incorrect or inadequate behavior or insufficiencies in CC and CC trainee knowledge. The instructor shall be able to do appropriate provisions to eliminate bad procedures, habits or insufficiencies. S/He shall be able to use the experience from flight operations of TSP or other company in the methodology and in carrying out CC member proficiency. 9.2. Entry requirements •

Valid CC certificate with attestation of safety training

•

Minimum of 800 flight hours logged as a SCC member (OPS 1.1000)

•

Minimum of 1 years’ experience on the airplanes operated by TSP

•

Last recurrent training must be successfully completed within a period shorter than 12 months.

•

Excellent knowledge of English

Note: TSP shall provide appropriate experience for the CC instructors, newly joined TSP (1 year as a minimum operated as a SCC member for TSP) before assigning to CC instructor. 9.3. Training syllabus and organization Training is provided in a form of a course organized by TSP. The training syllabus is specified in Appendix A-VI. 9.4. Training contents •

Ground training – theoretical and practical training of emergency and rescue equipment handling and solving abnormal in-flight situations, teaching methods, CC and CC trainee actions analysis set in Record of CC instructor Training (see item VIII .9.).

•

Flight training – undertaking a minimum of 1 familiarization flight under the supervision of a CC examiner. Familiarization flights rules:

•

-operating minimum of 2 familiarization flight sectors under the supervision of a CC examiner for the airplane type, which a CC instructor shall operate. Familiarization flights are recorded in the Familiarization Flights Record. (see item VIII .5.)

•

-during familiarization, a trained CC instructor is not included in a minimum crew required familiarization flights are undertaken on suitably selected routes and on all airplane types and versions operated by TSP so that training quality is ensured.

9.5. Instructor training methodology The course is organized to provide relevant training in the methods of ground theoretical and practical instruction based on standard teaching methods, and in the methods of practical in-flight training. The instructor's task is to spread knowledge and experience to be used as an effective tool in further instruction procedure. It is assumed that all knowledge specified and required by this training manual is already well known to instructor in training. Instructor's training is focused on:

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE

PAŹ/OCT-2011

ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

0 6.12- 28/98

•

reweaving and extension of the instructor- trainee competence,

•

training of the instructor- trainee for ground instruction and training;

•

ensuring that the instructor-trainee's in-flight training action is of sufficiently high quality level;

•

teaching the instructor-trainee the principles of teaching and their use in courses.

The whole training course must be designed so that each trained topic respects the basic principles of perception and communication (see Appendix A-VI, part II, topic 5). It means the lecturer shall pay attention to briefings especially before conducting the practical training and training results analysis. 9.6. Checking CC instructor check consists of two basic parts: •

Exam in theory

•

En-route examination

9.6.1. Theoretical exam consists of: Written test focusing on general knowledge in the field of: 1. EU– OPS 2. CC instructor duties and procedures as necessary for CC position at TSP 3. Short explanation of a selected topic focusing on verification of the teaching skill. 9.6.2. En-route examination During en-route examination, a checked CC instructor is assigned to a SCC member post. A checking examiner is not included in the minimum cabin crew. En-route examination is conducted exclusively by a CAA examiner, only in exceptional situations by a TSP examiner authorized by the CAA. En-route Examination Form (see item VIII .11.) is issued and transferred to the CAA; a copy is filed in the instructortrainee’s personal file. •

If an applicant fails the final test, he/she may take the test once more, not sooner than after 7 calendar days from the date of his/her unsuccessful attempt. If an applicant fails again, he/she is excluded from the CC instructor training. Before the second corrective checking, he/she must be informed that this checking is decisive for continuing the training.

•

If the knowledge and skill limits are not met during en-route examination, an applicant is entitled to take corrective en-route examination; carried out not sooner than seven calendar days from the date of the previous unsuccessful attempt.

•

If he/she fails the second corrective checking, he/she will be excluded from the training without granting qualification of the CC instructor. Before the second corrective en-route examination an applicant must be informed that this checking is decisive to acquire the CC instructor qualification.

•

Each corrective en-route examination should be performed by other CC examiner.

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CHAPTER. 10 TRAINING FOR THE POSITION OF A CC EXAMINER

(ACCORDING TO L-1 ARTICLE 3.7. AND OPS 1.1025) 10.1. Training objective 10.2. Entry requirements 10.3. Training syllabus and organization

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.12- 29/98

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.12- 30/98

10. TRAINING FOR THE POSITION OF A CC EXAMINER Training objective The purpose is to acquire the appropriate knowledge and skills necessary in carrying out CC Exam-iner proficiency. A CC examiner is a position authorized by the CAA (authorized examiner) in accordance with OPS 1.1025 - personnel acceptable to the Authority must perform this check. The CAA appoints an applicant to the post of a CC examiner. Entry requirements •

CC certificate with entered instructor qualification

•

Attestation of safety training

•

Practical experience

•

Minimum of 2000 flight hours flown, of which 100 hours is a minimum in the position of an instructor

•

Teaching and organization skills

•

English knowledge

•

Knowledge of the organization of the TSP company

Training syllabus and organization CC examiner training should not be regarded as a complete training. It is theoretical instruction, which reviews the instructor’s substantial knowledge and familiarizes them with administration part of a CC examiner position. Training syllabus is specified in Appendix A-VII. Checking CC examiner check consists of : En- en-route examination En-route examination During en-route examination, a checked CC examiner and checking examiner is not included in the minimum cabin crew. On two sectors of the flight a checked CC examiner performs en-route examination of any CC member .En-route examination of checked CC examiner is conducted exclusively by a CAA examiner, only in exceptional situations by a TSP instructor authorized by the CAA. En-route Examination Form (see item VIII .11.) is issued and filed in the examiner - trainee’s personal file. •

If the knowledge and skill limits are not met during en-route examination, an applicant is entitled to take corrective en-route examination; carried out not sooner than seven calendar days from the date of the previous unsuccessful attempt.

•

If he/she fails the second corrective checking, he/she will be excluded from the training without granting qualification of the CC examiner. Before the second corrective en-route examination an applicant must be informed that this checking is decisive to acquire the CC examiner qualification.

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CHAPTER. 11 REFRESHER TRAINING

(ACCORDING TO OPS 1.1020) 11.1. Training objective 11.2. Types of training after a break in flying

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.12- 31/98

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE

PAŹ/OCT-2011

ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

0 6.12- 32/98

11. REFRESHER TRAINING Training objective The purpose of the refresher training is renewal and refreshing knowledge after a break in flying. The condition for continuous maintenance of CC proficiency is completion of: •

Relevant training and check

•

En-route examination on the assigned airplane type s/he operates for TSP

If a new CC member has been absent from all flying duties for the operator, in exceptional cases it is possible to renew qualification according to the following rules. Types of training after a break in flying: a) A CC member who has not been absent from all flying duties, but s/he has not, during the preceding 6 months, undertaken duties on a type of airplane as a CC member, before carrying out such duties on the type, s/he must undertake a re-familiarization flight supervised by an instructor. b) A CC member who has been absent from all flying duties for more than 6 months, but maximum 12 months and still remains within the period of validity of the previous recurrent training, s/he completes refresher training (use the syllabus of Appendix A-I.) and s/he must undertake one refamiliarization sector and en – route examination. - Refresher training may be compensate by the recurrent training. - If more airplane types are concerned, s/he must undertake familiarization flights on all types. c) A CC member has been absent from all flying duties for more than 12 months and still remains within the period of validity of the recurrent training table 1 is applicable. d) A CC member has been absent from all flying duties within the validity of the previous recurrent training and the validity of the recurrent training has expired table 2 is applicable. e) A CC member has been absent / has not been absent ** / from all flying duties for more than 12 months and the validity of recurrent training has expired more than 12 months table 3 is applicable. Table 1: Refresher training

Length of break (in months) – flying duties Recurrent training *) Conversion training Familiarization flights

12- 24

24 -<

Yes No

Yes No The Cabin Crew Training Manager specifies the total number of the familiarization flights in accordance with the operated types and variants Yes

minimum 1 familiarization flight on each variants of airplane

En-route examination Yes *) Recurrent training must be completed within the validity period.

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE

PAŹ/OCT-2011

ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

0 6.12- 33/98

Table 2: Refresher training Length of break (in months)- flying duties Recurrent training

12 - 24

24 - 36

36 <

Yes

Yes

Reduced initial safety training + Final check

Conversion training *)

Yes Yes Yes The Cabin Crew The Cabin Crew The Cabin Crew Training Manager Training Manager Training Manager specifies the total specifies the total specifies the total number of the number of the number of the familiarization Familiarization flights *) familiarization flights familiarization flights flights in in accordance with in accordance with accordance with the operated types the operated types the operated types and variants and variants and variants En-route examination *) Yes Yes Yes *) Conversion training may be reduced by topics covered in recurrent training – the Cabin Crew Training Manager specifies it. The conversion training may be completed only before the commencement of the flight activity.

Table 3: Refresher training Length of break (in months)- validity of the recurrent training has expired

12 – 13 / **/

12 - 36

36 <

Recurrent training

Yes

Yes

Reduced initial safety training + Final check

Conversion training *)

No

Familiarization flights *)

No

En-route examination *)

Yes

Yes The Cabin Crew Training Manager specifies the total number of the familiarization flights in accordance with the operated types and variants Yes

Yes The Cabin Crew Training Manager specifies the total number of the familiarization flights in accordance with the operated types and variants Yes

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

APPENDIX A – I REFRESHER TRAINING SYLLABUS

Number

Subject

1.

Emergency procedures including pilot incapacitation Evacuation procedures and crowd control

2.

Operation and practical opening all normal and emergency exits for passenger evacuation.

3.

Demonstration of the operation of all other exits including flight deck windows.

4.

The location and handling of emergency equipment, including oxygen systems and the donning by each cabin crew member of lifejackets, portable oxygen and protective breathing equipment (PBE).

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.12- 34/98

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

APPENDIX A – II INITIAL TRAINING SYLLABUS

PART I

MAIN SUBJECTS (according to EU-OPS )

PART II

ENGLISH LANGUAGE

PART III

SUPLEMENTAL SUBJECTS

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.12- 35/98

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.12- 36/98

Part I -Main subjects (according to EU-OPS 1)

Number

Subject

Number of lessons

1.

Fire and smoke training

8

2.

Water survival training (including practical training)

4

3.

Inland survival training -polar areas, jungle, sea

4

4.

Medical aspects, first aid

40

5.

Passenger handling, crowd control

8

6.

Communication

8

7.

Discipline and responsibilities (Operations Manual)

54

8.

General knowledge of aviation and terminology, airplane, meteorology

14

9.

Crew Resource Management (CRM)

8

10.

Dangerous goods

4

11.

Security procedures

6

Total number of lessons:

158

DETAILED DESCRIPTON OF THE SYLLABUS 1. Fire and smoke training

General •

Emphasis on responsibility of cabin crew to deal promptly with emergencies involving fire and smoke and, in particular, emphasis on the importance of identifying the actual source of the fire.

•

The importance of informing the flight crew immediately and specific activities necessary for coordination and assistance when fire or smoke is discovered.

•

The necessity for frequent checking of potential fire-risk areas including toilets and the associated smoke detectors.

•

The classification of fires and the appropriate types of extinguishing agents and procedures for particular fire situations, the techniques of application of extinguishing agents, the consequences of misuse and of use in a confined space.

•

The general procedures of ground-based emergency services at airports.

Firefighting training procedures •

The recognition of different types of fire, methods of fire identification, extinguishing systems and approved procedures for extinguishing fire.

•

Understanding fire prevention procedures (monitoring smoking on board and in the toilets, checking of automatic fire indication in waste bins in the toilets, the prevention of throwing burning objects into bins, recognition and exclusion of dangerous flammable materials).

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE

PAŹ/OCT-2011

ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

0 6.12- 37/98

•

The methods and procedures of extinguishing including location of the fire source and access to it, the appropriate type of fire extinguisher (Halon, water, etc.), other necessary firefighting equipment, such as protective breathing equipment.

•

Extinguishing procedures for certain types of fire (galley, electric oven, toilet, electric device, upholstery etc.).

•

Exactly specified duties of a CC member should a fire occur on board, importance and responsibility for being ready to perform the appropriate extinguishing procedures.

•

Communication and cooperation within the crew when extinguishing fire during a flight, passing exact information to the Commander of the location, the source and the extent of fire, location of smoke, what firefighting procedures were performed and necessity to reseat passengers.

•

Difficulties in extinguishing in confined spaces and in identifying the source of fire and access to it, firefighting devices,

•

Danger connected with fire on board including low visibility because of smoke,

•

Danger associated with fire (engine fires, spilt fuel fire, service car fire etc.), which may affect flight safety. Approved procedures for the solutions of these situations including recognition, communication and cooperation within the crew.

•

Communication and cooperation required by the ground personnel when extinguishing - the assistance required by the ground personnel.

•

Post- extinguishing procedures.

Smoke in passenger cabin •

The location of the source and the procedures to be followed

•

Informing the Commander and communication within the crew

•

Devices for improving breathing of passengers

•

Smoke elimination procedures

2. Water survival training, practical training in water •

The general description of the personal floating devices, types, kinds, construction description, use

•

The actual donning and use of personal floatation equipment in water by each CC member.

•

Practical training of manipulation of life- rafts or slides must take place within the conversion training for an airplane type with this equipment.

3. Survival training •

Post-crash procedures to enhance survival possibilities under all conditions: -In the sea -In the desert -In polar and mountain areas -In the jungle -Signal devices and ways to use them

4. Medical aspects and first aid •

Terminology -Explanation of the following terms:

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.12- 38/98

-history, -symptoms, -signs, -first aid, -medical treatment, -prophylaxis, -diagnosis, and prognosis. •

Hygiene and climatic conditions -Tropical and arctic zones -Climatic influences, temperature, humidity, electromagnetic and solar radiation, protection measures. -Infectious diseases (e.g. tuberculosis, hepatitis, AIDS etc.), methods of transmissions, emergence of risks, prevention and possible protection. -Risks of drinking water, milk, eating ice, fruit, salads and raw vegetables, meat and fish and foods going bad (patisseries etc.) -International health regulations -Vaccination and inoculation requirements; -Skin diseases; -Procedures for finding a disease onboard, which must be reported. -Food poisoning (non-specific gastroenteritis); definition; determination of origin; symptoms, treatment, prevention; -Refreshment system - emphasis on the CC members not eating the same meals at the same time. -Endemic diseases; -Main endemic diseases in areas where CC members will stay (e.g. malaria), infection, incubation period, symptoms, safety precautions, prevention. -General health hazard during a flight,

Note: If it is possible, information about the following topics should refer to the First Aid Manual for the specific area and include a demonstration of the first aid techniques by a health care instructor or a doctor. Training graduates should undergo a practical training of the first aid and lifesaving techniques. General procedure: -finding the presence of a doctor or a trained nurse on board and whenever possible to inform the commander before the initiation of the action. -Air sickness: recognition and treatment; -Passenger behavior problems caused by alcohol and other drugs: management of situation; -Allergic reactions – cause, recognition, treatment; -Emergency childbirth on board, documentation; -Barotrauma (ear problems due to air pressure): causes (demonstrate with the middle ear model, if possible), influence of infection of the upper airways, allergies, ways of easing of the airways, advice on further management. Put emphasis on occurrence frequency and importance -Burns, treatment procedures -Concussion, treatment procedures -Consciousness disorders, recognition and treatment procedures -Joint damage, recognition, first aid for a sprained ankle, dislocation and fracture -Wounds: recognition of arterial and venous bleeding, management with direct pressure, pressure points and bandage, or tight bandage and treatment by localized pressure, duration of tight bandage, bandage of the wound Note:

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.12- 39/98

Strangulating of limb arterial bleeding may be dangerous if the procedure is not followed expertly. It is only used for wounds with excessive bleeding which cannot be stopped by pressure. -Baby cramps, cause, treatment including reassurance of calming parents; -Cardio-pulmonary resuscitation -Epilepsy: causes, recognition, procedures -Death, recognition, procedures, documentation -Diabetes (diabetes mellitus) cause and recognition of hypoglycemia, procedures; -Fainting, cause, recognition, procedures -Drug overdose, recognition, procedures -Medication during the flight -Side-effects procedures for removing objects from passengers' eyes -Gastro-intestinal disturbance: “hangover“, “stomach ache“, diarrhea, treatment procedures -Myocardial infarct (heart attack) and angina pectoris, cause, symptoms, recognition, first aid -Hypertension (high blood pressure); cause, symptoms, recognition, heat hazard, heat spasms, exhaustion, recognition, treatment procedures -Stroke: recognition, treatment procedures; -Hypothermia: cause, situations when it occurs, recognition, prevention, treatment procedures -Hyperventilation: cause, symptoms, recognition, prevention, treatment -Hypoxy: recognition, treatment procedures -Nose bleeds, stopping the bleeding -Non-specified pain, depth and extent, treatment procedures -First-aid kits, their contents- exact knowledge of the location and contents of the first aid kit, medical equipment and its use. Note: CC members should work with the first aid equipment and medicines according to a list in preference to memorizing all items on the list. Also valid for first aid demonstrations. Emergency situation help -Procedures for finding medically qualified people who could assist in an emergency situation if a doctor is necessary -Medical training level of the people authorized to act in emergency situations (a doctor, nurse, technician etc.); -In-flight consultation with qualified ground medical staff -Mutual teamwork among CC members, flight crew and ground personnel in assistance during flight and landing -Emergency landing because of health emergency situation: -Conditions demanding emergency landing for urgent health reasons, recommended procedures, checklists, -Commander's authority, general flight safety 5. Passenger handling Procedures for management of passengers who are, or become, intoxicated with alcohol or are under the influence of drugs or are aggressive and endanger flight, crew and passenger safety. Methods used to motivate passengers and the crowd control necessary to expedite an airplane evacuation. Crowd control training includes: -Communications between flight crew and cabin crew use of all communication equipment, including the difficulties of co-ordination in a smoke-filled environment or in low visibility. -Verbal commands -The physical contact that may be needed to encourage people out of an exit and onto a slide

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.12- 40/98

-The redirection of passengers away from unusable exits, crowd control and passenger flow management -Accompanying passengers from the airplane. -Evacuation of disabled passengers. -Authority and management. -Regulations covering the safe stowage of cabin baggage, including cabin service items and the risk of it becoming a hazard to occupants of the cabin or otherwise damaging safety equipment or obstructing airplane exits. -Correct seat allocation with reference to airplane mass and balance. Particular emphasis shall also be given on the seating of disabled passengers, and the necessity of seating able-bodied passengers adjacent to unsupervised exits. Turbulence -Duties to be undertaken in securing the cabin: -Types of turbulence -Signaling equipment and communication within the crew; -Announcement and passenger information; -Procedures to ensure cabin safety and passengers check -Galley equipment handling and securing the articles and equipment; -Procedures to ensure CC safety; 6. Communication During training, emphasis is placed on the importance of effective communication between cabin crew and flight crew in normal, abnormal and emergency situations. Communication techniques Common language and correct terminology. Unified announcement. Effective communication between flight crew and cabin crew. Nonverbal communication. Negative influences and differences between verbal and nonverbal communication and the possible dangers of ineffective communication. Responsibility to use commonly used expressions and negative effect of not using these expressions on flight safety. Responsibility of the crew to give full and precise information, which could help in decision-making, the danger of making assumptions. Importance of taking the initiative to promptly communicate all information, which concerns safety, in a precise and comprehensible way. 7. Discipline and responsibility Duties in accordance with the Operations Manual. Carrying out CC member proficiency Flight and duty time limitations and rest requirements Aviation regulations -Objectives and tasks of ICAO, IATA, AEA, other organizations; Objectives and tasks of CAA, airport authorities etc.;

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.12- 41/98

Conditions for issuing and validity limitations of certificates; recognition of important expressions and terms commonly used in civil aviation. Air traffic control, civil aviation safety, airport categories and limitations, minimums; Standard units used in operation - times (UTC, time zones, 24 hour system etc.), Use of international phonetic alphabet IPA Pre-flight briefing - the provision of necessary safety information with regard to CC specific duties. Post-flight duties - post-flight analysis, flight reports Relevant documents and manuals - are kept up-to-date Recognition, authorization and responsibility for announcement of evacuation Safety duties and responsibility and the need to respond promptly and effectively to emergency situations. Company documents, company mail, general declaration, cargo manifest, loadsheet; Procedures concerning the checking of the cabin and passengers before the flight and their effects on flight safety, to repeat emergency signals and commands. Safety regulations for staying in the check-in area, responsibility for passengers walking in the airport area, procedures for making passenger movements in airport areas, boarding areas and lounges easier. Checking and verification of all required documents and manuals; Checking and verification of location and operability of all personal safety equipment as required; Airplane takeover according to checklists, defect reporting; Cabin Log Book; Checking and verification of accessibility of all safety and emergency equipment required on board an airplane (e.g. are there any cracked windows, defective door locks, visible or noticeable damage to the structure, excessive leaking etc.?), correct procedures, reports or registration of non-functioning possibly hidden equipment in all stages of flight; Pre-take-off duties of CC On-board announcements; Pre-flight passengers briefing (PAX briefing), safety demonstration of emergency equipment (verbal demonstration or using audio-video), seat belts, oxygen masks, instructions in life vest use in flights with life vest required, emergency lighting, emergency exits, instructions and practice, smoking, electrical devices, baggage, practical instruction; Pre-take-off cabin check - passengers, backrests, armrests, tables, bins, emergency exits, aisle, toilets, galley check -Report to SCC; Report to the Commander that the cabin is ready for take-off or warning the cockpit crew by CC that take-off or move must be delayed; Importance of light dimming in passenger cabin and galley during night flights; Requirements for special category passengers information; CC duties during take-off; CC duties after take-off - cabin check; CC duties during the flight – cabin and toilet check,

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.12- 42/98

Procedures for special category passengers handling including safety instruction and seating limitations concerning seat allocation in a cabin (e.g. disabled people, deported people, prisoners, government officials etc.); Procedures concerning passengers seat allocation, including limitations, correct selection of passengers seated next to the emergency exits and reseating passengers so that the seating principles are respected; Limitations for baby and children transport; CC responsibility for checking and supervision of passengers while the aircraft is on the ground; Emphasis should be placed on attitude to problem passengers during boarding and before takeoff; Important CC members must respect the assigned position with regard to the safety procedures before take-off and in critical stages of the flight and with regard to preventing problems. Procedures ensuring that CC members sit on their seats before take-off if they are not engaged in carrying out safety duties. The location of cabin crew seats taking into account CC duties in an emergency evacuation, use of seat belts, correct ways of using CC seats, silent repetition of emergency procedures before take-off and landing, procedures of recognizing time limits to stay seated after take-off and landing. Procedures for passenger service (when allowed or required by circumstances) on the ground, importance of mutual communication and coordination whenever ground service is performed. Procedures ensuring that aisles and spaces close to emergency exits are not blocked by serving trolleys while the airplane is on the ground. Procedures and regulations concerning alcoholic drinks and passenger handling who show signs of tipsiness; Procedures and operating regulations regarding refueling of an airplane with passengers on-board and warning about the possible hazard for people involved, necessary adjustments that must be made if a problem occurs during refueling. Procedures concerning permission of cabin baggage stowage of both the crew and the passengers, all applicable limitations including the consequences on safety of incorrectly placed baggage, identifying forbidden objects which might be brought on to the airplane as cabin baggage; Safety procedures concerning movement of an airplane on the ground and possibilities of their effective auctioning; Enforcement of regulations prohibiting smoking and procedures in case of breaking the rules; CC duties: -before landing, -during landing and ground movement, -during passengers disembarkation; Duties and activities of CC during transit; CC duties during refueling while passengers stay on board; CC responsibility to inform in-coming crew of all defects, special passengers or any matters concerning flight safety, Procedures for filling in documentation and reports concerning flight safety;

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.12- 43/98

Safety procedures during a normal flight and in emergency situations associated with a take-off, climbing, en-route flight, descending, landing and ability to use them appropriately. Importance of listening to all announcements because they may contain emergency signals, commands or information; Importance of being continually prepared for any possible situation affecting flight safety and crew and passenger safety (e.g. smoking is prohibited during the whole flight, securing of buffet trolley etc.) and informing the Commander about any unusual situation concerning the airplane, its equipment or people onboard; Procedures for giving important information to flight crew members concerning safety during all stages of the flight; Procedures associated with entering the cockpit, the Commander's right to refuse entry to the cockpit, determining critical stages of the flight associated with the term "sterile cockpit"; Cockpit security assurance (procedures of locking and unlocking and timing); Regulations and procedures for permission of transport and use of electronic devices onboard, understanding effects of the use of electronic devices and enforcing regulations; Procedures in the event of incapacitation or non-availability of CC, effects on flight safety, communication and coordination procedures to ensure fulfillment of CC duties in such events; Regulations and responsibility of CC concerning passengers under the influence of alcohol or drugs Precautions to be taken when live animals are carried in the cabin; 8.

General aviation and terminology knowledge, airplane theory knowledge, meteorology, stowing

Meteorology, atmosphere composition, pressure, density, basics of meteorology, types of cloud formation, air mass, fronts, seasonal differences in weather, winds, wind shear, jet-stream, cloudless turbulence, storms etc., influence on flight operation; Aviation terminology; Flight theory and aerodynamics, basic parts of an airplane, airplane systems and their purpose, types of engines and basic principles, use of reverse thrust; -Icing, volcanic ash etc. Propeller over-rotation characteristics, jet engines blast, defects, abnormal situations - smoke, fire, fuel leakages; Control surfaces and their functions, four aerodynamic forces, three axes and movement around each axis (bank, roll, pitch); Airplane surfaces and flight hazards associated with pollution of control surfaces and airfoil; Weight and balance - importance, center of gravity, load distribution and their effect on stability and controllability of the airplane; Immediate informing of all noticed or reported defects concerning flight safety; Stowing -Loadsheet, responsibility for passenger seating; -Airplane balance; -Cargo distribution; -CC responsibility for distribution of passengers and cabin baggage;

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE

PAŹ/OCT-2011

ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

0 6.12- 44/98

-Cabin division into sections; -Documents handed to CC; 9. Crew Resource Management (CRM) Knowledge to be developed: Introduce the general idea of the human factor as the cause of aviation accidents. Common language, correct terminology; Need to identify with the CRM principles individually; Instructions how to continue in self-improvement; Individual attitudes and behavior, how they influence the team performance; Satisfaction and its effect on team performance; Competence to fly, general idea that everyone is personally responsible for coming to work in good shape („fit to fly“), idea of extending and refinement of this term; Pressure and organization influences, company culture and procedures (company policy); Available sources, recognition and use; Recognition and determination of priorities; Interpersonal relationships and their effects on team work, methods of improving relationships among crew members, ways of reacting to each other´s influence creating a team and their overall results; „Team requirements“ versus „personal“ objectives, idea that some problems need a team solution while others may be solved individually (individual efforts); Recognition of the rules (e.g. non-verbalized acceptance of behavior, procedures and expectations): Whether they are identical or different from the written principles, the rules generate heavy pressure on an individual to conform to them; Legal and official position of the captain as a team leader and commander; Principles and procedures, which should be respected during the training course as well as subsequent activities. For example: company management support of the training programme and system and those who try to follow all teaching principles; disciplinary proceedings during training and later in actual flight operation; Skills to be developed: -Communication/interpersonal skills – its parts are: -information -cultural influence -barriers, e.g. social status, age, position in the crew -polite assertiveness -empathy -listening -feedback -respecting different opinions

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.12- 45/98

Awareness of situation – its parts are: -general awareness of the surroundings -reality versus the impression of apparent reality -addiction / distracting somebody´s attention -monitoring (permanent, regular) -incapacitation: partial – total, physical – mental, evident – latent Problems solving (decision making), judgment, which contain: -conflict handling -reaction to conflicts -coping with conflicts 10. Dangerous goods ( according to the information , instructions and general guidelines in chapter 9 OM – A ) Transportation of dangerous goods: General principles; Limitations for dangerous goods in air transport Classification according to classes and parcel labels; Dangerous goods in passenger baggage or transported by passengers -Emergency procedures 11. Security procedures Reporting of illegal actions. Airplane search checklist. Cockpit safeguarding. Offence committed onboard, which may endanger flight safety, passengers and crew safety; Procedures for handling intoxicated passengers who may disturb flight safety, the safety of passenger or crew; Procedures for problem passengers handling or a group of passengers – eg. smokers Procedures in case of a crew member attack; Procedures and equipment for incapacitating, passengers endangering flight safety; Location and contents of crew regulation concerning illegal interfering; -Rights and duties of the Commander and other crew members; Bomb threat: Prevention measures in relation to passengers, baggage and equipment to be transported by air; Procedures for an airplane search if it is insecure or if TSP or state authority consider it necessary; Procedures for handling with suspicious pieces of baggage or objects onboard Procedures for a bomb attack threat; Distinguishing procedures in situations if an airplane is considered to be on the ground or in the air.

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.12- 46/98

Hijack: Procedures for negotiations with hijackers; Communication technique with the Commander and crew; Stockholm syndrome; Limitations for on-board service; Distinguishing procedures in situations if an airplane is considered to be on the ground or in the air; Prevention measures.

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.12- 47/98

Part II - English language

Number 1.

Subject English language

Total number of lessons:

Number of lessons 24 24

DETAILED DESCRIPTON OF THE SYLLABUS English language Professional terms and conversation in relation to operating on an airplane and carrying out CC member proficiency. Professional terms and conversation concerning flight operation. On-board announcement – practical training. Emergency procedures and commands in emergency situations – crowd control. Description of individual parts of an airplane, emergency equipment and lifesaving equipment. Detailed description of cabin interior, toilets and inflight equipment. Completion of forms (customs, passport forms, general declaration, injury forms). Ability to communicate fluently and clearly. Translations of a common text to and from both languages.

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE

PAŹ/OCT-2011

ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

0 6.12- 48/98

Part III - Supplemental subjects

Number

Subject

Number of lessons

1.

Introductory information about TSP

4

2.

Uniformed discipline

2

3.

Business and transport procedures

2

4.

Currency regulations and world geography

4

5.

Passenger care and psychology

8

6.

In - flight service

4

7.

Social behaviour

2

8.

General appearance

2

Total number of lessons

28

DETAILED DESCRIPTON OF THE SYLLABUS 1. Information about TSP Introductory instruction; Organization structure, history of the company; Work Code, working and disciplinary regulations for aviation personnel and CC insurance; Health and safety at work and firefighting regulations; Practical familiarization with the workplace related to carrying out CC proficiency, taking measures for uniforms; Administrative matters (concerns, personal business) - commencement of training, textbooks etc. 2. Uniformed discipline Uniform regulation; Care of uniform and appearance; Respecting uniform discipline (summer, winter, tropical areas); Behavior in uniform in public; Behavior during stay-away; Intercultural differences;

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

Working documents + CC work aids, 3. Business and transport procedures Distinguishing passengers according to classes; Flight with more sections; Boarding passes - double seating, free seating. Carriage regulations See General Carriage Conditions for PAX and baggage and Goods; International tickets, types, composition, validity; Reconfirmation; Endorsement – who is authorized to endorse; Baggage transport, surpluses baggage; Check-in, paying; Manual used in business and operations activities of the company; Credit cards accepted by the company – use on board; Child transport – accompanied, not accompanied; Conditions for transfer cost reimbursement; Loss of documents procedures; Removal of passengers from transport; Types of discounts; The company's responsibility for loss, particularly for defects on goods; International cargo manifest; Company mail transport methods; Side fees; Basic labels – labels in international cargo transport; Transport of live animals by air (both as goods and as baggage); Transport by air of human corpses, valuable mail and unaccompanied baggage; 4. Customs and currency regulations and world geography Customs Act, organization and institutions of customs authority; Cooperation with other institutions; Customs areas, border customs zones; Customs control, customs control in air traffic; Customs free transport, import duty relief; Cross-border transport of goods;

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.12- 49/98

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.12- 50/98

Carriers' duties; Customs violations processes; Regulation violations, customs complaints, violation sanctions; General knowledge of world geography; Cultural differences and local customs; World languages; Time zones; States of the world. 5. Passenger care and psychology Communication with passengers (verbal and non-verbal); Microphone presentations, video presentation, get to know yourself; Influence of personality on quality of passenger care (human factor); Assertiveness; Conflict prevention, conflict solution; Influence of stress on performance of duty; Relaxation techniques; Rules of social conduct and behavior with regard to relationships with passengers; Passenger types; Special differences in some nationalities; 6. IFS Flight information; Briefing, checklists CC departure for the airplane; Special child care, UM (unaccompanied minor), special care of disabled passengers, sick passengers, VIP (very important person); Airplane equipped with ground onboard service; CATERING; cleaning; CC duties in emergency situation during flight –the TSP procedures; Stowage of cabin baggage by CC; airplane take-over according to checklists, defect reports; Cabin Log Book; Workplace preparation onboard (according to an airplane type): -Galley, cabin, company materials, toilets -START equipment check – necessary substitution equipment;

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.12- 51/98

CC preparation for passenger boarding; PIL (passengers information list); Passenger boarding; Assisting passengers in a passenger cabin: Assisting mothers with children and old passengers, Assistance in stowing coats, cabin baggage, Greeting passengers in passenger cabin, After passenger boarding – reporting the number of passengers to SCC; CC duties before take-off (according to an airplane type): Demonstration of airplane emergency equipment - seat belts, oxygen masks on flights with required life jackets – instruction on their use, emergency illumination, emergency exits, instructions and practice, Pre-take-off cabin check – passengers, bins, emergency exits, aisles, toilets, Galley check Reporting to SCC; Importance of dimming lights in passenger cabin and in galleys in night flights CC duties during take-off; CC duties after take-off – cabin check; Keeping workplace tidy during flight - in galley, cabin and toilets; Crew refreshment; In-flight meals and rest of CC during flight; Long-distance flights – duty distribution after service; Preparing the workplace for handing-over to next crew; CC duties: -Before landing, -During landing, -During passenger disembarkation; Duties and activities of CC during transit; CC duties when refueling while passengers are onboard; Exchange of catering + handover; Cleaning check, toilet refilling; Preparation of inflight passenger company materials in the case of new passengers; CC duties in case of diverted landing; CC duties in case of delayed departure; Landing forms, passenger presents, toys for children; Handling and responsibility of CC for galley equipment; Procedures for finding a thing or when a passenger reports a loss; Introduction to complete galley equipment (trolleys, STU, ovens, water heater, coffee-makers, etc.) –

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

according to an airplane type; Preparation and procedure of service - equipment used during refreshment serving; Gastronomy rules for serving: Meals and drinks; Types of cold drinks: -Alcoholic, -Non-alcoholic, -Mixing drinks – practical training and preparation, how to serve; -Types of hot drinks – preparation and serving style (coffee, tea) -Refilling drinks; -Serving refreshment and their differences according to classes onboard, -“Class C“ and differences from “class Y“; Special meals - SPML -Most common types – vegetarian, hindu, muslim, diet etc. -Kosher – food manipulation, contact with passengers – preparation and serving; -Practical training of using all equipment +practical training of all kinds of service; Practical training of the whole flight -Onboard announcement; -Company documents, company mail, general declaration, cargo manifest, loadsheet; -CC responsibility for correct seat allocation of passengers; -Quality reports; -Flight reports; -Diplomatic and commander mail; -Duty free sales and its principles; -Operating procedures on an airplane type; 7. Social behavior -Rules of social behavior -Greeting, -Handshake, -Introducing and addressing; -Rules of manners on social occasions -Reception, -Banquet, -Cocktail evenings -A glass of wine; -Buffet; -Party and other social events -Dress code

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.12- 52/98

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.12- 53/98

-Invitation abbreviations, -Letter writing and conduct on the phoneBehavior in public -in the street; -in public transport means; -in a restaurant (arrival, table manners, paying). -Behavior at social (cultural) events -at the theatre, -at a concert, -at the cinema,-at the opening of an exhibition, -General appearance -Some diplomatic etiquette -Behavior to a foreigner abroad 8. General appearance -CC image (uniform, make-up, hairstyle); -Body language – clothes, perfume; -Color matching; -Make-up; Personal hygiene.

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.12- 54/98

APPENDIX A-III CONVERSION AND DIFFERENCES TRAINING SYLLABUS

Number

Subject

Number of lessons

1.

General

1

2.

Description of airplane - general characteristics

2

3.

Emergency and life-saving equipment

4

4.

Emergency procedures - in relation to an airplane or version of an airplane

2

5.

Fire and smoke training

2

6.

Door and exit manipulation

1

7.

Evacuation slide training

1

8.

Evacuation procedures, unexpected situations

2

9.

Crowd control , CRM

2

10.

Pilot incapacitation

1

11.

Safety equipment

3

12.

Passenger Briefing /Safety Demonstrations.

2

13.

On-duty performance

2

Total number of lessons:

DETAILED DESCRIPTON OF THE SYLLABUS 1. General -General information about airplanes 2. Description of an airplane - general characteristics and terminology -Main parts of an airplane - description of a cabin -Basic facts - weight, dimensions, cabin capacity -Operation and flight characteristics -Balance and weight limitations for loading and placement of baggage -Critical areas of an airplane -Communication equipment and signalling equipment -Pressure and air-conditioning systems -Oxygen equipment -Plumbing system

25

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE

PAŹ/OCT-2011

ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

0 6.12- 55/98

-Galley - description, safety, electrical appliances -Toilets -Passenger cabin/s - seats, seat belts, bins, curtains -CC areas 3. Emergency and lifesaving equipment -Description and location of all standard and emergency exits for passenger evacuation. -Description and location of all other exits and evacuation equipment. -Description, number and use of all emergency and life-saving equipment of airplane: -Emergency equipment in cockpit and relevant areas accessible from cockpit; -Emergency equipment in passenger cabin and other areas; -Oxygen equipment – oxygen supplies, use of oxygen for first aid purposes, system of portable breathing equipment -Firefighting equipment -First aid kits and equipment -Lifejackets -Megaphones/Loudspeakers -Emergency transmitter -Emergency parcel -Slide-rafts or life-rafts -Further emergency and life-saving equipment of relevant airplane type 4. Emergency procedures - in relation to the type or version of an airplane -Emergency landing on land -Emergency landing on water -Emergency evacuation - planned -Emergency evacuation - unplanned -In-flight emergency procedures – technical problems, bomb, dangerous goods -Emergency procedures for airplane on the ground 5. Fire and smoke training Fire occurrence and extinguishing procedures: -The recognition of different types, fire identification; -Prevention and checking; -The procedures and methods of extinguishing, use of appropriate types of extinguishing agents; -The use of protective equipment and other equipment; -Extinguishing procedures, types of fire according to source and location of fire;

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE

PAŹ/OCT-2011

ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

0 6.12- 56/98

-Communication within crew; -Obstacles in extinguishing Dangers connected with fire on board: -External fire and procedures in case of occurrence; -Communication and cooperation with the ground personnel; -Post-extinguishing procedures. Smoke in passenger cabin: -The location of the source and the procedures to be followed; -Informing the Commander and communication within the crew; -Devices for improving passenger breathing of passengers; -Smoke elimination procedure Each CC member is given realistic and practical training in the use of all firefighting equipment including protective clothing representative of that carried in the airplane. This training must include: -Each CC member extinguishing a fire characteristic of an airplane interior fire; -The donning and use of portable respirator and protective breathing equipment (PBE) by each CC member in an enclosed simulated smoke-filled environment. Requirements for fire and smoke training: Training requirement/interval

Required activity

Notes:

First conversion to airplane type (e.g. new entrant)

Actual firefighting and equipment handling

Every year during recurrent training

Equipment handling

Every three years during recurrent training

Actual fire extinguishing and equipment handling

It includes use of at least one fire extinguisher and as used on the airplane type.

Subsequent a/c conversion

None

Firefighting equipment is required to be handled if it is different to that previously handled. If the equipment between aero-planes types is the same, training is not required if within the validity of the 3-year check.

New firefighting equipment

Equipment handling

It includes use of at least one fire extinguisher and as used on the airplane type.

6. Operation of doors and exits -Each CC member must operate and actually opens all normal and emergency exits for passenger evacuation in an airplane or representative training device;

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE

PAŹ/OCT-2011

ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

0 6.12- 57/98

-The operation of all other exits manipulation, such as flight deck windows is demonstrated; 7. Evacuation slide training -Each CC member must descend an evacuation slide from a height representative of the airplane main deck sill height; -The slide must be fitted to an airplane or a representative training device; -CC member must repeat descent of the relevant slide if s/he is in conversion training for an aero-plane type where the main deck sill height is different from the one on the type which s/he operated before. 8. Evacuation procedures and unexpected emergency situations -Planned and unplanned evacuation on land and in water; -This training must include recognition of when exits are unusable or when evacuation equipment is unserviceable; -Each CC member is trained to deal with the following: -An in-flight fire, with particular emphasis on identifying the actual source of the fire; -Turbulences; types, signaling, communication, procedures. -Sudden decompression, the donning of portable oxygen equipment; -Other in-flight emergencies. 9. Crowd control, CRM Training is provided on the practical aspects of crowd control in various emergency situations, as applicable to the airplane type: -Communication between flight crew and cabin crew and the use of all communication equipment, including difficulties in coordination in a space filled with smoke or with low visibility; -Verbal commands; -Physical contact that may be needed to encourage people out of an exit and onto a slide; -The redirection of passengers away from unusable exits, crowd control and passenger flow management; -Marshalling of passengers away from the airplane; -Evacuation of disabled passengers; -Authority and leadership skills; 10. Pilot incapacitation Each CC member is trained to assist if a pilot becomes incapacitated. This training shall include a demonstration of: -The pilot’s seat mechanism; -Fastening and unfastening the pilot’s seat harness; -Use of the pilot’s oxygen equipment; -Use of pilot’s checklist.

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE

PAŹ/OCT-2011

ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

0 6.12- 58/98

11. Safety equipment - actual training and demonstration of use Each CC member shall be given realistic training on, and demonstration of, the location and use of safety equipment including the following: -Slides and ropes; -Life- rafts and slide-rafts, including the equipment attached to, and/or carried in, the raft; -Life jackets, infant lifejackets, (floating cots); -Dropout oxygen system; -First aid oxygen; -Fire extinguishers; -Fire axe and crow-bar; -Emergency lights including torches; -Communications equipment, including megaphones -Survival packs, including their contents; -Pyrotechnics (actual or representative devices); -Emergency transmitter; -First-aid kits, their contents and emergency medical equipment; -Other cabin safety equipment or systems where applicable 12. Passenger Briefing/Safety Demonstrations Preparation of passengers for normal situations: -Instructions for passengers before take-off demonstration according to airplane type and nature of the flight; -Preparation of cabin for take-off -Post-take-off cabin check -Ready for take-off report -In-flight checks -Preparation for landing -Ready for landing report Preparation of passengers for emergency situations: -Instructions for passengers - demonstration according to airplane type, equipment and nature of flight; -Procedures in accordance with the Manual to relevant airplane type and normal procedures for CC member. -Ready or state-of-preparation report. 13. On-duty performance -Pre-flight briefing according to airplane type. -Take-over and pre-flight check procedures. -Procedures and activities during passengers boarding.

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE

PAŹ/OCT-2011

ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

0 6.12- 59/98

-Duties and activities before, during and after take-off. -Duties and activities before landing. -Duties and activities after landing and after passengers disembarkation. -Duties and activities during transit while passengers stay on board, -Procedures and activities during refueling while passengers are boarding or are on board.

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE

PAŹ/OCT-2011

ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

0 6.12- 60/98

APPENDIX A – IV RECURRENT TRAINING SYLLABUS

PART I

BASIC PART OF RECURRENT TRAINING

PART II

EXTENSION OF RECURRENT TRAINING:

PART III

RECURRENT TRAINING SYLLABUS FOR SENIOR CABIN CREW MEMBER

PART IV

RECURRENT TRAINING SYLLABUS FOR CABIN CREW INSTRUCTOR AND EXAMINER

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.12- 61/98

PART I - BASIC PART OF RECURRENT TRAINING

Number

Subject

Number of lessons

1.

Operations Manual and baggage on board

2

2.

TSP up-to-date information Emergency procedures* (including so called extension once every 36 months)

2

4.

First aid training

2

5.

Transportation of dangerous goods**

2

6.

Security procedures

2

7.

Accident and Incident review

1

8.

Crew Resource Management (CRM) Total number of lessons:

1 20

3.

* Emergency procedures

** Transportation of dangerous goods

8

Lecture room - 4 lessons Training on airplane (including mock-up facilities or other relevant training device) - 4 lessons Training is carried out once every 2 years

DETAILED OUTLINE OF BASIC PART OF RECURRENT TRAINING 1. The Operations Manual -Familiarization with the changes of the Operations Manual - part A -Recurrent of relevant parts of the Operations Manual - part A -Discipline, duties and responsibilities -Stowage of cabin baggage and objects in the cabin -Regulations for ensuring safe transport of baggage and articles in the cabin; -Restrictions for weight and dimensions of baggage; -Weight restrictions for overhead bins; -Insurance against movement or falling out during all stages of flight; -Conditions and transport of oversized articles and baggage; -Spaces where baggage and cargo must not be placed; -Cabin check before take-off, landing and during individual stages of flight. 2. TSP up-to-date information -New information concerning company operations since the previous TSP recurrent training for CC

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.12- 62/98

3. Emergency procedures and procedures in the event of pilot incapacitation Procedures if a pilot becomes incapacitated. This training shall include a demonstration of: -The pilot’s seat mechanism; -Fastening and unfastening the pilot’s seat harness; -Use of the pilot’s oxygen equipment; -Use of pilot’s checklists; Emergency procedures -General emergency procedures -The recognition of various types of emergency situations; -Predetermined procedures and duties -Co-ordination and communication within the crew, -Taking the initiative -Prevention panic; -Taking control of the situation in the event of other crew member incapacitation Procedures for occurrence of and extinguishing fire -The recognition of different types of fire, methods of fire identification -Fire prevention and check; -The procedures and methods for extinguishing fire, application of the appropriate type of fire extinguisher, -The use of protective devices and further equipment; -The procedures of extinguishing and types of fire according to the location and the fire source; -Communication within the crew; -Obstacles in fire extinguishing; -Dangers associated with on-board fire; -External fire and procedures in case of occurrence; -Communication and cooperation with the ground personnel; -Post-extinguishing procedures. -Smoke in passenger cabin -The location of the source and the procedures to be followed; -Informing the Commander and communication within the crew -Devices for improving breathing of passengers; - Smoke elimination procedures. Emergency Lighting -Emergency lighting operation;

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.12- 63/98

-Failure of the sources of electric current -Limitations; -Use of portable electric torches. Decompression -The recognition of decompression – slow, rapid; -Flight crew procedures and crew communication establishment; -Immediate actions in case of rapid decompression; -Procedures after emergency descent; -CC duties during emergency descent; -Influence of lower pressure on the human body, general rules of Hypoxia – see Medical Aspects; -Postdecompression duties. Turbulence -Types of turbulence; -Signaling equipment and communication within the crew; -Announcement and passenger information; -Procedures to ensure cabin safety and passengers check -Galley equipment handling and securing the articles and equipment -Procedures to ensure CC safety. -Evacuation procedures Note: In accordance with standard procedures specified in the Manual for the relevant airplane type -Procedures for planned and unplanned evacuation on land or water; -Procedures when an emergency exit or slide is not usable or operating; -Procedures for emergencies when airplane is not evacuated; -Signaling and commands; -Crowd control -Communication between flight crew and cabin crew and use of all communication equipment, including the difficulties in co-ordination in a smoke-filled environment or in low visibility; -Verbal commands; -The physical contact that may be needed to encourage people out of an exit and onto a slide; -The redirection of passengers away from unusable exits, crowd control and passenger flow management; -Accompanying passengers from the airplane; -Evacuation of disabled passengers; -Authority and leadership Touch-drills by each CC member for opening normal and emergency exits for passengers evacuation; Each CC member must have the possibility of the physical contact with an actual exit opening mechanism when practicing touch-drills;

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.12- 64/98

Emergency equipment The location and handling of emergency equipment in the passenger cabin, cockpit and areas accessible from flight-deck and in other spaces, including oxygen systems, and the donning by each cabin crew member of lifejackets, portable oxygen and protective breathing equipment (PBE); 4. First aid and the contents of the first aid kits Physiology of flight including oxygen requirements and hypoxia; Medical emergencies in aviation including: -Choking; -Stress reactions and allergic reactions; -Hyperventilation; -Gastro-intestinal disturbance, -Air sickness; -Epilepsy; -Heart attacks; -Stroke; -Shock; -Diabetes; -Emergency childbirth; -Asthma. Basic first aid and survival training including care of: -The unconsciousness; -Burns; -Wounds; -Fractures and soft tissue injuries. Practical cardio-pulmonary resuscitation by each CC member having regard to the airplane environment and using a specifically designed dummy. The use of relevant airplane equipment: -The first-aid oxygen -Resuscitator -Digital manometer -The first aid kits - the contents and practical opening of the different kits: a) For first aid b) For doctor's use c) For CC member’s use. 5. Transportation Dangerous goods ( according to the information , instructions and general guidelines in

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.12- 65/98

chapter 9 OM – A ) -Transportation of dangerous goods; -General principles; -Limitations for dangerous goods in air transport -Classification according to classes and parcel labels; -Dangerous goods in passenger baggage or transported by passengers 6. Security procedures -Offence committed onboard, which may endanger flight safety, passengers and crew safety; -Procedures for handling intoxicated passengers who disturb or may disturb flight safety, the safety of passenger or crew; -Procedures for problem passengers handling or a group of passengers – e.g. smokers -Procedures in case of a crew member attack; -Procedures and equipment for incapacitating, passengers endangering flight safety; -Location and contents of crew regulation concerning illegal interfering; -Rights and duties of the Commander and other crew members; Bomb threat -Prevention measures in relation to passengers, baggage and equipment to be transported by air; -Procedures for an airplane search if it is insecure or if TSP or state authority consider it necessary; -Procedures for handling suspicious pieces of baggage or objects onboard -Procedures for a bomb attack threat; -Distinguishing of airplane as “on the ground” or “in flight” and relevant procedures; Hijack -Procedures for negotiations with hijackers; -Communication technique with the Commander and crew; -Stockholm syndrome; -Limitations for on-board service; -Distinguishing procedures in situations if an airplane is considered to be on the ground or in the air -Prevention measures. 7. Incident and accident review -Definitions - Air Accident, Incident; -Analyses and conclusions from accidents and incidents in TSP, which either happened or might have happened, possible preconditions of occurrence; -Conclusions and learning from known accidents and incidents of other carriers and the use of available materials from aircraft manufacturers; -Measures taken based on conclusions and analyses;

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.12- 66/98

-Ways of reporting, informing and announcing; -Types of forms used. Note: Besides complete analyses and conclusions it is necessary to focus on incidents endangering flight safety, passenger health, their journey, crew activity and cabin safety.

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.12- 67/98

8. Crew resource management – CRM ( overview 3 year cycle ) Number

Subject Personality awareness, human error and reliability ,attitudes and behaviors, self – assessment Stress and stress management

PART 1

Fatigue and vigilance Assertiveness Situation awareness , information , acquisition and processing Workload management Identification and management of the passenger human factors : crowd control , passenger stress , conflict management , medical factors Case based studies Total number of lessons: Number

1 lesson

Subject

PART 2

Shared situation awareness , information , acquisition and processing Effective communication and coordination between all crew members ,including the flight crew as well as inexperienced cabin crew members , cultural differences Leadership , co-operation , synergy , decision making , delegation Individual and team responsibilities , decision making , and actions Specifics related to airplane types ( narrow / wide bodies , single / multi deck ), flight crew and cabin crew composition and number of passengers Case based studies Total number of lessons:

1 lesson

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

Number

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE

PAŹ/OCT-2011

ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

0 6.12- 68/98

Subject Company safety culture ,SOPs, organizational factors , factors linked to the type of operations

PART 3

Error prevention and detection Effective communication and coordination with other operational personnel and ground services Participation in cabin safety incident and accident reporting Case based studies Total number of lessons:

1 lesson

PART II - EXTENSION OF RECURRENT TRAINING Number PART 1

Subject The operation and actual opening of all normal and emergency exits for passenger evacuation in an airplane or representative training device. Demonstration of operation of all other exits including flight deck windows.

Total number of lessons: Number

PART 2

Subject Each CC member is given realistic and practical training in the use of all fire-fighting equipment, including protective clothing, representative of the carried in the airplane. This training must include: Each CC member extinguishing a fire characteristic of an airplane interior fire except that, in the case of Halon extinguishers, an alternative extinguishing agent may be used.

Total number of lessons: Number PART 3

2 lessons

2 lessons

Subject Use of pyrotechnics (real or unreal), smoke bombs, flares and rockets. Demonstration of operation of life-rafts and slide-rafts where fitted.

Total number of lessons:

2 lessons

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.12- 69/98

PART III - RECURRENT TRAINING SYLLABUS FOR SENIOR CABIN CREW MEMBER Number

Subject

1.

Pre-flight briefing

2.

Flight and duty time limitations and rest requirements

3.

On-duty performance, English, current info of TSP for SCC Total number of lessons:

4 lessons

Note: These subjects are repeated with the emphasis on SCC activities and the specifics in carrying out SCC duties. A detailed syllabus is stated in Appendix A - V. SCC member participates in the basic part of the recurrent training for CC. PART IV -RECURRENT TRAINING SYLLABUS FOR CC INSTRUCTOR AND EXAMINER Number

Subject

1.

CC training

2.

General knowledge of aviation and terminology

3.

Incidents and accidents

4.

Self-education process

5.

Teaching process

6.

Philosophy of training

7.

Teaching methods used

8.

Perceptiveness and communication basics

9.

Testing and assessment of CC-trainees

10.

Training program compilation

11.

Human performance and limiting factors

12.

Dangers resulting from disorderly or distressing situations

13.

Training administration Total number of lessons:

4 lessons

Note: These subjects are repeated with the main emphasis on CC instructor activities and their typical features. For details see Appendix A -VI

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.12- 70/98

APPENDIX A – V SYLLABUS OF SCC TRAINING

Number

Subject

Number of lessons

1.

Pre-flight briefing

2

2.

Co-operation within the crew

2

3.

Legal requirements and procedures to ensure safety

1

4.

Human factors and crew resource management – CRM

2

5.

Accident and incident reporting

1

6.

Flight and duty time limitations and rest requirements

2

7.

On-duty performance

4

8.

English language

2 Total number of lessons:

DETAILED OUTLINE OF THE SYLLABUS 1. Pre-flight briefing with special emphasis on -Operating as a crew; -Competence for the particular flight (documents, flight capability) -Allocation of CC stations and responsibilities; -Consideration of the particular flight including: a) Airplane type, version of the type; b) Normal and emergency equipment; c) Area and type of operation including ETOPS d) Categories of passengers, including disabled, infants and stretcher cases. 2. Co-operation within the crew -Discipline, responsibilities and chain of command; -Importance of co-ordination and communication; -Communication within crew; -Pilot incapacitation; -SCC or CC incapacitation 3. Legal requirements and procedures to ensure safety -Passengers safety briefing, safety cards;

16

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE

PAŹ/OCT-2011

ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

0 6.12- 71/98

-Securing of galleys; -Stowage of cabin baggage; -Electronic equipment; -Procedures when fuelling with passengers on board; -Turbulence; -Documentation. 4. Human factors and crew resource management - CRM -Where practicable, this should include the participation of SCC members in flight simulator Line Oriented Flying Training exercises; -Practical CRM training together with the company's pilots. 5. Accident and Incident reporting -Distinguishing between incidents and accidents -Reporting procedures, -Types of forms used. 6. Flight and duty time limitations and rest requirements -Legislative regulations in relation to flight and duty time limitations -Flight duty limitations and rest requirements -Principles of maximum on-duty time and minimum rest time calculations -Practical examples of maximum on-duty time and minimum rest time calculations 7. On-duty performance -Pre-flight briefing according to airplane type. -Take-over and pre-flight check procedures. -Procedures and activities during passenger boarding. -Duties and activities before, during and after take-off. -Duties and activities before landing. -Duties and activities after landing and after passenger disembarkation -Duties and activities during transit while passengers remain on board, -Procedures and activities during refueling while passengers are boarding or are on board. 8. English language -Professional terms and conversation concerning flight operation; -On-board announcements - practical training; -Emergency procedures and evacuation commands, crowd control; -Description of individual parts of an airplane and emergency equipment;

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

-Detailed description of cabin interior, galley equipment, toilets etc. -Description, function and location of emergency equipment; -Filling in cabin log book; -Completion of forms - general declaration, injury reports.

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.12- 72/98

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE

PAŹ/OCT-2011

ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

0 6.12- 73/98

APPENDIX A – VI SYLLABUS OF CC INSTRUCTOR TRAINING

PART I

General knowledge

PART II

Teaching methodology

PART III

Emergency and lifesaving equipment

PART I - GENERAL KNOWLEDGE

Number

Subject

Number of lessons

1.

International aviation organizations

0,5

2.

The Civil Aviation Act

0,5

3.

State aviation authorities

0,5

4.

Regulations on civil aviation operations

0,5

5.

The Operations Manual of TSP

3

6.

Cabin Crew training

1

7.

General knowledge of aviation and terminology

1

8.

Incidents and accidents

1

9.

EU– OPS

8 16

Total number of lessons:

DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF SYLLABUS - GENERAL KNOWLEDGE 1. International aviation organizations -ICAO; -IATA; -EU -OPS -FAA; -AEA; -ECAC; -Government, non-government organizations and liaison between them, authorities; 2. Civil Aviation Act -Validity, legal basis; -Relationship between the Act and the organizations ICAO, EU -OPS -Basic paragraphs concerning operations and CC activities; 3. State aviation authorities in the Rzeczpospolita Polska -The Min of infrastructure; -The Civil Aviation Authority ULC; -Basic relationships, authorities and responsibilities; -Authority to monitor;

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE

PAŹ/OCT-2011

ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

0 6.12- 74/98

4. Regulations on civil aviation operations -ANNEX, ICAO; -Aviation act; -EU- OPS series regulations; -Binding regulations of the CAA; -Basic articles of regulations concerning CC activities; -Connections between regulations; -Relations to acts on civil aviation. 5. The Operations Manual of TSP General -Minimum equipment List (MEL); -Crew duties; -Conditions under which a crew member is not allowed to work on an airplane; -Access to flight deck; -Portable electronic devices; Operations procedures -Transport of passengers of limited mobility; -Transport of undesirable and deported persons and persons in custody; -Stowage of baggage and cargo; -Seat allocation of passengers; -Passenger briefing; -Fuelling/defueling while passengers remain on board; -Seat mechanism, two-point and multiple-point seat belts. Airplane balance, Stowing -Airplane balance and consequences of imbalance; -Loadsheet, responsibility for passenger seating; -Documents handed over to CC. Crew flight and duty time limitations and rest requirements -Legislative and health limitations of flight duty -Basic documents and regulations; -Examples of maximum flight and duty time and minimum rest time calculations. 6. Cabin crew training -Acquisition and maintenance of qualifications of CC member proficiency; -CC training program; -The Operations Manual, part D - in relation to CC activities; -Entering qualifications in CC certificate,

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.12- 75/98

-Aviation terminology. 7.General knowledge of aviation and terminology -Basic terms of meteorology; -Icing, volcanic ash; -Aviation terminology - Polish, English; -Flight theory, aerodynamics; -Basic parts of an airplane, airplane systems and their purpose; -Control surfaces and their functions; -Airplane surfaces and flight hazards associated with pollution of control surfaces and aerofoil 8. Accident and incident Basic terminology; -Regulation; -Accident and incident review -Ways of reporting, informing and announcing; 9. EU– OPS -The part of the regulation relating to operating as a CC member

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.12- 76/98

PART II TEACHING METHODOLOGY

Number

Subject

Number of lessons

1.

Process of self-education

1

2.

Teaching process

1

3.

Training philosophy

1

4.

Teaching methods used

1

5.

Perceptiveness and communication basics

1

6.

Testing and assessment of CC-trainee

1

7.

Training program compilation

1

8.

Human performance and restricting factors

1

9.

Dangers resulting from defects or emergency situations

1

10.

Administration of training Total number of lessons:

1

DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF SYLLABUS - TEACHING METHODOLOGY 1. Self-education process -Motivation; -Perceptiveness and understanding; -Memory and using one's memory; -Habits and their transfer; -Obstacles of self- education; -Motivation in self-improvement; -Methods of self-education; -Intensity of self-education. 2. Teaching process -Elements of efficient teaching; -Planning of teaching activities; -Teaching methods; -Teaching from the "familiar" to the "unfamiliar"; -Use of the "Lesson Plan".

10

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

3. Philosophy of training -Value of structured (approved) course of training; -Importance of planned syllabus; -Integration of theoretical knowledge and practical training. 4. Teaching methods used -Theoretical knowledge - using teaching methods in the lecture room -Use of training aids -Group lectures -Individual preliminary preparation -Student participation in discussions; -Methods of practical training in the lecture room -The instructor - student inter-relationship -Group practice -Feedback; -Methods of practical in-flight training -Flight environment - airplane cabin -Training methods used. 5. Perceptiveness and communication basics -Briefing -Factors affecting leadership behavior; -Hierarchy of needs; -Review; -Giving commands (instructions, orders); -Assigning; -Supervision; -Evaluation, appreciation; -Communication; -Behavior - contact behavior; -Speech - expression - body language; -Making initial contact; -The ability to listen; -Information acquisition- he/she who asks question, gets ahead; -Remarks recording; -Hierarchy;

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.12- 77/98

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

-Asking questions; -Obstacles in communication; -How we see each other; -Feedback; -Healthy assertiveness, self-assertiveness; -Training methodology. 6. Testing and assessment of CC-trainee -Assessment of CC-trainee’s performance -Refreshing knowledge -Shift from knowledge to understanding -Developing the theory through practice -Necessity to evaluate the rate of progress. -CC-trainee error analysis -Determine the cause of errors -Treat important errors first, less important errors afterwards -Avoid excessive criticism -Necessity of clear and concise communication. 7. Training program compilation -Lesson planning; -Preparation; -Explanation and demonstration; -CC- trainee’s participation and practice; -Assessment. 8. Human performance and restricting factors -Physiological factors; -Psychological factors; -Information processing; -Opinions on behavior; -Developing judgment and ability to decide. 9. Danger resulting from defects or emergency situations -Importance of touch drills training; -Awareness of situation; -Following correct procedures.

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.12- 78/98

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

10. Administration of training -Theoretical instructions and practical exercise records; -Practical in-flight training records; -Plan of ground training; -Plan of in-flight training; -Study materials and texts; -Official forms; -Operations Manuals.

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.12- 79/98

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE

PAŹ/OCT-2011

ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

0 6.12- 80/98

PART III EMERGENCY AND LIFE SAVING EQUIPMENT

Number Subject 1

Fire and smoke training

2

Water survival training

3

Survival training in inhospitable areas

4

Emergency evacuation training

5

Emergency procedures

6

Crew Resource Management

7

Crowd Control

8

Dangerous goods

9

Security procedures

10

Training of first aid procedures

This syllabus is the basis for a personal presentation given by a future instructor during the final oral examination at TSP. DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE SYLLABUS - EMERGENCY AND LIFE SAVING EQUIPMENT 1. Fire and smoke training Theoretical background -Categories of fire types; -Theory of occurrence of fire, inflammation temperatures of combustible materials; -Procedures of extinguishing; -The location of the fire sources, causes; -The necessity of dealing promptly with emergencies involving fire; -Communication, the necessity of informing the flight crew immediately; -Co-ordination and assistance in location of the fire source and extinguishing the fire; -Firefighting equipment, fire extinguishers, fire axes, crow-bars, personal protective equipment, techniques of use; -General procedures of emergency ground service at the airport; -Checklist for extinguishing fires in passenger cabin. Special equipment -Practical demonstration of all firefighting equipment; -Personal breathing equipment; -Fire extinguishers – types, practical demonstration;

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE

PAŹ/OCT-2011

ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

0 6.12- 81/98

-Fire axes, crow-bars, and other equipment; -Firefighting gloves; -Protective breathing equipment. Training on a representative training device must include: -Solution of various situations involving extinguishing a fire; -Extinguishing a fire characteristic of an airplane interior fire; -The donning and use of protective breathing equipment. 2. Water survival training -Theoretical instructions -Conditions of water survival -Means of survival in water -Behavior for survival in water, physiological conditions of survival -Life jackets -Life-rafts -ELT (emergency locator transmitter) -PLB (personal locator beacon) Practical training in water should include: -The actual use of life saving equipment; -The use of life-rafts if required (Note: It is sufficient if this training is valid within the conversion or recurrent training). 3. Survival training in inhospitable areas Theoretical instructions -General -Immediate action, prompt activity; -Procedures to be followed in order to expedite rescue operation; -Survival in cold environment; -Provision of First aid in extreme conditions; -Extreme hypothermia (as opposed to hyperthermia), snow blindness. -Signalling -Conditions of making decision whether to stay by an airplane or leave the place of the accident, the importance of situation analysis; -Shelter, emergency hut; -Clothing; -Health and health hazard factors; -Obtaining drinking water from natural sources, the importance of drinking regularly, food; -Obtaining food from natural sources.

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.12- 82/98

-Other emergency equipment, -Practical demonstration; 4. Emergency evacuation training Theoretical instructions -Slides, description of slide; -Types of slides; -How to use the slides; -Ropes, use of ropes in emergency airplane evacuation. Practical training -Practical training on the use of slide; -Practical descent of a slide. 5. Emergency procedures Theoretical instructions Evacuation -Planned and unplanned emergency evacuation; -Announcement techniques of emergency evacuation; -Communication and procedures for preparation of emergency evacuation; -The importance of identifying when CC members have the authority and responsibility to initiate an evacuation and other emergency procedures; -The importance of safety duties and responsibilities and the need to respond promptly and effectively to emergency situations. Severe turbulence -Distinguishing types of turbulence; -Signaling; -Communication within the crew, practical training; -Announcement and passenger information, practical training; -Procedures to ensure cabin safety and passenger check; -Galley equipment handling; -Securing objects and equipment; -Procedures to ensure CC safety. Decompression -Causes of decompression; -Effects of decompression for various reasons; -The physiological effects of lack of oxygen;

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.12- 83/98

-The necessity to solve the situation immediately; -Correct assessment of situation during emergency or slow descent, possibly while maintaining level flight; -Procedures for situation solving during decompression while in emergency descent and procedures for other stages of flight; -Communication within the crew, practical training; -Communication with passengers, practical training; -Dropout oxygen masks, use, (mixture of oxygen and air); -Side effects of dropout oxygen systems; Pilot incapacitation Theoretical instructions: -The pilot’s seat mechanism; -Fastening and unfastening the pilot’s seat harness; -Use of the pilot’s oxygen equipment; -Use of pilot’s checklists; Practical training: Practical training shall include a demonstration of: -Procedures for cabin preparation in case of emergency landing and evacuation; -The pilot's seat mechanism, fastening and unfastening the pilot’s seat harness; -Use of the pilot’s oxygen equipment, use of pilot’s checklists. Other emergency and safety equipment -Emergency lighting including torches; -Communication equipment including megaphones, practical training in use; -Pyrotechnics; -Interior doors, curtains; -Other cabin safety equipment or systems where applicable 6. Crew Resource Management -The importance and effect of the human element; -Basic knowledge and terms; -Crew cooperation training; -Communication; -Situation awareness - awareness of flight crew management of various emergency situations and consequential effects on the operation of the airplane; -Problem solving; -Leadership and team behavior; -Stress, stress management.

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE

PAŹ/OCT-2011

ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

0 6.12- 84/98

7. Crowd Control -Communication between flight crew and cabin crew and the use of all communication equipment; -Coordination in a space filled with smoke or with low visibility; -Verbal commands; -Physical contact that may be needed to encourage people out of an exit and onto a slide; -The redirection of passengers away from unusable exits, crowd control and passenger flow management; -The marshaling of passengers away from the airplane; -Evacuation of disabled passengers; 8. Dangerous goods -General principles; -Limitations of transporting dangerous goods by air; -Classification according to classes and parcel labels; -Dangerous goods in passenger baggage or in cabin baggage -Emergency procedures. -CC documentation for in-flight incidents when transporting dangerous goods. 9. Security procedures -Offence committed onboard, which may endanger flight safety; -Procedures for handling intoxicated passengers who may disturb flight safety, passenger or crew safety; -Procedures for handling problem passengers or a groups of passengers; -Procedures in case of an attack on a crew member; -Procedures and equipment for incapacitating passengers endangering flight safety; -Procedures for handling problem passengers - smokers on non-smoking flights; -Location and contents of crew regulations concerning illegal passenger interference; -Rights and duties of the Commander and other crew members. Bomb threat -Prevention measures (in relation to passengers, baggage and equipment to be transported by air); -Procedures for an airplane search if it is insecure or if TSP or state authority consider it necessary; checklists for searching airplane -Procedures for handling suspicious pieces of baggage or articles onboard; -Procedures for a bomb attack threat; 10. Training of first aid procedures Medical emergencies in aviation including: -Choking; -Stress and allergic reactions;

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.12- 85/98

-Hyperventilation; -Gastro-intestinal disturbance, -Air sickness; -Epilepsy; -Heart attacks; -Stroke; -Shock; -Diabetes; -Emergency birth; -Asthma. Basic first aid and survival training including care of: -The unconscious; -Burns; -Wounds; -Fractures and soft tissue injuries. Practical cardio-pulmonary resuscitation by each CC member with regard to the airplane environment and using a specifically designed dummy. The use of relevant airplane equipment: -The first-aid oxygen -Resuscitator -Digital manometer -The first-aid kits - the contents and practical opening of the different kits: a) For first aid b) For doctor's use c) For a CC member’s use.

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.12- 86/98

APPENDIX A – VII SYLLABUS OF CC EXAMINER TRAINING

Number Subject

Number of lessons

1.

International aviation organizations

1

2.

The Civil Aviation Act

1

3.

State aviation authorities

1

4.

Regulations on civil aviation operations

3

5.

The Company's Operations Manual, CC procedures

2

Total number of lessons:

DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE CC EXAMINER TRAINING OUTLINE 1. International aviation organizations -ICAO; -IATA; -EU - OPS -FAA; -AEA; -ECAC; -Government, non-government organizations and liaisons between them, authorities; 2. Civil Aviation Act -Validity, legal basis; -Relationship between the Act and the organizations ICAO, EU- OPS -Basic paragraphs concerning operations and CC activities;

3. State aviation authorities -The Min of Infrastructure; -The Civil Aviation Authority; -Basic relationships, authorities and responsibilities; -Authority to monitor; 4. Regulations on civil aviation operations in the Rzeczpospolita Polska -ANNEX, ICAO; -Aviation act; -OPS-series regulations; -Binding regulations of the CAA; -Basic articles of regulations concerning CC activities; -Relationships between the various regulations; -Relationship to the Civil Aviation Act 5. The Company's Operations Manual (The Operations Manual of TSP) General -List of minimum equipment; -Crew duties;

8

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

-Conditions under which a crew member is not allowed to operate on an airplane; -Access to flight deck; -Portable electronic devices; Operation procedures -Transport of passengers of limited mobility; -Transport of undesirable and deported persons and persons in custody; -Stowage of baggage and cargo; -Seat allocation of passengers; -Passenger briefing; -Fuelling/defuelling while passengers remain on board; -Seat mechanism, two-point and multiple-point seat belts. Airplane balance, Stowing -Airplane balance, consequences of imbalance; -Loadsheet, responsibility for passenger seating; -Documents handed over to CC. Flight and duty time limitations and rest requirements of the crew -Legislative and health limitations of flight duty -Basic documents and regulations; -Crew flight and duty time limitations and rest requirements; -Examples of maximum flight and duty time and minimum rest time calculations.

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.12- 87/98

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

APPENDIX A – VIII RECORDS OF TRAINING AND CHECKING PERFORMANCE

(see OM-D.4.2 for storage periods) List of forms refers to the Cabin Crew training and checking. Certificate the initial safety training (see OM-D 2.2.1.a)

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.12- 88/98

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE

PAŹ/OCT-2011

ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

0 6.12- 89/98

Form TSP/CC 1 Record of initial training performance

RECORD OF INITIAL TRAINING PERFORMANCE Name:

Date of training beginning: Subject

Date

Performed by

1. Fire and smoke training 2. Water survival training 3. Inland survival training 4. Medical aspects and First Aid 5. Crowd management 6. Communication 7. Discipline and responsibilities 8. General knowledge of aviation and terminology, airplane, meteorology 9. (CRM): Crew Resource Management 10. Dangerous goods 11. Security procedures Date of training termination:

Training manager

Signature

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.12- 90/98

Form TSP/CC 2 Record of conversion and differences training

RECORD OF CONVERSION AND DIFFERENCES TRAINING PERFORMANCE Name:

Date of training beginning: Subject

Date

Performed by

1. General 2. Fire and smoke training 3. Operation of doors and exits 4. Evacuation slide training 5. Evacuation procedures and other emergency situations 6. Crowd control 7. Pilot incapacitation 8. Safety equipment 9. Passenger briefing Safety Demonstrations 10. Life jacket Life rafts Survival on water

Date of training termination:

Training manager

Signature

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

DATA/DATE

D

ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.12- 91/98

Form TSP/CC 3 Record of survival training on water performance

RECORD OF SURVIVAL TRAINING ON WATER PERFORMANCE (LIFE RAFTS) Name:

Date of training beginning: Subject

Date

Performed by

Signature

1. JAR OPS 1.1005 a. General information b. Survival training c. Procedures after emergency landing on sea

2. JAR OPS 1.1010 a. Life raft description b. Description of survival kit c. Emergency transmitter d. Final test: passed - not passed 3. JAR OPS 1.1010 a. Practical performance of life raft and survival kit

4. JAR OPS 1.1010 a. Practical performance in swimming pool b. Life raft manipulation c. Survival in life raft Training finished YES



NO



Date

Name and Signature of training manager

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.12- 92/98

Form TSP/CC 4 Record of performed flights – familiarization

RECORD OF PERFORMED FLIGHTS FAMILIARIZATION Name: Type/Reg.. No.

Position Date

Route FROM/TO

Fight block time

Result-Comments



Familiarization flight  Type Reg



Familiarization flight  Type Reg



Familiarization flight  Type Reg Further recommended flights with instructor





Familiarization flight  Type Reg



Familiarization flight  Type Reg



Familiarization flight  Type Reg

 Recommendation for type examiner

Date of training beginning: Instructor Name/Sign

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

Recommendation for proficiency examiner

Type/Reg.. No. Type exam

CZĘŚĆ PART

DATA/DATE

D

ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

0 6.12- 93/98



Date

Route FROM/TO

Fight block time

Result-Comments



Type Reg

Proficiency exam

PAŹ/OCT-2011



Type Reg

Conclusion of inspector:

Egzaminator Name/Sign

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

reserved

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

PAŹ/OCT-2011 0 6.12- 94/98

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE

PAŹ/OCT-2011

ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

0 6.12- 95/98

Form TSP/CC 5 Record of recurrent training performance

RECORD OF RECURRENT TRAINING PERFORMANCE Year of training:

Training valid till:

Name:

Position:

Instructor M

Life Vests - performance

C

Portable Oxygen - performance

C

PBE - performance

C

Extinguishers - performance

C

Other Emergency Equipment - performance

C

Evacuation - prepared emergency situation- crash landing

M

Evacuation - prepared emergency situation- ditching

M

Evacuation - unprepared emergency situation

M

Crowd control

M

Pilot incapacitation

A

Cardiopulmonary resuscitation and First Aid

C

Contents of the First Aid Kits

C

EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT

Emergency Exits - instructions + Touch drill

EMERGENCY PROCEDURES

Date

FIRST AID

Subject:

ID No.:

OPERATIONS MANUAL

C

DANGEROUS GOODS

C

AIRCRAFT SECURITY

C

INCIDENT AND ACCIDENT REVIEW

C

CRM

C

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

3 YEARS INTERVAL I.

DATA/DATE

PAŹ/OCT-2011

ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

Date

0 6.12- 96/98

Instructor

Emergency Exits - instructions +manipulation PBE - practical use

II.

Smoke Effects Fire-fighting

III.

Pyrotechnics + Life Raft

RECURRENT TRAINING FOR SCC Subject

Date

Instructor

See Training Program

RECURRENT TRAINING FOR INSTRUCTORS Subject

Date

Instructor

See Training Program

FINAL EXAMINATION OF PARTICIPANT IN VIEW OF CRM Exams Emergency procedures and equipment First Aid practical Dangerous Goods

uspěl(a) passed

neuspěl(a) not passed

uspěl(a) passed uspěl(a) passed

neuspěl(a) not passed

Final Result: PASSED



Date

Instructor

Date

Signature of examiner

neuspěl(a) not passed NOT PASSED



INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

DATA/DATE

D

PAŹ/OCT-2011

ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

0 6.12- 97/98

Form TSP/CC 6 Record of senior cabin crew training performance

RECORD OF SENIOR CABIN CREW TRAINING PERFORMANCE Name: Subject

Date

Performed by

1. Pre-flight preparation

2. Crew co-operation

3. Legal requirements and procedures to ensure safety 4. Human factor and crew resource management - CRM 5. Reporting of incidents and accidents 6. Flight time limitations, duty periods and rest period requirements

7. On-duty performance

8. English

Date of training termination:

Training manager

INSTRUKCJA OPERACYJNA OPERATIONS MANUAL

CZĘŚĆ PART

D

DATA/DATE

PAŹ/OCT-2011

ZMIANA/REVISION STRONA/PAGE

0 6.12- 98/98

Form TSP/CC 7 Record of cabin crew instructor training performance

RECORD OF CABIN CREW INSTRUCTOR TRAINING PERFORMANCE Name: Subject

Date

Performed by

1. International aviation organizations 2. The Civil Aviation Act 3. State aviation authorities in the Republic of Poland 4. Regulations on civil aviation operations in the Republic of Poland 5. Requirements OPS 1

6. Operations Manual

7. Cabin Crew training 8. General knowledge of aviation and terminology 9. Incidents and accidents Date of training termination:

Training manager